IED Assignment Log

Document Sample
IED Assignment Log Powered By Docstoc
					                             POE                                                                                                               Assignment Log   Semester 1 2004




                                                 POE Assignment Log
Week of                    Date                    Unit               Activ ity     Assignment

            Wednesday, October 20, 2004     Intro to Inv entor                      Learn how to access the (S:) & (H:) directories
                                                                                    Learn how to access the tutorials
                                                                                    Learn how to run Inv entor
                                                                                    Begin Inv entor tutorials
                                            Intro to Inv entor   Constraining
            Thursday October 21, 2004                                               Complete the Constraining Geometry Tutorial
                                                                 Geometry
                                                                                    Sav e sketches 3, 4 & 5 to your (H:) driv e
                                                                                    Sav e the Additonal Exercises as geo1 & geo2
                                            Intro to Inv entor   Constraining
            Friday, October 22, 2004                                                Complete the exercise prov ided
                                                                 Geometry
                                                                                    Complete the Constraining Geometry Tutorial
                                                                                    Sav e sketches 3, 4 & 5 to your (H:) driv e
                                                                                    Sav e the Additonal Exercises as geo1 & geo2

            Monday, October 25, 2004        Intro to Inv entor   Extrude            Rev iew the Extrude Pow erPoint Presentation
                                                                                    Begin the Extrude Tutorial
                                                                                    Sav e Fig. 8 as taper
                                                                                    Sav e Fig. 14 as cut extrude
                                                                                    Sav e Fig. 16 as j oin extrude
                                            Intro to Inv entor                      Complete the additional exercise sav e as cube
            Tuesday, October 26, 2004                            Extrude
                                                                                    extrude
                                                                                    Sav e Fig. 16 as j oin extrude
                                                                                    Complete the additional exercise sav e as cube
                                                                                    extrude
                                            Intro to Inv entor                      Assignment Check! Constraining geometry and extrude
            Wednesday, October 27, 2004                          Rev olv e
                                                                                    additional exercises must be completed.
                                                                                    Rev iew the Rev olv e Pow erPoint Presentation
                                                                                    Begin Rev olv e and complete practice exercises
                                                                                    Sav e each additional exercise as rev olv ex1, etc.
                                                                                    (each exercise is a separate part file)
                                            Intro to Inv entor                      Open the additional exercises for constraining
            Thursday, October 28, 2004                           Rev olv e
                                                                                    Geometry & Extrude to be checked!
                                                                                    Complete the additional exercises for rev olv e
                                                                                    Sav e each additional exercise as rev olv ex1, etc.
                                                                                    (each exercise is a separate part file)
            Friday, October 29, 2004        Intro to Inv entor   Rev olv e          Complete the Rev olv e additional exercises


                                                                   POE

11/1/2004   Monday, Nov ember 1, 2004       Intro to Inv entor   Work Features      Rev iew the Work Features Pow erPoint Presentation
                                                                                    Begin the Work Features tutorial
                                                                                    Sav e the practice exercise as w orkfeatures1
                                                                                    Sav e the final exercise as w orkfeatures2
            Tuesday, Nov ember 2, 2004      Intro to Inv entor   Work Features      Complete the final exercise for w orkfeatures

            Wednesday, Nov ember 3, 2004    Intro to Inv entor   Work Features      Complete the final exercise for w orkfeatures
                                                                                    Begin the Fillets & Rounds tutorial
                                                                                    Sav e the final exercise as w orkfeatures2

                                            Intro to Inv entor   Fillets &          Begin the Fillets & Rounds tutorial
11/8/2004   Monday, Nov ember 8, 2004
                                                                 Rounds
                                                                                    Sav e the additional exercise as: Fillets_ex
            Tuesday, Nov ember 9, 2004      Intro to Inv entor   Chamfer            Begin the Chamfer tutorial
                                                                                    Sav e the practice exercise as: chamfer1
                                                                                    Sav e the additional exercise as: chamfer2
            Wednesday, Nov ember 10, 2004   Intro to Inv entor   Chamfer            Complete the final exercise for chamfer
                                                                                    Sav e the additional exercise as: chamfer2

            Thursday, Nov ember 11, 2004    Intro to Inv entor    Hole Features     View the hole features Pow erPoint presentation
                                                                                    Complete the Hole Features Tutorial
                                                                                    Use a w ork axis and w ork planes to create the
                                                                                    additional exercise. Sav e as Hole Feature1.
                                                                                    Assingment check! Fillets & Rounds/ Chamfer
            Friday, Nov ember 12, 2004      Intro to Inv entor         Shell        View the shell Pow erPoint presentation
                                                                                    Begin the Shell tutorial and complete the practice
                                                                                    exercises
                                                                                    Complete the Shell additional exercise and sav e as
                                                                                    Shell1

            Monday, Nov ember 15, 2004                Design Proj ect!
########                                                                            Read the Design Proj ect Activ ity Description
                                                                                    View the Pow erPoint presentations linked to the
                                                                                    Activ ity Description
                                                                                    Meet your-team mate
                                                      Design Proj ect!
                                                                                    Determine w hat product your team is going to focus on
            Tuesday, Nov ember 16, 2004
                                                                                    Begin the Problem identification phase of the design
                                                                                    process
                                                                                    Begin the Conceptualization phase of the design
                                                                                    process and document your brain-storming-place all
                                                                                    hard copy w ork in your team folder
                                                                                    Ev aluation Matrix is due! Make sure you hav e both
                                                      Design Proj ect!
                                                                                    full names of each team member printed on the top of
            Wednesday, Nov ember 17, 2004                                           the sheet (sorry team Blasé)
                                                                                    Begin w orking on 3-D model
                                                                                    Begin creating Pow erPoint using the steps of the
                                                      Design Proj ect!              Design Process!
            Thursday, Nov ember 18, 2004               Break 11:25                  Continue w orking on 3-D model
                                                                                    Creating Assemblies w ith Inv entor demonstration
                                                                                    Creating Assemblies-Directions
                                                                                    Make sure both team members are contributing!
                                                      Design Proj ect!
            Friday, Nov ember 19, 2004                                              Complete tutorial (indiv idually)
                                                                                    We w ill w ork on completing the proj ect next w eek
                                                                                    Presentations may be pushed to the follow ing w eek!
                                                                                    BE GOOD NO INTERNET GAMES! (Big Daddy)
                                                      Design Proj ect!
            Monday, Nov ember 22, 2004                                              Complete tutorial (indiv idually)
            Tuesday, Nov ember 23, 2004                                             Demonstration on assembly constraints
            Wednesday, Nov ember 24, 2004                                           Presentation check-ups (Pow erPoint)
                                                                                    Check the Design Process Presentation for rev iew !
                                                                                    Complete the driv e constraints tutorial

########    Monday, Nov ember, 29, 2004                Design Proj ect              Complete w orking on the tutorials
            Tuesday, Nov ember 30, 2004
            Wednesday, December 1, 2004              Complete w orking on the presentation and Inv entor model of your designs!
            Thursday, December 2, 2004
                                            Presentation Due                        You must sav e your Pow erPoint to the USB driv e by
            Friday, December 3, 2004                                                the end ill begin on Monday!
                                                                             Presentations wof the period.

                                                       Presentations!
12/6/2004   Monday, December 6, 2004
            Tuesday, December 7, 2004
            Wednesday, December 8, 2004
                                                  Complete Presentations
            Thursday, December 9, 2004                                              Begin w orking on the Train Proj ect
                                                                                    Create a folder called Train and place all of your parts
                                                          Train Proj ect            that you create in it.
            Friday, December 10, 2004                                               Continue creating parts for the train
                                                          Train Proj ect
########    Monday, December 13, 2004                                               Continue creating parts for the train
                                                          Train Proj ect
            Tuesday, December 14, 2004                                              Continue creating parts for the train
                                                                                    Substantial progress should be made by students
                                                          Train Proj ect            w orking on indiv idual assignments
            Wednesday, December 15, 2004
                                                          Train Proj ect                      Continue creating parts for the train
            Thursday, December 16, 2004
                                                          Train Proj ect
            Friday, December 17, 2004
                                                          Train Proj ect
            Monday, December 20, 2004
                                                                                              Continue creating parts for the train
            Tuesday, December 21, 2004
                                                                                    Click here to see how your peers ev aluated your
                                                                                    presentations!
            Wednesday, December 22, 2004
            Thursday, December 23, 2004
                                                                                   Hav e a great v acation!
            Friday, December 17, 2004

                                                     HAPPY NEW YEAR!
                                            Creating Presentation Draw ings
1/3/2005    Monday, January 3, 2005                                                 Complete the Presentation Draw ings Tutorial
                                            Creating a Parts List
            Tuesday, January 4, 2005                                                Complete the Parts List Tutorial
                                            Creating Exploded v iew s
            Wednesday, January 5, 2005      Create w orking draw ings               Create an exlpoded v iew of the train
            Thursday, January 6, 2005       Create w orking draw ings               Complete the exploded v iew w ith a parts list
            Friday, January 7, 2005                                                 Create w orking draw ings of all the train parts
                                            Dimensioning w orking draw ings
1/10/2005   Monday, January 10, 2005                                                Create a dimensioned multiv iew draw ing of the peg
                                                                                    Front/Top/ Isometric v iew s
                                            Dimensioning w orking draw ings
            Tuesday, January 11, 2005                                               Create a dimensioned sectional draw ing of the w heel
                                                                                    Front/Right side-full section/ Isomestric v iew
                                            Dimensioning w orking draw ings         Create a dimensioned multiv iew draw ing of the
            Wednesday, January 12, 2005                                             linkage arm
                                                                                    Front/Top/ Isometric v iew s
                                            Dimensioning w orking draw ings
            Thursday, January 13, 2005                                              Create a dimensioned sectional draw ing of the stack
                                                                                    Front/Top/Right side-full section/ Isomestric v iew
                                            Dimensioning w orking draw ings         Create a dimensioned multiv iew draw ing of the train
            Friday, January 14, 2005                                                body
                                                                                    Front/Top/Left/Isometric v iew s

1/17/2005   Monday, January 17, 2005                   No School!
            Tuesday, January 18, 2005                                        Rev iew the tutorial and create a detail v iew of the peg
                                            Creating Draw ing v iew s tutorial
                                                   Begin Engineering         Begin the discov ery activ ity and complete the
            Wednesday, January 19, 2005
                                                   Systems/Machines          Engineering Systems/Machines research
                                                              Assignment due: Thursday at the beginning of class.
            Thursday, January 20, 2005           Submit Machines packet      Prov ide machine activ ity and requirements
                                                                             Mouse trap car (need mousetrap for Monday!)
                                                                             Conduct research on possible designs-Internet
                                                                             Dev elop detailed sketches for each design
            Friday, January 21, 2005          Simple machines-homew ork      Practice problems and equations
                                                                             Hand in one of three sketches today
                                                                             Mouse trap car (need mousetrap for Monday!)

            Monday, January 24, 2005
                                                                     Complete your second sketch (different contest)
            Tuesday, January 25, 2005                                Complete your final sketch (remaining contest)
            Wednesday, January 26, 2005
POE   Assignment Log   Semester 1 2004
POE   Assignment Log   Semester 1 2004
POE   Assignment Log   Semester 1 2004
POE   Assignment Log   Semester 1 2004
POE   Assignment Log   Semester 1 2004
                                                      POE                                                                                                                                                Assignment Log   Semester 1 2004




                                                            POE Assignment Log-Semester 2
          Date                                   Activity   Assignment                                        Objective

Wednesday,                                                                                                    Students will continue the dev elopment of preliminary designs f or
February 2, 2005              Simple Machines               Mouse trap car design-review                      the mousetrap design challenge.
Thursday, February
3, 2005                       Review Midterm
                              Mouse trap car                                                                  Students will dev elop PowerPoint slides that illustrate the
                                 design                     Review the PowerPoint on the Design ProcessConceptualization & Ref inement of Preliminary Ideas.
                                                            Begin creating your slides for
                                                            Conceptualization & Refinement of
                                                            Preliminary Ideas
Friday, February 4,           Mouse trap car                Begin developing criteria for Design              Students will dev elop PowerPoint slides that illustrate the criteria
2005                             design                     Analysis                                          they hav e used to select ef f ectiv e design characteristics.
                                                                     Comparison of Alternatives and
                                                                                        Specifications
                                                                  Creation of a Decision Making Matrix
                                                                     Generation of Alternate Solutions
                                                                    Narrowing of the Design Solutions


Monday, February              Mouse trap car                                                                  Students will create working models of the v ehicles they hav e
7, 2005                          design                     Begin creating your vehicles!                     dev eloped designs f or.
Tuesday, February                                           Review appropriate classroom behavior             Students will demonstrate the ability to work in a laboratory
8, 2005                                                     for lab environment                               env ironment.
Wednesday,                                                  Review grading criteria for lab
February 9, 2005                  Model                     environment
Thrusday, February             development
10, 2005                                                    Protocol for cleaing up & storing materials
Friday,   February
11, 2005


Monday, February 14,
                                                                                                              Students will demonstrate their ability to create a mousetrap
                                                                        Speed Competition                     powered v ehicle that trav els as f ast as possible.
2005

Tuesday, February 15,
                                                                                                              Students will make educated design changes to their mousetrap
                                                                         Update MT vehicle                    powered v ehicle that enables it to trav el as f ar as possible.
2005

W ednesday, February 16.
                                                                                                              Students will demonstrate their ability to create a mousetrap
                                                                       Distance Competition                   powered v ehicle that trav els as f ar as possible.
2005

Thursday, February 17,                                                                                        Students will make educated design changes to their mousetrap
                                                                         Update MT vehicle                    powered v ehicle that will enable it to pull as much weight as
2005
                                                                                                              possible 5 f eet.
                                                                                                              Students will make educated design changes to their mousetrap
Friday, February 18, 2005                                                Update MT vehicle                    powered v ehicle that will enable it to pull as much weight as
                                                                                                              possible 5 f eet.


Tuesday, 2-22-05                                                                                              Students will demonstrate their ability to create a mousetrap
                                                                     W eight Pull Competition                 powered v ehicle that will pull as much weight as possible 5 f eet or
Wednesday, 2-23-                                                                                              f urther.
05
                                                            Complete PowerPoint presentation for this         Students will add redesign criteria that they would apply f or each
Thursday, 2-24-05
                                                                           project                            competition they participated in.
Friday, 2-25-05                     Snow Day                              NO CLASS


Monday, 2-28-05
                             (Early dismissal)                               NO CLASS


Tuesday, 3-1-05                Snow Day                                      NO CLASS
                             MT Presentation                     Complete and submit PowerPoint
                                                                                                              Students will add redesign criteria that they would apply f or each
Wednesday, 3-2-05                 Work                                                                        competition they participated in.
                                                                          presentation

                               Activity 4.1a                                                                  Students will participate in a guided discussion that will dev elop a
Thursday, 3-3-05             Simple Machines                 Introduce Activity 4.1a Simple Machines          connection between the mousetrap v ehicle design project and the
                                                                                                              use of simple machines-mechanical adv antage.
                                                                                                              Students will gain an understanding of the GUESS method to solv e
                                                                      Explain GUESS method                    problems and demonstrate the ability to apply this method to solv e
                                                                                                              problems assigned.

                                                            Create a PowerPoint slide that explains the
                                                                                                              Students will create a PowerPoint presentation that explains the
                                 Create
Friday, 3-4-05                                              concepts related calculating Mechanical
                                                                                                              concepts related to calculating mechanical adv antage using a
                            PowerPoint slides
                                                            Advantage for a lever.                            lev er.

                               Activity 4.1a                    Review concepts related to GUESS              Students will gain an understanding of the GUESS method to solv e
                             Simple Machines                               METHOD                             problems and demonstrate the ability to apply this method to solv e

                              Review answers                                                                  Students will participate in a guided discussion on how to solv e the
                             to Lever Practice                  Submit all work from Lever Practice           Mechanical Adv antage problems f or using a Lev er to reinf orce
Monday, 3-07-05
                                 Problems                         Problems and review with class.             concepts learned.

                                 Create                      Create at least one slide for each of the 3
                                                                                                              Students will add to their existing PowerPoint presentation to
                            PowerPoint slides                             classes of levers.
                                                                                                              demonstrate the 3 classes of Lev ers.

                                  Homework                    Complete all the W heel & Axle practice         Students will use the inf ormation prov ided to calculate the
                                                                             problems                         mechanical adv antage of sev eral practice problems inv olv ing the

                                                 Levers                                                       Students will identif y errors they made while completing the
Tuesday, 3-08-05                                            Review the answers for the lever problems         practice problems f or calculating the mechanical adv antage of a
                               Wheel & Axle                 Submit all work completed on the W heel &
                                problems                                  Axle problems                       Students will submit the work they completed f or homework and
                                                                                                              conduct research to create PowerPoint presentations that explain
                                 Create                      Create at least two slides to add to your
                                                                                                              how to calculate mechanical adv antage with a wheel and axle.
                            PowerPoint slides               existing slide show that illustrates the use
                                                                        of the W heel & Axle

                               Wheel & Axle                                                                   Students will identif y errors they made while completing the
                                                            Review the answers for the wheel and axle
Wednesday, 3-09-05              problems                                                                      practice problems f or calculating the mechanical adv antage of the
                                                                           problems
                                                                                                              wheel and axle.
                                       The Pulley            Begin creating at least one slide for each       Students will add to their existing PowerPoint presentation to
                                                                      type of pulley in action!               demonstrate the 3 ty pes of Pulley s.
                                  Homework                      Complete all of the Pulley practice           Students will use the inf ormation prov ided to calculate the
                                                                             problems                         mechanical adv antage of sev eral practice problems inv olv ing a
                              Pulley Problems                                                                 Students will identif y errors they made while completing the
Thursday, 3-10-05                                           Review the answers for the pulley problems        practice problems f or calculating the mechanical adv antage of a
                                                                                                              pulley .
                                                              Complete the slides for the mechanical          Students will add to their existing PowerPoint presentation to
                                                                     advantage of a pulley                    demonstrate the 3 ty pes of Pulley s.
                                                                                                              Students will use the inf ormation prov ided to calculate the
                                                              Complete the practice problems for an
                                                                                                              mechanical adv antage of sev eral practice problems inv olv ing an
                                                                inclined plane (to end of packet)
                                       Homework                                                               inclined plane.
                                                              Save your PowerPoint to the USB with
Friday, 3-11-05
                                                                information up to the Pulley on it
                                                               Begin creating slides for each type of         Students will add to their existing PowerPoint presentation to
                                                                     inclined plane in action!                demonstrate the use of an inclined plane.
                               Incline Plane
                                                                   DUE MONDAY-rest of packet
                                 Problems


                               Incline Plane                                                                  Students will identif y errors they made while completing the
                                                             Review the answers for the incline plane
Monday, 3-14-05                  Problems                                                                     practice problems f or calculating the mechanical adv antage of an
                                                                           problems
                                                                                                              inclined plane.
                                                             Continue creating slides for each type of        Students will add to their existing PowerPoint presentation to
                                                              inclined planed demonstrated in the             demonstrate the use of an inclined plane.
                                                                             packet.
                                                                  Complete and save your entire
                                                                                                              Students will add to their existing PowerPoint presentation to
Tuesday, 3-15-05                                                                                              demonstrate the use of an inclined plane.
                                                                 presentation to the USB memory
                                                                                                              Students will demonstrate their mastery of skills in calculating
Wednesday, 3-16-05                                                     Simple Machines Quiz                   mechanical adv antage of simple machines.

                                  Reverse                                                                     Students will read the project requirements thoroughly and begin to
Thursday, 3-17-05               Engineering                              Begin New Project!                   brainstorm possible ideas f or their project.

                                                                                                              Print out your three ideas with y our f ull name and period at the
                                                              Conduct online research for at least 3
                                                                                                              top of the page. Include a short rationale f or what needs to be
                                                             possible ideas for machines to improve.
                                                                                                              improv ed and how y ou plan on improv ing it.
Friday, 3-18-05

                                  Reverse                                                                     Students will participate in a discussion on the project requirements
Monday, 3-21-05                                                    Review Project Requirements                f or the rev erse engineering unit.
                                Engineering

                                                                 Homework-Bring in product for
                                                                       TOMORROW !
                                  Reverse                                                                     Students will rev iew the project requirements and begin dev eloping
                                                              Review the Project Requirements for this
Tuesday, 3-22-05                Engineering                                   project!
                                                                                                              a written rationale f or the improv ements that they will make to the
                                                                                                              product selected.
                                                               Begin writing a rationale for why you
                                                                                                              Students will dev elop a 200 word written rationale f or why and how
                            Written Rationale               selected to improve the product and how
                                                                                                              they would improv e the product they selected.
                                                             you would improve it. (200 words) Due
                                                                             Thursday
W ednesday, 3-23-05                                                  Rationale due Thursday
                                                               Measure individual parts of product            Following a demonstration each student will be able to use a caliper to measure the
                              Using a caliper                                                                 components of their product to 0.001" accuracy.
                                                              selected and begin creating model on
                                                                             Inventor
                                                              Review the Project Requirements for this
                                                                              project!
Thursday, 3-24-05                                                       Rational due today!
                                  Reverse                                                                     Each student will be able to use a caliper to measure the components of their product
                                                              Measure and create the components of
                                                                                                              to 0.001" accuracy.
                                Engineering                       your product using Inventor

Friday, 3-25-05                                                                                Enjoy your vacation!
Monday, 4-04-05
Tuesday, 4-05-05                                             Develop full scale models of parts using         Each student will be able to use a caliper to measure the
W ednesday, 4-06-05
                                  Reverse                              Inventor & Caliper.                    components of their product to 0.001" accuracy .
                                Engineering
Thursday, 4-07-05

Friday, 4-08-05                                                 Updated Due dates for this project


                                  Reverse                    Develop full scale models of parts using         Each student will be able to use a caliper to measure the
Monday, 4-11-05                                                                                               components of their product to 0.001" accuracy .
                                Engineering                            Inventor & Caliper.
                                 Develop                    Exploded view of all parts due-include            Students will create an exploded v iew of product they hav e
Tuesday, 4-12-05
                              Exploded View                 parts list (Use D size paper)                     modeled on Inv entor.
                                 Develop                    Exploded view of all parts due-include            Students will create an exploded v iew of product they hav e
W ednesday, 4-13-05
                              Exploded View                 parts list (Use D size paper)                     modeled on Inv entor.

                              Develop Poster                                                                  Students will create a poster that illustrates their product
Thursday, 4-14-05                                                     Begin Creating Poster!
                                                                                                              improv ement plan.

                                                                   Poster Requirements!
                                                                                                              Prov ided specif ic instructions, each student will dev elop a poster
Friday, 4-15-05
                              Develop Poster                               W ork on Poster                    that will include items listed on the requirements sheet f or this
                                                                                                              project.


                                                                                                              Prov ided specif ic instructions, each student will dev elop a poster
Monday, 4-18-05               Develop Poster                               W ork on Poster                    that will include items listed on the requirements sheet f or this
                                                                                                              project.
                              Develop Poster                     Poster is due which includes an              Students will submit the poster they created that illustrates their
Tuesday, 4-19-05
                                                              explanation of how the machine works            product improv ement plan.

                                                                  Make sure you SPELL CHECK!
                                                                                                              Students will become familiar with the West Point Bridge Building Software.
W ednesday, 4-20-05           Bridge Builder                      Experiment with Bridge Builder!

                                                                                                              Students will create bridge designs to hold as much weight as possible while keeping
                              Bridge Builder
Thursday, 4-21-05                                                          Contest!                           the cost as low as possible.

                                    History of                                                                Provided a presentation on bridges the students will become familiar with different
                                                                View this History of Bridges
Friday, 4-22-05                      Bridges                                                                  types of bridges.
                                                                        presentation
                                 Bridge                          Identifying components of                    Students will use the West Point Bridge Builder program and sites provided to identify
                               Components                                                                     the components of bridges.
                                                                           bridges

                                                             Rename your files-lastname1 and
                              Bridge Builder                lastname2 & Save your two files to
                                                                          USB


                                   Oral                           Review Oral Presentation                    Students will provide an oral presentation that explains their engineering idea which is
Monday, 4-25-05                presentations                     evaluations and prepare to                   illustrated on the poster they created.
                                                                     present tomorrow!
                                                                                                              Provided specific instructions each student will produce a single span truss bridge
                              Bridge Builder                Begin Activity 5.1e - West Point Bridge Builder   and manipulate the program settings to change multiple variables.


                                                                Answer the two questions                      Following the discovery acticity the students will provide educated feedback related to
Tuesday, 4-26-05                                            provided with a response of 50-75                 the construction of bridges by answering the questions provided.
                                                                      words each.

                                                            Complete the W est Point Bridge Builder
W ednesday, 4-27-05
                                                            exercise from Monday!

                                   Oral                                                                       Students will provide an oral presentation that explains their engineering idea which is
Thursday, 4-28-05                                           Poster Presentations                              illustrated on the poster they created.
                               presentations
                             Bridge Building         Review Activity 5.1g The Bridge Building      Students will review the design brief provided and begin to brainstorm ideas for
Friday, 4-29-05                                                                                    building a bridge.
                                 Activity            Activity
                            The actual dimensions of the bridge will be determined by the "testing platform" that can be found in the back corner
                            of the room. (By the Black cabinet) You can take measurements from that if you like.

                            W e are going to develop solid models of our bridges using Inventor. W e will print a scaled model to use as a template
                            for creating the actual wood model.
                            Everyone will make a simple model on Inventor today! So get moving……………



                            Review Components                                                                 Students will use the West Point Bridge Builder program and sites provided to identify
                                                                 Identifying components of
Monday, 5-02-05                  of Bridges                                                                   the components of bridges.
                                                                           bridges
                                                               The actual project requirements and
                                                                      materials you will use!
                              Inv entor Model               Create a full scale model of your truss           Students will create a f ull scale model using Inv entor of the truss
Tuesday, 5-03-05                                                                                              bridge they are designing f or the competition.
                                                            design for the Bridge Competition.

                              Inv entor Model               Complete the full scale model and print on        Students will print a side v iew of their bridge to be used as a
W ednesday, 5-04-05
                                                            11 x 17 paper.                                    template f or assembling their bridge.
                                                            Make sure you read the Project
                                                            Requirements items 2 & 3!

Thursday, 5-05-05            Create Working                   Create a full scale model of your truss         Students will create a f ull scale model of the truss bridge they are
                                 Model                                         bridge.                        designing f or the competition.
Friday, 5-06-05



Monday, 5-09-05                                               Create a full scale model of your truss
                             Create Working                                                                   Students will create a f ull scale model of the truss bridge they are
                                                                               bridge.
                                 Model                                                                        designing f or the competition.
Tuesday, 5-10-05
W ednesday, 5-11-05
                             Create Working                                                                   Students will create a full scale model of the truss bridge they are designing for the
Thursday, 5-12-05                                                                                             competition.
                                 Model

                             Create Working                                                                   Students will create a full scale model of the truss bridge they are designing for the
Friday, 5-13-05                  Model                      Bridge Model Completed!                           competition.



                              Bridge Testing                W eigh in bridges and make final                  Students will ev aluate their f inal bridge design and make f inal
Monday, 5-16-05                                                                                               updates to their models.
                                                            adjustments
                              Bridge Testing                                                                  Students will test their bridge until f ailure and calculate their
Tuesday, 5-17-05                                            Test Bridges                                      success giv en the weight of the bridge and the weight it carried.
W ednesday, 5-18-05                                         Dave’s Demo Show/ Auditorium!
                              Bridge Testing                                                                  Students will complete the summary activ ity f or the Bridge Design
Thursday, 5-19-05                                           Bridge Activity Conclusion-Due Tomorrow
                                                                                                              Challenge.
                              Bridge Testing                                                                  Students will test their bridge until f ailure and calculate their
Friday, 5-20-05                                             Test Bridges
                                                                                                              success giv en the weight of the bridge and the weight it carried.
                                Thermodynamics




                                                                                                              Students will be prov ided the Thermody namics inf ormation and
Monday, 5-23-05                                             Introduction to Thermodynamics                    directed on when assignments are due.
                                                                                                              Students will participate in a guided discussion on the materials
                                                            Activity 4.2a-Conduction & Convection             used to construct their homes.
                                                                                                              Prov ided an introduction sheet the students will become f amiliar
                                                            Thermodynamics-additional                         with the terms and conditions associated with conduction and heat
                                                            information!                                      transf er.

                              Bridge Testing                                                                  Students will test their bridge until f ailure and calculate their
                                                            Test Bridges                                      success giv en the weight of the bridge and the weight it carried.

                                                                                                              Students will create elev ation sketches of an exterior wall and f loor
Tuesday, 5-24-05            Check Homework                  Sketches completed of exterior wall               plan of the entire room with dimensions.

                                Vocabulary                  Complete Key questions &                          Students will conduct Internet research and complete the
                                                            Vocabulary                                        v ocabulary sheet f or this lesson.
                                Activity 4.2a               Rev iew Activ ity 4.2a-Conduction &               Students will conduct online research to f ind out the how their home
                                                            Conv ection (packet giv en to y ou)               was constructed to input data f or calculating R v alue.
                                Activity 4.2a                                                                 Students will participate in a guided discussion on how to calculate
W ednesday, 5-25-05                                         Review problems 5-7
                                                                                                              the R-v alue f or their home.

                                                            Activity 4.2a-Conduction & Convection

                                                                                                              Students will v isit the prov ided Internet sites f or examples of how
Thursday, 5-26-05                                           Review vocabulary/ Key questions
                                                                                                              to use heat to cool on ice box.
                                Activity 4.2b               Activity 4.2b Heat Engines                        Prov ided Activ ity 4.2b students will begin research on heat
                                                            (Due Tuesday!)                                    engines.
                                Activity 4.2a               Review #8&9 and how to complete Heat              Students will participate in a guided discussion on how to calculate
Friday, 5-27-05
                                                            transfer                                          heat transf er and complete a practice problem together.
                                Activity 4.2b               W ork on poster with your teammate



Monday, 5-30-05                                                             NO SCHOOL
Tuesday, 5-31-05                                            Review Heat transfer problems
W ednesday, 6-01-05                                         Field Trip
Thursday, 6-02-05                                           Presentations-posters
Friday, 6-03-05                                             Complete report from field trip
                               Presentations
Monday, 6-06-05                                             Heat Engine Presentations                          Students will become f amiliar with the terminology associated with
                                                            Vocabulary f or Ballistics                                         Trajectory Motion and Kinematics.
                                Kinematics
Tuesday, 6-07-05                                            Rev iew concepts begin research
                            Traj ectory Motion Create a slide show that illustrates 3                         Students will identif y examples of trajectory motion and use them
                                                            examples of trajectory motion!                    to create hy pothetical word problems to be solv ed at a later date.
                                                            Y ou are going to be adding the
                                                            f ormula to these slides later.
W ednesday, 6-08-05             Kinematics                  Complete example problems
                                                            Create a slide show that illustrates 3            Students will identif y examples of trajectory motion and use them
                            Traj ectory Motion examples of trajectory motion! Add
                                                                                                              to create hy pothetical word problems to be solv ed at a later date.
                                                            v ariables and prov ide all steps of the
                                                            GUESS Method on each slide
Thursday, 6-09-05
                                                            Create a study guide to be used
                                                            during Part B of the f inal exam
                                                            Click here f or curriculum guide
Friday, 6-10-05                 Kinematics                  Student presentation-PowerPoint

Monday, 6-13-05                 Exam Part B                 Show all work using GUESS Method
                                                            You may use your "notebook"
                                                            Erics practice problem f or trajectory
                                                            motion
                                Exam Part A
Tuesday, 6-14-05                                            Click here to view part A (Do Not Print)(Do Not Save a Copy)
W ednesday, 6-15-05
Thursday, 6-16-05
Friday, 6-17-05


Monday, 6-20-05
Tuesday, 6-21-05
W ednesday, 6-22-05
Thursday, 6-23-05
Friday, 6-24-05
POE   Assignment Log   Semester 1 2004
POE   Assignment Log   Semester 1 2004
POE   Assignment Log   Semester 1 2004
POE   Assignment Log   Semester 1 2004
POE   Assignment Log   Semester 1 2004
Tutorials   Train Parts Grading Check List                             IED Assignment Log 2

   Date                Activity                        Assignment
13-Sep-05         Guided discussion                Review class protocol
                                             What is Engineering? List fields.
14-Sep-05         Engineering Fields
                                                      (graded 9/15)

15-Sep-05          History of Design           Activity 1.1- History of Design


16-Sep-05          History of Design           Activity 1.1- History of Design
                                             Review requirements for project.
                                             Gather pictures from the Internet.



19-Sep-05          History of Design           Activity 1.1- History of Design


                                              Organize pictures into timeline.


20-Sep-05          History of Design           Activity 1.1- History of Design


                                              Organize pictures into timeline.

21-Sep-05          History of Design              Student Presentations

                                                Presentation Indiv. Rubric
                 Presentation Critique
                                                Presentation class rubric

                                               Rubric Category Descriptions

22-Sep-05          History of Design              Student Presentations

                                                Presentation Indiv. Rubric
                 Presentation Critique
                                                Presentation class rubric

23-Sep-05          History of Design              Student Presentations

                                                Presentation Indiv. Rubric
                 Presentation Critique
                                                Presentation class rubric
                                                 Activity 1.2- Professional
              Professional Organizations
                                                       Organizations
                                              Activity 1.2- Professional
26-Sep-05   Professional Organizations
                                                    Organizations
                                          Constraining Geometry Tutorials-
              Geometric Constraints
                                                      Inventor


27-Sep-05     Geometric Constraints
                                          Constraining Geometry Tutorials
                                           (additional exercises)- Inventor


28-Sep-05     Geometric Constraints
                                          Constraining Geometry Tutorials
                                           (additional exercises)- Inventor
29-Sep-05    3D Computer Modeling
                                                   Extrude Tutorial


              Geometric Constraints
                                          Constraining Geometry Tutorials
                                           (additional exercises)- Inventor
30-Sep-05     Geometric Constraints         Constraining Geometry Quiz




3-Oct-05          Cube Project                  Cube Introduction
               Thumbnail Sketches         Cube Thumbnails/ Brainstorming
4-Oct-05
5-Oct-05          Cube Project
                                         Cube Indiv. Ortho's/ Full Ortho Cube
            Orthographic Projections              Cube Introduction
6-Oct-05          Cube Project
                                         Cube Indiv. Ortho's/ Full Ortho Cube
            Orthographic Projections

7-Oct-05          Cube Project
                                         Cube Indiv. Ortho's/ Full Ortho Cube
               Isometric Sketches


10-Oct-05         Cube Project
                                         Cube Indiv. Ortho's/ Full Ortho Cube

11-Oct-05         Cube Project             Cube Indiv. Ortho's/ Full Ortho
                                              Cube/Ortho Sketches
12-Oct-05     Cube Project
                                         Two-part Isometrics

13-Oct-05
14-Oct-05     Cube Project
                                 Full Cube Isometrics (show all sides)
                                 ALL HAND SKETCHES ARE DUE AT THE BEGINNING OF THE


17-Oct-05     Cube Project
                                  Inventor computer sketches- .IPT
                                 ALL HAND SKETCHES ARE DUE AT THE BEGINNING OF THE
                                    Inventor computer sketches-
18-Oct-05     Cube Project
                                              Assembly


                                     Inventor computer sketches-
19-Oct-05     Cube Project
                                  Individual IDW's and dimensioning

                                     Inventor computer sketches-
20-Oct-05     Cube Project
                                  Individual IDW's and dimensioning
                                     Inventor computer sketches-
21-Oct-05     Cube Project
                                  Individual IDW's and dimensioning
                                  INDIVIDUAL IDW's and 3D CUBE
                 PRINT-
                                                 ISO

24-Oct-05     Cube Project             Creating Exploded View


                 PRINT-
                                  INDIVIDUAL IDW's and 3D CUBE
                                                  ISO
25-Oct-05     Cube Project              Creating Exploded View
                                     Rotation of object for ease of
             Demonstration
                                             dimensioning
                                             1 DAY LATE:
                                  Fillets and Rounds Tutorial (in the
26-Oct-05   Inventor Tutorials
                                               IED folder)
                                 The additional exercise at the end of the tutorial will be grade
27-Oct-05     Cube Project
                                           Cube Modeling


28-Oct-05
                                           Cube Modeling
                                                     Design Process Lesson/
31-Oct-05            Cube Project
                                                         Documentation
            Open PowerPoint and Word to take notes.

1-Nov-05             Cube Project                         Documentation
                      PowerPoint
2-Nov-05             Cube Project                   Complete Documentation
              Demonstration on how to edit
                    master slides
3-Nov-05                                            Complete Documentation

                  Documentation Steps
                                                          Grading Rubric

4-Nov-05                                            Complete Documentation

                  Documentation Steps                     Grading Rubric


7-Nov-05                                            Complete Documentation
                  Documentation Steps                     Grading Rubric
8-Nov-05
9-Nov-05
10-Nov-05
11-Nov-05 NO SCHOOL! HAVE A GREAT LONG WEEKEND!

14-Nov-05   Cube Project Wrap-up/ Evaluation
            Use your Title Block A to complete each exercise in the following tutorials.
                                               Revolve- Using your title block, print
                                                out the procedure (iso view). Print
                   Inventor Tutorials
                                                   out a 'working drawing' of the
                                                           additional activity.
                                               File names: Revolve, Revolve-Join,
                        Revolve
                                                        Revolve Additional Ex
                                                   Fillets and Rounds- Print both
15-Nov-05          Inventor Tutorials
                                                   activities as working drawings.
                                                File names: Fillets-Rounds, Fillets-
                    Fillets & Rounds
                                                    Rounds Additional Exercise
                   Assignment Due               2 exercises from Fillets & Rounds
                                                 Chamfers- Print both activities as
16-Nov-05          Inventor Tutorials
                                                           working drawings.
                                                  File names: Chamfer, Chamfer
                       Chamfer
                                                          Additional Exercise
                   Assignment Due                    2 exercises from Chamfer
                                             Editing Features- Print both activities
17-Nov-05         Inventor Tutorials
                                                     as working drawings.
                                             File names: Editing Features, Editing
                  Editing Features
                                                  Features Additional Exercise
                  Assignment Due               2 exercises from Editing Features
18-Nov-05         Inventor Tutorials                     Catch-up Day
                                             All drawings completed up to date for
                  Assignment Due                 the tutorials listed each day this
                                                                week.

                                             Hole Features- Print both activities as
21-Nov-05          Hole Features
                                                         working drawings.
                  Assignment Due               2 exercises from Editing Features
                                                   Shell Tutorials- Print first two
                                             activities as isometrics only! Print out
22-Nov-05          Shell Tutorials
                                              the additional exercise as a working
                                                             drawing.
                  Assignment Due                      3 exercises from Shell
                                               Fillets & Rounds, Chamfer, Editing
             Assignments Due to Date
                                                 Features, Hole Features, Shell
23-Nov-05
24-Nov-05
                                                                 Have a great Thanksgiving Break!
25-Nov-05

                                              ONLY print the additional exercise
28-Nov-05          Work Features
                                                         (bird feeder)
                  Assignment Due                       Bird Feeder IDW
                                              Circular Pattern Feature IDW and
29-Nov-05         Circular Patterns
                                                      additional exercise
                                              Circular Pattern Feature IDW and
                  Assignment Due
                                                      additional exercise
            Circular Patterns/ Rectangular    Rectangular Pattern Feature IDW
30-Nov-05
                       Patterns                    and additional exercise
                                              Rectangular Pattern Feature IDW
                  Assignment Due
                                                   and additional exercise
                                              Rectangular Pattern Feature IDW
1-Dec-05        Rectangular Patterns
                                                   and additional exercise
                                              Rectangular Pattern Feature IDW
1-Dec-05        Rectangular Patterns
                                                   and additional exercise
                  Assignment Due

                                                Mirror Pattern Feature IDW and
5-Dec-05           Mirror Patterns
                                                       additional exercise
               All Assignments Due
                                                 Mirror Pattern Feature IDW and
6-Dec-05             Mirror Patterns
                                                        additional exercise
                 All Assignments Due
                                                 Mirror Pattern Feature IDW and
7-Dec-05             Mirror Patterns
                                                        additional exercise
                 All Assignments Due
8-Dec-05                  Test
9-Dec-05              SNOW DAY


12-Dec-05                 Test

             HOMEWORK: Reverse Engineering Project- Bring in something from
                        home with at least 3 moveable parts.

13-Dec-05                 Test

14-Dec-05             Cailper Intro
                                                    Reverse Engineering Sheet

15-Dec-05            Brainstorming
                                                    Reverse Engineering Sheet
16-Dec-05            Brainstorming                  Reverse Engineering Sheet
                   Sketch Sheet Due


19-Dec-05          Inventor Part Files
                                                    Reverse Engineering Sheet
20-Dec-05          Inventor Part Files              Reverse Engineering Sheet

21-Dec-05          Inventor Part Files
                                                    Reverse Engineering Sheet
22-Dec-05          Inventor Part Files              Reverse Engineering Sheet
23-Dec-05          Inventor Part Files              Reverse Engineering Sheet


2-Jan-06           Inventor Part Files
                                                    Reverse Engineering Sheet
3-Jan-06           Inventor Part Files              Reverse Engineering Sheet

4-Jan-06           Inventor Part Files
                                                    Reverse Engineering Sheet
5-Jan-06           Inventor Part Files              Reverse Engineering Sheet
6-Jan-06           Inventor Part Files              Reverse Engineering Sheet


                                               Create IDW working drawing using a
9-Jan-06    Working Drawings- Sectional View
                                                         sectional view

                       PP Notes
                                              Create IDW working drawing using a
10-Jan-06   Working Drawings- Auxilary View
                                                    detail and auxilary view
                      Detail View

11-Jan-06         Assembly Modeling
                                                       Constrain Part Files



12-Jan-06         Assembly Modeling
                                                       Constrain Part Files
                    Exploded View
                                               Create exploded view with parts list
13-Jan-06           Documentation
                                                   WHAT'S DUE??? Click here

16-Jan-06         MKJ Day-No School
17-Jan-06           Helix Tutorials


18-Jan-06           Helix Tutorials
                                               Print all activities on one IDW sheet
                   Assignment Due
                                                         as Isometric views.
                                               Additional Exercise page 390 from
              Helix Additional Exercise         text book.                 (Do not do
19-Jan-06
                      (Threads)               the springs)         Isometrics on 1 Title
                                                                  Block
                   Lofting Tutorials
                                              Print all activities on one IDW sheet
20-Jan-06          Assignment Due
                                                        as Isometric views.
                   Sweeps Tutoirals




23-Jan-06          Sweeps Tutoirals


24-Jan-06          Sweeps Tutoirals
                                              Print all activities on one IDW sheet
                   Assignment Due
                                                        as Isometric views.
25-Jan-06        Design Elements


26-Jan-06        Design Elements
                                           Print all activities on one IDW sheet
                 Assignment Due
                                                     as Isometric views.
27-Jan-06       Exam Review Day               Click here for Exam Review!

                                           Click on the following link to register
3-Feb-06
                                                          for IED.

            Dimensioning with Formulas
6-Feb-06
                    Tutorials
                                           Print all activities on 1 IDW sheet as
7-Feb-06         Assignment Due
                                                      Isometric views.
8-Feb-06
            Dimensioning with Equations
9-Feb-06
                     Tutorials
                                           Practice Exercise-Working Drawing
                 Assignment Due              (3-view, DIMS). Additional Ex-
                                                     Isometric views.
                                            Practice Exercise- Both Isometric
             Basic Assembly Tutorial
                                           views on one title block NO DIMS.

13-Feb-06    NO SCHOOL-SNOW DAY
14-Feb-06         Assembly Test                Click here for directions

15-Feb-06         Assembly Test                Click here for directions
                  Rubric for Test
16-Feb-06         Assembly Test
                                             Begin driving constraints tutorial.
17-Feb-06          NO SCHOOL

20-Feb-06          NO SCHOOL
21-Feb-06   Driving Constraints Tutorial     Begin driving constraints tutorial.


                                           Show your teacher the last section
22-Feb-06        Assignment Due
                                           of the tutorial (drive it)
23-Feb-06   Fishertechnik Part    In groups of two, split up parts from
                                     teacher and create in Inventor.



24-Feb-06   Fishertechnik Part    In groups of two, split up parts from
                                     teacher and create in Inventor.


27-Feb-06   Fishertechnik Part    In groups of two, split up parts from
                                     teacher and create in Inventor.



28-Feb-06   Fishertechnik Part    In groups of two, split up parts from
                                     teacher and create in Inventor.

                                 FisherTechnik Part Checklist
                                     Begin to constrain parts in an
1-Mar-06    Fishertechnik Part
                                             assembly file
                                 FisherTechnik Part Checklist



                                     Begin to constrain parts in an
2-Mar-06    Fishertechnik Part
                                             assembly file
                                 FisherTechnik Part Checklist



                                     Begin to constrain parts in an
3-Mar-06    Fishertechnik Part
                                             assembly file
                                 FisherTechnik Part Checklist
                                    PRINT OUT CHECKLIST WITH
                                        PART FILE NAMES.

                                     Begin to constrain parts in an
6-Mar-06    Fishertechnik Part
                                             assembly file




                                     Begin to constrain parts in an
7-Mar-06    Fishertechnik Part
                                             assembly file
                                                  Begin to constrain parts in an
8-Mar-06           Fishertechnik Part
                                                          assembly file




                                                  Begin to constrain parts in an
9-Mar-06           Fishertechnik Part
                                                          assembly file




10-Mar-06          Assignment Due
                                               Assembly of the Fishertechnik parts
            Rubric for Fishertechnik Project



13-Mar-06          Assignment Due
                                               Assembly of the Fishertechnik parts
            Rubric for Fishertechnik Project
                                               Driving Constraints for Fishertechnik
14-Mar-06          Assignment Due
                                                             Project
            Rubric for Fishertechnik Project
                                               Create an exploded view & parts list
15-Mar-06          Assignment Due
                                                     on the A size title block
            Rubric for Fishertechnik Project
                                               Create an exploded view & parts list
16-Mar-06          Assignment Due
                                                     on the A size title block
            Rubric for Fishertechnik Project
                                               Create an exploded view & parts list
17-Mar-06          Assignment Due
                                                     on the A size title block
            Rubric for Fishertechnik Project



20-Mar-06          Assignment Due              Create an exploded view & parts list
                                                     on the A size title block
21-Mar-06       Train Project Introduction      TRAIN BODY SPECIFICATIONS

22-Mar-06       Train Project Introduction      TRAIN BODY SPECIFICATIONS
                 DUE: Trian Body IDW                  Download Train Logo
23-Mar-06             Train Project                       Emboss/Decal
            Peg/Wheel IDW's (in folder)              Creating Parts


24-Mar-06       Assignment Due                Peg/Wheel IDW's (in folder)

                                                  WHEEL ISOMETRIC


27-Mar-06         Pimp Train Day

28-Mar-06          Train Project                    Linkage Arm/Peg
                                                      Trim Feature
29-Mar-06       Assignment Due                      Linkage Arm/Peg

30-Mar-06          Train Project               Design and build extra car

31-Mar-06          Train Project               Design and build extra car


                                              Track Design- build a track
3-Apr-06           Train Project
                                            specifically designed for your car
4-Apr-06           Train Project              Drive Constraint for Wheels

5-Apr-06           Train Project              Drive Constraint for Wheels
                                          Demonstrate that you can drive all of
                Assignment Due
                                                    the wheels together!
                                          Place your train and cars on the track-
6-Apr-06           Train Project           drive all wheels together-move train
                                                         down track
7-Apr-06           Train Project                Drive both cars on track


17-Apr-06          Train Project                Drive both cars on track

18-Apr-06       Assignment Due                  Drive both cars on track

19-Apr-06       Assignment Due                  Drive both cars on track

20-Apr-06        Poster Creation
                                          Save posters to the thumb drive to be
21-Apr-06        Poster Creation
                                                         printed
                                                Students will present animated train
24-Apr-06          Train Presentations
                                                     and poster to the class.

25-Apr-06       Intro to Invention activity
26-Apr-06       Locker Organizer Activity             Brainstorm locker items
                                                     Parts/Materials research

27-Apr-06       Locker Organizer Activity
                                                     Locker Item dimensions
                                                     Parts/Materials research
28-Apr-06       Locker Organizer Activity        Locker Item Documentation Due

                                                Your Powerpoint slideshow must include your brainstorming
                                                picture of your items as well as dimensions.

1-May-06        Locker Organizer Activity            Item creation on Inventor
2-May-06        Locker Organizer Activity            Item creation on Inventor
3-May-06        Locker Organizer Activity            Item creation on Inventor
4-May-06        Locker Organizer Activity            Item creation on Inventor
                                                                DUE: Insert Inventor files into powerpoint do
5-May-06        Locker Organizer Activity            Item creation on Inventor
                                                                DUE: Insert Inventor files into powerpoint do

                                                Print out a working drawing of ONE
8-May-06     Sheet Metal File Folder Tutorial   metal file folder. The isometric view
                                                    must be the assembly view.
9-May-06     Sheet Metal File Folder Tutorial    Due:Additional Exercise Working
                                                               Drawing
10-May-06    Sheet Metal File Folder Tutorial

                                                DUE: Print out a working drawing of
11-May-06      Basic Sheet Metal Tutorial       ONE metal file folder. The isometric
                                                 view must be the assembly view.
                                                 Create your locker using the sheet
12-May-06           Locker Creation
                                                     metal feature in Inventor.

                                            Create your locker using the sheet
15-May-06           Locker Creation
                                            metal feature in Inventor.
          Locker Creation-exploded view and Create your locker using the sheet
16-May-06
                       parts list           metal feature in Inventor.
              Assignment Due: Locker
                                            Create your locker using the sheet
17-May-06   Creation-exploded view and
                                            metal feature in Inventor.
            parts list on your title block
               Assignemnt Due: Working               Create a 3 view drawing of your
               Drawing fully dimensioned             locker parts with dimensions
              Preliminary Sketches of locker         Use the pages in your packet to
            organizer (3 separate sketches and       create sketches of possible locker
                           ideas)                    organizer designs
                                                     Use the pages in your packet to
              Preliminary Sketches of locker
18-May-06                                            create sketches of possible locker
                        organizer
                                                     organizer designs
                                                     Use the pages in your packet to
              Preliminary Sketches of locker
19-May-06                                            create sketches of possible locker
                        organizer
                                                     organizer designs

                                                     Use the pages in your packet to
             Assignment Due: Preliminary
22-May-06                                            create sketches of possible locker
             Sketches of locker organizer
                                                     organizer designs
             Final Locker Organizer Solution         Begin creating your final locker
23-May-06
                     (Hand drawing)                  organizer design.


             Assignment Due: Final Locker
                                                     Begin creating your final locker
24-May-06      Organizer Solution (Hand
                                                     organizer design.
                      drawing)
                                              Begin creating your locker organizer
               Inventor model of organizer
                                              model on Inventor
                                              Choose your material by researching
25-May-06   Mass Propery Analysis in Inventor   mass, volume and area of your
                                                             design.
             OPEN and LOOK AT THIS POWERPOINT ON MASS PROPERTIES. If your
            material is not given in Inventor, you must find the density of it and create it. Use
                               the last few slides in the PowerPoint for help.


26-May-06      Inventor model of organizer




31-May-06      Inventor model of organizer
                                                          Internet research an material
                                                                    properties
1-Jun-06     Inventor model of organizer

2-Jun-06     Inventor model of organizer

               DUE: Working Drawings of Organizer. Use 11x17 sheet size.
3-Jun-06       Project Documentation


                                                    use 11x17 paper

4-Jun-06       Project Documentation

               Full Inventor Assembly               use 11x17 paper

5-Jun-06       Project Documentation
               Full Inventor Assembly
                                                     use 11x17 paper
                                           (click here for directions) printing
6-Jun-06       Project Documentation
                                                         11 x 17
7-Jun-06       Project Documentation
8-Jun-06       Project Documentation
9-Jun-06    Project Documentation DUE



12-Jun-06        PRACTICE EXAM
13-Jun-06        PRACTICE EXAM
14-Jun-06   REVIEW AND GO OVER EXAM
15-Jun-06
16-Jun-06

19-Jun-06          FINAL EXAM
IED Assignment Log 2005-2006

     Objective
     Students will be familiarized with the rules and grading criteria for the
     course.
     Students will research the field of engineering as well as different
     fields.
     Students will develop an appreciation of how the history of art has
     influenced innovations in the field of engineering, and explain the
     impact of artistic expression as it relates to consumer products.
     Students will research how artistic period and style have influenced
     product and architectural design.
     Students will develop a PowerPoint presentation to illustrate the
     development cycle of a product.

     Students will research the chronological development and accelerating
     rate of change that innovations in tools and materials have brought
     about over time as it relates to a given consumer product.
     Students will develop a PowerPoint presentation to illustrate the
     development cycle of a product.
     Students will research the chronological development and accelerating
     rate of change that innovations in tools and materials have brought
     about over time as it relates to a given consumer product.
     Students will develop a PowerPoint presentation to illustrate the
     development cycle of a product.

     Students will present their timelines to the class

     Students will demonstrate the following communication techniques:
     voice variation, eye contact, posture, attire, practice and preparation,
     and projecting confidence.


     Students will present their timelines to the class

     Students will demonstrate the following communication techniques:
     voice variation, eye contact, posture, attire, practice and preparation,
     and projecting confidence.
     Students will present their timelines to the class

     Students will demonstrate the following communication techniques:
     voice variation, eye contact, posture, attire, practice and preparation,
     and projecting confidence. professional organization and summarize
     Students will explore a given
     in a short PowerPoint presentation the range of services provided by
     the organization.
Students will explore a given professional organization and summarize
in a short PowerPoint presentation the range of services provided by
the organization.
Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

Students will identify the following geometric constraints in given three-
dimensional models: horizontal, vertical, parallel, perpendicular,
tangent, concentric, collinear, coincident, and equal.

Students will identify the following geometric constraints in given three-
dimensional models: horizontal, vertical, parallel, perpendicular,
tangent, concentric, collinear, coincident, and equal.
Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
computer and a CAD software package.
Students will identify the following geometric constraints in given three-
dimensional models: horizontal, vertical, parallel, perpendicular,
tangent, concentric, collinear, coincident, and equal.
Students will distinguish and define geometric constraints.
*Make sure the following tutorials have been printed out and
handed in; 2D Constraining 3,4,5 and Additional Exercises.


Students will integrate proper sketching techniques and styles in the
creation of sketches.
NO SCHOOL
Students will develop properly annotated sketches to accurately
convey data in a design solution.

Students will interpret annotated sketches in the design analysis
process.


Students will formulate pictorial sketches to develop ideas, solve
problems, and understand relationships during the design process.




Students will formulate pictorial sketches to develop ideas, solve
problems, and understand relationships during the design process.

Students will formulate pictorial sketches to develop ideas, solve
problems, and understand relationships during the design process.
         Students will augment pictorial sketches with shading to improve
         communication.
         Students will display work up to this point.
         NO SCHOOL
         Students will integrate proper sketching techniques and styles in the
         creation of sketches.
RE DUE AT THE BEGINNING OF THE PERIOD ON MONDAY!!!


            Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
RE DUE AT THE BEGINNING OF THE PERIOD!!!
            The teacher will present a lesson on inventor assembly files.
            Students will apply geometrical and dimensional constraints to a
            sketch.
            The teacher will present a lesson on inventor IDW files.


            Students will demonstrate the ability to generate a three-dimensional
            model.
            Students will demonstrate the ability to generate a three-dimensional
            model.




            Students will create an exploded view using the CAD software.
            Note:Before printing IDW's for documentation, you MUST show
            dimensions to another student to go over. Remember to look for the
            following rules: dim from in to out, no repeat dimensions, and no
            dimensioning of hidden lines. Also, the front view should not contain
            hidden lines.
            Students will create an exploded view using the CAD software.
            Students will rotate an obect to select the easiest way of dimensioning
            the object.
            Cube Part working drawings (dimensioned).
            Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
at the end of the tutorial will be graded.
            Students will select the appropriate modeling materials to complete a
            three-dimensional model.
            Students will present a model with its correct proportions.
            Students will select the appropriate modeling materials to complete a
            three-dimensional model.
            Students will present a model with its correct proportions.
          Students will identify the proper elements of a fully developed portfolio.



          Students will develop a portfolio to organize and display evidence of
          their work.

          Students will apply the steps of the design process to solve a variety of
          design problems.
          Students will develop original slide layouts using editing skills
          developed in class.
          Students will apply the steps of the design process to solve a variety of
          design problems.



          Students will apply the steps of the design process to solve a variety of
          design problems.
          Please save any color documentation slides to my thumb drive!

          Students will apply the steps of the design process to solve a variety of
          design problems.
          Please save any color documentation slides to my thumb drive!




e following tutorials.

          Students will distinguish and define geometric constraints.


          Students will create dimensioned orthographic drawings and
          isometrics of each exercise completed.
          Students will distinguish and define geometric constraints.
          Students will create dimensioned orthographic drawings and
          isometrics of each exercise completed.
          Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.
          Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
          Students will create dimensioned orthographic drawings and
          isometrics of each exercise completed.
          Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.
          Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

          Students will create dimensioned orthographic drawings and
          isometrics of each exercise completed.
          Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.
          Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.


          Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.



          Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
          Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.

          Students will create dimensioned orthographic drawings and
          isometrics of each exercise completed.

          Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.
          All exercises for the turorials completed to date should be illustrated as
          a multi-view dimensioned drawing.


great Thanksgiving Break!


          Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
          Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.
          Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

          Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.

          Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

          Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.

          Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

          Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
          Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.


          Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
          Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.
Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.
Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.
Students will be assessed of their knowledge of Inventor and
dimensioning.


Students will be assessed of their knowledge of Inventor and
dimensioning.



Students will be assessed of their knowledge of Inventor and
dimensioning.
Students will apply appropriate annotations on sketches and drawings.
Students will communicate their idea through written and verbal
formats.
Students will experience the creative thinking process.


Students will identify the different graphical method of data
representation.
Students will select the appropriate graphical format to a problem.
Students will analyze and develop graphical representation of given
data.




Students will identify the different graphical method of data
representation.
Students will select the appropriate graphical format to a problem.
Students will analyze and develop graphical representation of given
data.

ALL PARTS ARE DUE TODAY

Students will translate a three-dimensional drawing or model into
corresponding orthographic drawing views.
Students will describe the purpose, and/or application, of the following
drawing views: isometric view, section view, auxiliary view, and detail
view.
Students will create the appropriate section view for a specified
application.
Students will determine the correct application for the various section
views required to illustrate an object’s internal detail.
Students will create an auxiliary view to show the detail on an inclined
surface of a drawing object.
Students will create a detail view that corresponds to the appropriate
orthographic drawing view.
Students will explore and demonstrate assembly modeling skills to
solve a variety of design problems.
Students will perform part manipulation during the creation of an
assembly model.
Students will understand and apply the base component effectively in
the assembly environment.
Students will perform part manipulation during the creation of an
assembly model.
Students will identify and demonstrate the use of dimensioning
practices on section, auxiliary, and assembly models.



Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.


Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.


Students will identify three different types of threads and create a solid
model of each using Inventor.


Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.

Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.


Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.
Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.
Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.
Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.




https://www.trueoutcomes.net/pltwdocs/sregpage1c.html


Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.


Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.


Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.


Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.



Students will be assessed of their knowledge of assembly drawings
and constraints.
Students will be assessed of their knowledge of assembly drawings
and constraints.

Students will be assessed of their knowledge of assembly drawings
and constraints.




Students will evaluate a problem using mathematical formulae.
Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
motion of parts in assemblies.
Students will apply the right hand rule to identify the X, Y, and Z axes
of the Cartesian Coordinate System.
Students will explore and demonstrate assembly modeling skills to
solve a variety of design problems.
Students will assess the value of working as a team and understand
the benefits of collaboration.
Students will select the appropriate modeling materials to complete a
three-dimensional model.
Students will demonstrate the ability to produce two-dimensional
geometric figures.


Students will demonstrate the ability to produce two-dimensional
geometric figures.
Students will select the appropriate modeling materials to complete a
three-dimensional model.
Students will demonstrate the ability to produce two-dimensional
geometric figures.
Students will select the appropriate modeling materials to complete a
three-dimensional model.
Students will create circular and rectangular patterns of components
within an assembly model.
Students will replace components with modified external parts.
Students will place and create components in the assembly modeling
environment.
Students will create circular and rectangular patterns of components
within an assembly model.
Students will replace components with modified external parts.
Students will place and create components in the assembly modeling
environment.
Students will create circular and rectangular patterns of components
within an assembly model.
Students will replace components with modified external parts.
Students will place and create components in the assembly modeling
environment.

Students will create circular and rectangular patterns of components
within an assembly model.
Students will replace components with modified external parts.
Students will place and create components in the assembly modeling
environment.
Students will create circular and rectangular patterns of components
within an assembly model.
Students will replace components with modified external parts.
Students will place and create components in the assembly modeling
environment.
Students will create circular and rectangular patterns of components
within an assembly model.
Students will replace components with modified external parts.
Students will place and create components in the assembly modeling
environment.
Students will create circular and rectangular patterns of components
within an assembly model.
Students will replace components with modified external parts.
Students will place and create components in the assembly modeling
environment.
Students will create an assembly file that demonstrates the use of
drive constraints to specific parts.
Students will create an exploded view and parts list of the assembly on
A size paper with the correct title block.

Students will create an assembly file that demonstrates the use of
drive constraints to specific parts.
Students will create an exploded view and parts list of the assembly on
A size paper with the correct title block.
Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
motion of parts in assemblies.
Students will recognize the use and need of work planes, axes, and
points in the development of a computer model.
Students will select and produce the appropriate pictorial style to best
communicate solutions in the design process.
Students will explore and demonstrate assembly modeling skills to
solve a variety of design problems.
Students will select and produce the appropriate pictorial style to best
communicate solutions in the design process.
Students will explore and demonstrate assembly modeling skills to
solve a variety of design problems.
Students will select and produce the appropriate pictorial style to best
communicate solutions in the design process.
Students will explore and demonstrate assembly modeling skills to
solve a variety of design problems.


Students will select and produce the appropriate pictorial style to best
communicate solutions in the design process.
Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
computer and a CAD software package.
Students will express their understanding of the principles and
elements of design by incorporating them in design solutions.

Students will investigate the principles and elements of design and
demonstrate their use in the design process.
Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
computer and a CAD software package.
Students will collect and display examples of the application of the
principles and elements of design utilized in products, print media, and
art forms.



Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
computer and a CAD software package.
Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
computer and a CAD software package.

Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
computer and a CAD software package.
Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
motion of parts in assemblies.
Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
motion of parts in assemblies.

Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
computer and a CAD software package.
Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
motion of parts in assemblies.
Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
motion of parts in assemblies.
Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
motion of parts in assemblies.
Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
motion of parts in assemblies.
Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
motion of parts in assemblies.

Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
motion of parts in assemblies.
Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
motion of parts in assemblies.
Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
motion of parts in assemblies.
Students will evaluate and select the necessary views to graphically
communicate design solutions.
Students will evaluate and select the necessary views to graphically
communicate design solutions.
           Students will demonstrate the following communication techniques:
           voice variation, eye contact, posture, attire, practice and preparation,
           and projecting confidence.


           Students will create a powerpoint chart listing locker items.
           Students will research different materials to be used for their organizer
           as well as items to be stored in the locker.
           Students will find the overall dimensions of locker items to be
           incorporated into their organizer.

           Slide must include locker item brainstorming and locker item
           dimensions. Print out the slides in handout view.
ow must include your brainstorming chart. Another slide must include a
well as dimensions.

            Students will create a 3D model of dimensioned items in Inventor.
            Students will create a 3D model of dimensioned items in Inventor.
            Students will create a 3D model of dimensioned items in Inventor.
            Students will create a 3D model of dimensioned items in Inventor.
ert Inventor files into powerpoint documentation (as jpg files).
            Students will create a 3D model of dimensioned items in Inventor.
ert Inventor files into powerpoint documentation (as jpg files).
            Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

           Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.


           Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

           Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.


           Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.


           Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.


           Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

           Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

           Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD
           package.
Students will create a dimensioned multiview drawing of each
locker part.

Students will develop prelimary sketches for their locker organizer.


Students will categorize and select a solution to a problem.


Students will categorize and select a solution to a problem.



Students will develop preliminary sketches for their locker
organizer.

Students will develop final sketches for their locker organizer.
The student will select a sketching method that is efficient in its use of
color, form, and symbols representing abstract data.

Students will develop final sketches for their locker organizer.

Students will create a 3 dimensional model of their locker organizer
using Inventor.
Student will analyze a solution to a problem using the correct format of
analysis.
Students will demonstrate how to extract mass properties data from
their solid models.
Students will evaluate the accuracy of mass properties calculations.

Students will understand and demonstrate the use of work features
and how they are applied while constructing a solid model.
Students will list and explain the various mass property calculations,
such as, volume, density, mass, surface area,
Students will demonstrate the ability to modify a sketch or feature of a
model.

Students will understand and demonstrate the use of work features
and how they are applied while constructing a solid model.
Students will list and explain the various mass property calculations,
such as, volume, density, mass, surface area,
Students will demonstrate the ability to modify a sketch or feature of a
model.
Students will understand and demonstrate the use of work features
and how they are applied while constructing a solid model.
Students will understand and demonstrate the use of work features
and how they are applied while constructing a solid model.


Students will integrate annotated sketches in presentations, portfolio, and documentation process.
Students will utilize part libraries effectively during the assembly
modeling process.


Students will integrate annotated sketches in presentations, portfolio, and documentation process.
Students will utilize part libraries effectively during the assembly
modeling process.
Students will integrate annotated sketches in presentations, portfolio, and documentation process.
Students will utilize part libraries effectively during the assembly
modeling process.
Students will explore and demonstrate assembly modeling skills to
solve a variety of design problems.
Students will employ sub-assemblies during the production of assemblies.
Students will employ sub-assemblies during the production of assemblies.
Students will employ sub-assemblies during the production of assemblies.
              Train Parts Grading Check
  Tutorials                                               IED Assignment Log 2006-2007
                          List



                         Activity
     Date                                                            Assignment                             Objective
7-Sep-06             Teacher Lecture                          Introduction to PLTW: IED                     Students will be familiarized with the PLTW program, focusing specifically on IED.

8-Sep-06            Guided discussion                   Review class protocol and procedures                Students will be familiarized with the rules and grading criteria for the course.

                                               Student introductions and log-in procedures                  HW : Student Information Sheet and Student/Parent Sig Sheet




              PowerPoint Notes- History of
                                               Aesthetic, Evolution, Research, Architectural, Form,
11-Sep-05        Design, Evolution of
                                               Style, Artistic, Futuristic, Technician, Automation,
                      Innovation
                                               Innovation, Technological Change, Chronological,
                                               Manufacturing, Technology, Design Elements,                  Students will explore the evolution of technology and be able to identify engineering
                                               Marketing, Timeline, Engineering, Mechanical                 achievements through history.



               PowerPoint Notes- Define
12-Sep-05     Geometric Constraints Using
                 the Inventor Tutorial


                                               Begin the Inventor Tutorials (2D Constraints; sketch 1)      Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
13-Sep-05     DO NOW-                          Continue to find the Unit 1 Definitions
                 Inventor 2D Constraints
                                               Complete Inventor Tutorial (2D Constraints- Skectch 2)       Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
                                                                                                            Students will develop an appreciation of how the history of art has influenced
14-Sep-05           History of Design                        Activity 1.1- History of Design                innovations in the field of engineering, and explain the impact of artistic expression
                                                                                                            as it relates to consumer products.
                                               Complete Inventor Tutorial (2D Constraints-
                 Inventor 2D Constraints
                                               Skectch 2) to be graded
                                                                                                            Students will research how artistic period and style have influenced product and
15-Sep-05           History of Design                        Activity 1.1- History of Design
                                                                                                            architectural design.
                                                Review requirements for project. Gather pictures from       Students will develop a PowerPoint presentation to illustrate the development cycle of
                                                                    the Internet.                           a product.
                    Unit 1 Definitions         Complete to be graded

                                               Click here to see Inventor sketches 3,4,5 and Additional
18-Sep-05           Inventor 2D sketch
                                                                       Activites                            Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
                                                Click here to open sketch 3,4,5. Please save to your
                                                        folder IMMEDIATELY after you open.
                                                                                                            Students will research how artistic period and style have influenced product and
19-Sep-05           History of Design                        Activity 1.1- History of Design
                                                                                                            architectural design.
                                               Review requirements for project. Gather pictures from        Students will develop a PowerPoint presentation to illustrate the development cycle of
                                                                   the Internet.                            a product.
                                                                                                            Students will explore a given professional organization and summarize in a short
               Professional Organizations
                                                                                                            PowerPoint presentation the range of services provided by the organization.
                                               Activity 1.2- Professional Organizations
                                               Show me your sketches from yesterday for a
                                               classwork assignment grade.
                                                    Review requirements for project. Finalize               Students will research how artistic period and style have influenced product and
20-Sep-05           History of Design
                                                presentation (with the professional organization)           architectural design.

                                                                                                            Students will explore a given professional organization and summarize in a short
               Professional Organizations
                                                                                                            PowerPoint presentation the range of services provided by the organization.
                                               Activity 1.2- Professional Organizations
                                                    Review requirements for project. Finalize               Students will research how artistic period and style have influenced product and
21-Sep-05           History of Design
                                                presentation (with the professional organization)           architectural design.

                                                                                                            Students will explore a given professional organization and summarize in a short
               Professional Organizations
                                                                                                            PowerPoint presentation the range of services provided by the organization.
                                               Activity 1.2- Professional Organizations
                                                                                                            Students will research the chronological development and accelerating rate of
22-Sep-05          HOD Presentations           Students will present their research/timeline to the class   change that innovations in tools and materials have brought about over time as it
                                                                                                            relates to a given consumer product.

                                                                                                            Students will demonstrate the following communication techniques: voice variation,
                  Presentation Critique
                                                                                                            eye contact, posture, attire, practice and preparation, and projecting confidence.
                                               Presentation Indiv. Rubric Presentation class rubric

                                                                                                            Students will research the chronological development and accelerating rate of
25-Sep-06          HOD Presentations           Students will present their research/timeline to the class   change that innovations in tools and materials have brought about over time as it
                                                                                                            relates to a given consumer product.
                                                                                                            Students will demonstrate the following communication techniques: voice variation,
                  Presentation Critique
                                                                                                            eye contact, posture, attire, practice and preparation, and projecting confidence.
                                               Presentation Indiv. Rubric Presentation class rubric
                                                                                                            Students will research the chronological development and accelerating rate of
26-Sep-06          HOD Presentations           Students will present their research/timeline to the class   change that innovations in tools and materials have brought about over time as it
                                                                                                            relates to a given consumer product.

                                                                                                            Students will demonstrate the following communication techniques: voice variation,
                  Presentation Critique          Presentation Indiv. Rubric Presentation class rubric
                                                                                                            eye contact, posture, attire, practice and preparation, and projecting confidence.
                                                                                                            Students will research the chronological development and accelerating rate of
27-Sep-06          HOD Presentations           Students will present their research/timeline to the class   change that innovations in tools and materials have brought about over time as it
                                                                                                            relates to a given consumer product.

                                                                                                            Students will demonstrate the following communication techniques: voice variation,
                  Presentation Critique          Presentation Indiv. Rubric Presentation class rubric
                                                                                                            eye contact, posture, attire, practice and preparation, and projecting confidence.
                                                                                                            Students will research the chronological development and accelerating rate of
28-Sep-06          HOD Presentations           Students will present their research/timeline to the class   change that innovations in tools and materials have brought about over time as it
                                                                                                            relates to a given consumer product.

                                                                                                            Students will demonstrate the following communication techniques: voice variation,
                  Presentation Critique          Presentation Indiv. Rubric Presentation class rubric
                                                                                                            eye contact, posture, attire, practice and preparation, and projecting confidence.

29-Sep-06           Extrude-PP Notes           Inventor Extrude Tutorial

2-Oct-06              NO SCHOOL
3-Oct-06            IED Unit 1 Review                 Complete the IED Unit 1 review crossword                                        Students will review for Unit 1 Test.
                    IED Unit 1 Review                         IED Constraint Review
                  Extrude tutorial must be complete. Show me your exercises when finished.

                                                                                                             Students will be assesed on their knowledge of 2D Design Constraints and Unit 1
4-Oct-06             IED Unit 1 Test
                                                                                                                                                 Definitions.

                                                Angles, Freehand, Pattern, Circle, Horizontal, Profile,
              PowerPoint Notes- Sketching
                                                 Line, Contour, Line Segment, Shape, Diagonal, Line
                   and Visualization
                                                Weight, Sketch, Edge, Lines, Surface, Ellipse, Object,
                                                     Vertical, Essence, Object Line, Visualization
5-Oct-06             Cube Project                                  Cube Introduction                        Students will integrate proper sketching techniques and styles in the creation of
                 Thumbnail Sketches- PP                                                                     sketches.
                        Notes                              Cube Thumbnails/ Brainstorming

6-Oct-06              Cube Project
                                                 Due: Brainstorming and Sketching Definitions
              Oblique/One-point perspective-     Design 5 parts in oblique: 2 Cavalier 3 Cabinet (due       Students will integrate proper sketching techniques and styles in the creation of
                       PP Notes                                        Monday)                              sketches.


9-Oct-06              NO SCHOOL
                                                 Due: Oblique Sketches: Use the first half of the
10-Oct-06       Cube- Oblique Drawings          period to color parts. Don't forget thick and thin          Students will augment pictorial sketches with shading to improve communication.
                                                                       lines.

11-Oct-06     Progress Report - Unit 1 Test    Students will receive grade update. Students will go over
                                               Unit 1 Test.
                  PP Notes: One-Point                                                                       Students will formulate pictorial sketches to develop ideas, solve problems, and
                      perspective               One-point perspective- Finish 5 cube parts for HW .         understand relationships during the design process.
                                                Due: One Point Perspective: Use the first half of
                  PP Notes: One-Point                                                                       Students will formulate pictorial sketches to develop ideas, solve problems, and
12-Oct-06                                       the period to color parts. Don't forget thick and
                      perspective                                                                           understand relationships during the design process.
                                                                    thin lines.

13-Oct-06           Full Cube Design            Using the template, transfer your cube parts onto the
                                                actual 3D cube. Color coordinate with existing parts.

                  PP Notes: Two-Point                                                                       The student will select a sketching method that is efficient in its use of color, form,
16-Oct-06
                      perspective                                Two-point perspective                      and symbols representing abstract data.

              Two-Point perspective: Class      Due: Two Point Perspective: Use the first half of
17-Oct-06
                          Lab                   the period to color parts. Don't forget thick and
                                                                    thin lines.
                                                                                                            Students will evaluate and select the necessary views to graphically communicate
18-Oct-06      PP Notes: 3-view Drawings
                                                               Orthographic Projections                     design solutions.

                                                 DO NOT COMPLETE FOR HOMEW ORK. YOU
                                                   W ILL HAVE THE ENTIRE CLASS PERIOD
                                                        TOMORROW TO COMPLETE.


                                                PERIOD 11- USE THIS POWERPOINT                              ONLY DRAW THE FRONT, TOP, AND RIGHT SIDE OF
                                                 TOO (ONLY FOR DIMENSIONING)                                EACH PART!!!
                                                                                                            Students will evaluate and select the necessary views to graphically communicate
19-Oct-06      3-view Drawings: Class Lab
                                                               Orthographic Projections                     design solutions.

20-Oct-06     PP Notes: Isometric Drawings                                                                  Draw each part in isometric. Don't forget to use your shading techniques.
                                                                  Isometric Drawings
                                                                                                            Draw two parts connected in isometric. Since we are using 5 parts, 1 part will
              PP Notes: Isometric Drawings
                                                                   2-part Isometrics                        need to be repeated.


                                                                                                            Draw two parts connected in isometric. Since we are using 5 parts, 1 part will
23-Oct-06     PP Notes: Isometric Drawings
                                                                   2-part Isometrics                        need to be repeated.

24-Oct-06        Inventor Part Extrusions                                                                   Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
                                                     Inv entor computer sketches- .IPT
                                                  Draw each part as an indiv idual IPT f ile.
                                                         Sav e each part seperately .
                                                  Complete the Basic Assembly Tutorial.
               Inventor Tutorial: Basic           When f inished, constrain y our cube. I                   Students will demonstrate the ability to generate a three-
25-Oct-06     Assembly Constraints: (in the      should not be able to pull y our parts away
                 Advanced Skills folder)
                                                                                                            dimensional model.
                                                    (f ully constrained, the 3 degrees of
                                                                   f reedom)
                                                  Complete the Basic Assembly Tutorial.
               Inventor Tutorial: Basic            When f inished, constrain y our cube. I                  Students will explore and demonstrate assembly modeling skills to
26-Oct-06     Assembly Constraints: (in the      should not be able to pull y our parts away
                 Advanced Skills folder)
                                                                                                            solv e a v ariety of design problems.
                                                    (f ully constrained, the 3 degrees of
                                                                   f reedom)
                                                   PP Notes: 6 degrees of f reedom. 3D
                                                  constraints: mate/f lush, tangent, insert,
                                               Once y ou f inish contraining y our cube, y ou
                                                may complete any ov erdue assignment.
27-Oct-06                                      Y ou will be giv en y our grade report to date.                 The ASSEMBLY TUTORIAL and the fully CONSTRAINED CUBE is due
                                                Also, all drawings must be completed and                    TODAY. If you have a ZERO on your grade report, it is because I have yet to
              Hodge-Podge Day                        COLORED to match y our parts.                           see it. Please show me the assignment and I will gladly change it to a 50 :-)

                                                    File names: Rev olv e, Rev olv e-Join,                  Students will create dimensioned orthographic drawings and
30-Oct-06               Rev olv e
                                                            Rev olv e Additional Ex                         isometrics of each exercise completed.
                                                Fillets and Rounds- Print both activ ities as
                  Inv entor Tutorials                                                                       Students will distinguish and def ine geometric constraints.
                                                              working drawings.
                                                File names: Fillets-Rounds, Fillets-Rounds                  Students will create dimensioned orthographic drawings and
31-Oct-06         Fillets & Rounds
                                                              Additional Exercise                           isometrics of each exercise completed.
                  Assignment Due                      2 exercises f rom Fillets & Rounds                    Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
                                                Chamf ers- Print both activ ities as working
1-Nov-06          Inv entor Tutorials                                                                       Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
                                                                   drawings.
                                                File names: Chamf er, Chamf er Additional                   Students will create dimensioned orthographic drawings and
                       Chamf er
                                                                    Exercise                                isometrics of each exercise completed.
                  Assignment Due                          2 exercises f rom Chamf er                        Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
                                                 Editing Features- Print both activ ities as
2-Nov-06          Inv entor Tutorials                                                                       Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
                                                              working drawings.
                                                    File names: Editing Features, Editing                   Students will create dimensioned orthographic drawings and
                   Editing Features
                                                         Features Additional Exercise                       isometrics of each exercise completed.
                  Assignment Due                      2 exercises f rom Editing Features                    Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
3-Nov-06          Inv entor Tutorials                              Catch-up Day                             Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
                                                 All drawings completed up to date f or the
                  Assignment Due                                                                            Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
                                                     tutorials listed each day this week.


                                               Creating Exploded View: Open a standard.
6-Nov-06             Cube Project              File. Experiment with the f eatures. Create                  Students will create an exploded v iew using the CAD sof tware.
                                                a mov ie when y ou are satisf ied with y our
                                                                cube exlposion.
                                               Hav e the f illets and rounds tutorial ready to
                                               show. If we hav e time, I will look grade the
                 Teacher Grading:                        chamf er tutorial as well.
                 Inv entor Tutorial:
7-Nov-06
                 Creating a custom
               border (in the Working             Inv entor computer sketches- Indiv idual
                  Drawings f older)                       IDW's and dimensioning                                   The teacher will present a lesson on inv entor IDW f iles.
8-Nov-06                                                                                                           Students will demonstrate the ability to generate a three-
                     Cube Project                         Glue cube parts together!!!                                                 dimensional model.
                                                                                                            Students will select the appropriate modeling materials to complete                       Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student
                                                                                                            a three-dimensional model.                                                                s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will
                                                                                                                                                                                                      select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select


13-Nov-06      Glueing and coloring parts                                                                       Students will hav e an understanding of the dif f erent phy sical
                                                                                                                                     modeling techniques.

                                                                                                                 Students will demonstrate the ability to generate a three-
                                                                                                                                       dimensional model.
14-Nov-06
                                                  Inv entor computer sketches- Indiv idual                  Students will generate an isometric v iew f rom orthographic drawing
                     Cube Project                         IDW's and dimensioning                                                              v iews.
                                                                                                                Students will identif y and demonstrate the use of common
                       PP Notes                                    Dimensioning                                                      dimensioning sy stems.
                                                                                                               Students will demonstrate appropriate dimensioning rules and
                                                                                                                                            practices.
                                                                                                                 Students will dif f erentiate the use of and demonstrate an
15-Nov-06                                                                                                    understanding of size and location dimensions by apply ing these
                        Rev iew                   Part Dimensioning- Datum v s. Chain                           ty pes of dimensions to annotated sketches and drawings.
                                               Creating an eploded v iew with parts list in an                 Students will apply appropriate annotations on sketches and
                     Cube Project
                                                                IDW f ile.                                                                   drawings.
                                                                                                             Students will translate a three-dimensional drawing or model into
              Cube part orthographics            Create indiv idual part IDW. Peer critique                             corresponding orthographic drawing v iews.
16-Nov-06
                                                                                                             Students will translate a three-dimensional drawing or model into
                                                Create indiv idual part IDW. Peer critique                              corresponding orthographic drawing v iews.
                                                SAVE PARTS LIST TO MY THUMB DRIVE
                                                 Cut out all drawing's f or documentation.
                                                                                                            Students will identif y the proper elements of a f ully dev eloped
                     Cube Project                 Design Process Lesson/ Documentation
                                                                                                            portf olio.
              Open PowerPoint and Word to take notes.
                                                                                                            Students will dev elop a portf olio to organize and display ev idence
17-Nov-06            Cube Project                                   Documentation
                                                                                                            of their work.

                                                                                                            Students will apply the steps of the design process to solv e a
20-Nov-06            Cube Project                          Complete Documentation
                                                                                                            v ariety of design problems.
                                                                                                            Students will dev elop original slide lay outs using editing skills
                                                                    Grading Rubric
                                                                                                            dev eloped in class.
                                                                                                            Students will apply the steps of the design process to solv e a
                                                                                                            v ariety of design problems.
21-Nov-06            Cube Project              Grading Rubric
                                                                                                            Please save any color documentation slides to my thumb drive!
                  COMPLETE DOCUMENTATION DUE TODAY
                                                                                                            Students will apply the steps of the design process to solv e a
22-Nov-06             Peer rev iew                     Cube and documentation critique
                                                                                                            v ariety of design problems.

                                               Aesthetics Constraints Open Loop System Analysis
                                               Ideation Sketching Prototype Annotated Sketch
27-Nov-06                                      Innovation Serendipity Brainstorming Invention
              Unit 2 Definitions- PowerPoint   Thumbnail Sketches Closed Loop System Mock-Up
              Notebook                         Trade-Off
              Fillets/Round Activity           Complete Ending activity
28-Nov-06
              Fillets/Round Activity           Print out ending activity in an IDW/ fully dimensioned
              Test Review                      Definition Crossword #1                                      SHOW ME BOTH CROSSW ORDS W HEN COMPLETED. DO NOT CLOSE
              Test Review                      Definition Crossword #2                                      OUT OR SAVE OR YOU W ILL NOT RECEIVE CREDIT.
29-Nov-06                                                                                                    Students will be assessed on their knowledge of Sketching and Unit 2 Definitions.
              Sketching Unit Test- Part 1
30-Nov-06                                                                                                    Students will be assessed on their knowledge of Sketching and Unit 2 Definitions.
              Sketching Unit Test- Part 2
1-Dec-06                                                                                                     Students will be assessed on their knowledge of Sketching and Unit 2 Definitions.
              Sketching Unit Test- Part 2


                  Test Problems on              Open the attached word document. Build the attached         Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a computer and
4-Dec-06
                      Inv entor                                  parts on Inventor.                         a CAD software package.

                                               Finish the test problems. Create working drawing (fully
                  Test Problems on                                                                          Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a computer and
5-Dec-06                                        dimensioned) in an IDW file. DO NOT PRINT. Have
                      Inv entor                               your neighbor edit the IDW.
                                                                                                            a CAD software package.



6-Dec-06             Go ov er test

                Editing Features- PP                File names: Editing Features, Editing                   Students will demonstrate the ability to modif y a sketch or f eature
7-Dec-06
                        Notes                            Features Additional Exercise                       of a model.

                                                2 exercises from Editing Features (Have
                  Assignment Due                                                                            Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
                                                    both exercises on your screen)


                 Hole Features- PP                                                                          Students will apply geometrical and dimensional constraints to a
8-Dec-06                                          PP Notes (Add these pages to your notebook)
                       Notes                                                                                sketch.

                                                   Hole Features- Print both activ ities as
                    Hole Features                                                                           Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
                                                            working drawings.


                 Hole Features- PP                                                                          Students will apply geometrical and dimensional constraints to a
11-Dec-06                                         PP Notes (Add these pages to your notebook)
                       Notes                                                                                sketch.


                   Hole Features-              How many way s can y ou create the
                                                                                                            Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
                 Additional Exercise           additional exercise?

                  Assignment Due                  Hole Features- Show me both exercises
                                                 Shell Tutorials- Print f irst two activ ities as
                                                                                                            Students will create dimensioned orthographic drawings and
12-Dec-06           Shell Tutorials               isometrics only ! Print out the additional
                                                                                                            isometrics of each exercise completed.
                                                       exercise as a working drawing.

              Section Views                                                                                 Students will create the appropriate section view for a specified application.
                  Assignment Due                           3 exercises f rom Shell                          Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
                                                 Shell Tutorials- Print f irst two activ ities as
                                                                                                            Students will create dimensioned orthographic drawings and
13-Dec-06           Shell Tutorials               isometrics only ! Print out the additional
                                                                                                            isometrics of each exercise completed.
                                                       exercise as a working drawing.

              Section Views                    PP Notes (Add these pages to your notebook)                  Students will create the appropriate section view for a specified application.
                                                3 exercises f rom Shell (conv ert bottle into
                  Assignment Due                                                                            Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
                                                                   IDW)
14-Dec-06     Bottle Due!!                     Convert bottle into IDW (recreate tutorial)
                                                  ONLY print the additional exercise (bird
                                                                                                            Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
                                                                 f eeder)
15-Dec-06          Work Features               PP Notes (Add these pages to your notebook)
                  Assignment Due                                 Bird Feeder IDW                            Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.

18-Dec-06          Work Features               PP Notes (Add these pages to your notebook)
                  Assignment Due                                 Bird Feeder IDW                            Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
19-Dec-06         Assignment Due                                 Bird Feeder IDW                            Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
                  Circular Patterns                                                                         Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
                                                   Circular Pattern Feature Exercise 1
20-Dec-06                                        Circular Pattern Feature and additional
                  Assignment Due                                                                            Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
                                                         exercise (show me both)
                                                Rectangular Pattern Feature and additional
                Rectangular Patterns                                                                        Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
                                                                 exercise

21-Dec-06
                                                Rectangular Pattern Feature and additional
                Rectangular Patterns                                                                        Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
                                                                 exercise
                                                Rectangular Pattern Feature and additional
                  Assignment Due                                                                            Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
                                                         exercise (show me both)
22-Dec-06
                                                Mirror Pattern Feature IDW and additional
                    Mirror Patterns                                                                         Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
                                                                 exercise
                                                    HAVE READY TO SHOW ME THE                                     Circular Patterns (2); Rectangular Patterns (2); Mirror
               All Assignments Due
                                                              FOLLOWING:                                                                Patterns (2)

                                               FREE DAY ! THANK Y OU FOR Y OUR
2-Jan-07      HAPPY NEW Y EAR!!
                                               GENEROSITY .
              HOMEWORK- Rev erse               BRING IN OBJECT WITH 3 MOVABLE
              Engineering Project              PARTS
                                        Print out "Pink Problems" as an isometric on
                                                                                                      Students will be assessed of their knowledge of Inv entor and
3-Jan-07    Inv entor Quiz              y our IDW sheet. Both problems can f it on
                                                                                                      dimensioning.
                                        one sheet.
                                        Print out dimensioning problems on a regular
                                        IDW.
            HOMEWORK- Rev erse          BRING IN OBJECT WITH 3 MOVABLE
            Engineering Project         PARTS
                                        Print out "Pink Problems" as an isometric on
                                                                                                      Students will be assessed of their knowledge of Inv entor and
4-Jan-07    Inv entor Quiz              y our IDW sheet. Both problems can f it on
                                                                                                      dimensioning.
                                        one sheet.
                                        Print out dimensioning problems on a regular
                                        IDW.
            HOMEWORK- Rev erse          BRING IN OBJECT WITH 3 MOVABLE
            Engineering Project         PARTS
                                                                                                      Students will be assessed of their knowledge of Inv entor and
5-Jan-07    Inv entor Quiz
                                                                                                      dimensioning.

8-Jan-07               Finish Quiz                                         !
                                                              DO NOT PRINT!!

                   Make-Up Day           Complete all tutorials completed up to this point!

                                                                                                      Students will be assessed of their knowledge of Inv entor and
9-Jan-07          Go ov er quiz
                                                                                                      dimensioning.
                                                                                                      Students will select the appropriate modeling materials to complete
                                                                                                      a three-dimensional model.
            Precision Measurement         OPEN THIS POWERPOINT AND ADD TO YOUR                        Select appropriate measuring instruments based on the degree of
10-Jan-07
                      intro                             NOTEBOOK                                      precision required.
                                                                                                      Use a v ariety of measuring instruments and record measured
                                                                                                      quantities using the appropriate units.
                                                                                                      Students will communicate their idea through written and v erbal
11-Jan-07        Brainstorming
                                        Reverse Engineering Sheet                                     f ormats.

             Inv entor Feature List     On the RE sheet, list the number of parts to be built. List
                                        which inventor features will be needed to build the part.
12-Jan-07        Brainstorming          Reverse Engineering Sheet                                     Students will experience the creativ e thinking process.
            Part Organization Sheet
                      Due               Reverse Engineering Sheet
                                                                                                      Students will identif y the dif f erent graphical method of data
                 Sketch Sheet
                                        Measure all parts (thumbnail sketches)                        representation.

16-Jan-07        Sketch Sheet           Reverse Engineering Sheet
                                                                                                      Students will identif y the dif f erent graphical method of data
               Inv entor Part Files
                                        Reverse Engineering Sheet                                     representation.
17-Jan-07      Inv entor Part Files                                                                   Students will select the appropriate graphical f ormat to a problem.
                                        Reverse Engineering Sheet
18-Jan-07      Inv entor Part Files                                                                   Students will select the appropriate graphical f ormat to a problem.
                                        Reverse Engineering Sheet
              Sketch Sheet Due
19-Jan-07      Inv entor Part Files                                                                   Students will select the appropriate graphical f ormat to a problem.
                                        Reverse Engineering Sheet



22-Jan-07      Mid Term Rev iew

               Inv entor Part Files                                                                   Students will select the appropriate graphical f ormat to a problem.
                                        Reverse Engineering Sheet
23-Jan-07      Inv entor Part Files                                                                   Students will select the appropriate graphical f ormat to a problem.
                                        Reverse Engineering Sheet

24-Jan-07      Inv entor Part Files                                                                   Students will select the appropriate graphical f ormat to a problem.
                                        Reverse Engineering Sheet
25-Jan-07   MID-TERM EXAM               PERIOD 1 - 2
26-Jan-07   MID-TERM EXAM               PERIOD 3 - 4


29-Jan-07   MID-TERM EXAM               PERIOD 5/6 6/7 - 7/8 8/9
30-Jan-07   MID-TERM EXAM               PERIOD 10 - 11
31-Jan-07      Inv entor Part Files     Rev erse Engineering Sheet                                    Students will select the appropriate graphical f ormat to a problem.
                PART UPDATE             1st grade of 2nd semester


                                        Create two ipt files with the following dimensions:
1-Feb-07     Decal/Emboss Lesson
                                        Cylinder (2.5dia x 2.5" ht) Square (2.5 x 2.5 x .5)

               Inv entor Part Files     Rev erse Engineering Sheet                                    Students will select the appropriate graphical f ormat to a problem.
                                        Create indiv idual working drawing of each                    Students will translate a three-dimensional drawing or model into
                When f inished:
                                        part.                                                         corresponding orthographic drawing v iews.
             Inventor Part Files-
2-Feb-07                                Rev erse Engineering Sheet                                    Students will select the appropriate graphical f ormat to a problem.
                  Last Day
              When f inished with       Complete the 'Presentation Drawing' Tutorial
                   IDW's:               in the Working Drawing Section.

             Inventor Part Files-
5-Feb-07                                Rev erse Engineering Sheet                                    Students will select the appropriate graphical f ormat to a problem.
                  Last Day
              When f inished with       Complete the 'Presentation Drawing' Tutorial
                   IDW's:               in the Working Drawing Section.
                                        Create cylinder with the following dimensions:
6-Feb-07     Decal/Emboss Lesson        (2.5dia x 2.5" ht). Create a workplane tangent to the
                                        edge.
               Working Drawings-             Create IDW working drawing using a                       Students will translate a three-dimensional drawing or model into
7-Feb-07
                Sectional View                         sectional v iew                                corresponding orthographic drawing v iews.
                                                                                                      Students will describe the purpose, and/or application, of the
                                                                                                      f ollowing drawing v iews: isometric v iew, section v iew, auxiliary
                                                                                                      v iew, and detail v iew.
                                                                                                      Students will create the appropriate section v iew f or a specif ied
                                                                                                      application.
                                                                                                      Students will determine the correct application f or the v arious
                                                                                                      section v iews required to illustrate an object’s internal detail.
                                                                                                      Students will create an auxiliary v iew to show the detail on an
8-Feb-07       Working Drawings-
                                                  Create IDW working drawings                         inclined surf ace of a drawing object.
                                                                                                      Students will create a detail v iew that corresponds to the
                   Detail View
                                                                                                      appropriate orthographic drawing v iew.
                                                                                                      Students will create an auxiliary v iew to show the detail on an
9-Feb-07       Working Drawings-
                                                  DUE- Individual Part IDW's                          inclined surf ace of a drawing object.
                                                                                                      Students will create a detail v iew that corresponds to the
                   Detail View
                                                                                                      appropriate orthographic drawing v iew.

                                                                                                      Students will explore and demonstrate assembly modeling skills to
12-Feb-07     Assembly Modeling
                                                         Constrain Part Files                         solv e a v ariety of design problems.
                                                                                                      Students will perf orm part manipulation during the creation of an
               Inv entor Tutorials
                                          Working Drawings/ Presentation Drawings                     assembly model.
                                                                                                      Students will perf orm part manipulation during the creation of an
13-Feb-07      Inv entor Tutorials
                                                  Working Drawings/ Parts List                        assembly model.
             Project Exploded View
14-Feb-07
                  w/Parts List                DUE- Exploded View w/Parts List

              The f ollowing items       Parts List Tutorial (Show me the IDW) due                         Students will place and create components in the assembly
20-Feb-07
             should be submitted:                             2/13)                                                           modeling env ironment.
                                               Indiv idual Part IDW's (due 2/9)
                                          Exploded View w/Parts List (Project) due                           Students will create circular and rectangular patterns of
                                                             today                                                  components within an assembly model.
                                        Create an isometric IDW of y our completed
21-Feb-07    Documentation Cov er       and constrained part. Sav e to Mr. Gibson's                      Students will replace components with modif ied external parts.
                                            thumb driv e (in proper class f older)
                                        Part must be animated and sav ed to a WMV
                  Animate Part
                                         f ile. It should show how y our part mov es.
                                                                                                        Students will select the appropriate sheet size and title block f or
22-Feb-07   Compile Documentation                         Documentation Rubric
                                                                                                                            creating a drawing lay out.

                                        Part must be animated and sav ed to a WMV
                  Animate Part
                                         f ile. It should show how y our part mov es.
                                                                                                        Students will select the appropriate sheet size and title block f or
23-Feb-07   Compile Documentation                         Documentation Rubric
                                                                                                                            creating a drawing lay out.
                                           Doc.- Cover Sheet, Word Sheet,
                                        Thumbnails, Individual IDW's, Assembly
                                         Drawing, Exploded View w/Parts List,
                                                   Self Evaluation
                                        Part must be animated and sav ed to a WMV
                  Animate Part
                                         f ile. It should show how y our part mov es.


                                                                                                         Students will determine the correct application f or the v arious
26-Feb-07    Documentation Due                            Documentation Rubric
                                                                                                         section v iews required to illustrate an object’s internal detail.
                                           Doc.- Cover Sheet, Word Sheet,
                                                                                                          Students will describe the purpose, and/or application, of the
                                        Thumbnails, Individual IDW's, Assembly
                                                                                                        f ollowing drawing v iews: isometric v iew, section v iew, auxiliary
                                         Drawing, Exploded View w/Parts List,                                                  v iew, and detail v iew.
                                                   Self Evaluation
                                                                                                           Students will create a detail v iew that corresponds to the
                                                                                                                     appropriate orthographic drawing v iew.
                                                                                                         Students will determine the correct application f or the v arious
27-Feb-07    Documentation Due                            Documentation Rubric
                                                                                                         section v iews required to illustrate an object’s internal detail.
                                           Doc.- Cover Sheet, Word Sheet,
                                                                                                          Students will describe the purpose, and/or application, of the
                                        Thumbnails, Individual IDW's, Assembly
                                                                                                        f ollowing drawing v iews: isometric v iew, section v iew, auxiliary
                                         Drawing, Exploded View w/Parts List,                                                  v iew, and detail v iew.
                                                   Self Evaluation
                                                                                                            Students will create a detail v iew that corresponds to the
                                                                                                                     appropriate orthographic drawing v iew.
                                           Open up y our mov ie f ile and inv entor
28-Feb-07     Project Display Day       assembly . Hav e y our actual part in f ront of
                                                           y ou.
1-Mar-07    Free Day


2-Mar-07         Helix Tutorials                                                                      Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
                                                                                                      Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.


               Helix Additional           Additional Exercise page 390 f rom text                     Students will identif y three dif f erent ty pes of threads and create a
5-Mar-07                                book.                 (Do not do the springs)
              Exercise (Threads)                                                                      solid model of each using Inv entor.
                                                  Isometrics on 1 Title Block
                                        Show me the two parts and three threads on
                 Helix Tutorials
                                           y our screen in an IDW (f ull color, iso).
6-Mar-07        Lof ting Tutorials                                                                    Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

                                           Show all activ ities on one IDW sheet as
               Assignment Due                                                                         Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
                                                       Isometric v iews.
7-Mar-07        Sweeps Tutoirals                                                                      Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

8-Mar-07        Sweeps Tutoirals                                                                      Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
                                                                                                      Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
9-Mar-07        Sweeps Tutoirals                                                                      Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.



12-Mar-07       Sweeps Tutoirals                                                                      Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

                                           Print all activ ities on one IDW sheet as                  Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
               Assignment Due
                                                         Isometric v iews.
13-Mar-07      Design Elements                                                                        Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
                                                                                                      Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
14-Mar-07      Design Elements                                                                        Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
                                           Print all activ ities on one IDW sheet as
               Assignment Due                                                                         Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
                                                         Isometric v iews.
               Dimensioning with
                                                                                                      Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
               Formulas Tutorials
                                             Print all activ ities on 1 IDW sheet as
               Assignment Due                                                                         Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
                                                        Isometric views.
               Dimensioning with
15-Mar-07                                                                                             Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
               Equations (Lego)
16-Mar-07     Mold Cav ity Tutorial                                                                   Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
                                             Print all activ ities on 1 IDW sheet as
17-Mar-07      Assignment Due                                                                         Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
                                                        Isometric views.

               Dimensioning with
19-Mar-07                                                                                             Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.
               Equations (Lego)
                                             Print all activ ities on 1 IDW sheet as
               Assignment Due                                                                         Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
                                                        Isometric views.
20-Mar-07     Mold Cav ity Tutorial                                                                   Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

                                            Print all activ ities on 1 IDW sheet as
               Assignment Due                                                                         Students will submit work f or ev aluation as assigned.
                                                       Isometric views.
                                        Part I will consist of 30-40 multiple choice
21-Mar-07
            Advanced Skills             questions f rom the adv anced tutorials
                                                                                                      Part II will consist of creating parts on Inventor and applying the 6 DOF to fully
                                                                                                      constrain the part (hint hint).
            Test                        section (excluding driv ing constraints)
                                        Part I will consist of 30-40 multiple choice
22-Mar-07
            Advanced Skills                                                                           Part II will consist of creating parts on Inv entor and apply ing the 6
                                        questions f rom the adv anced tutorials
            Test                                                                                      DOF to f ully constrain the part (hint hint).
                                        section (excluding driv ing constraints)
                                        Part I will consist of 30-40 multiple choice
23-Mar-07
            Advanced Skills                                        Part II will consist of creating parts on Inv entor and apply ing the 6
                                        questions f rom the adv anced tutorials
            Test                                                   DOF to f ully constrain the part (hint hint).
                                        section (excluding driv ing constraints)
            Add your name to the front base. The letters should either pop-out or in…
            When your assembly is finished, create IDW's of each NEW part. Do not print the IDW's!!!!!
            When your IDW's are created, raise your hand and tell me that you're finished. I will give you your grade
            sheet.
            ALL TUTORIALS    NO TUTORIALS WILL BE ACCEPTED AFTER THIS
            ARE DUE          DATE


                                        Part I will consist of 30-40 multiple choice
26-Mar-07
            Advanced Skills                                                                           Part II will consist of creating parts on Inv entor and apply ing the 6
                                        questions f rom the adv anced tutorials
            Test                                                                                      DOF to f ully constrain the part (hint hint).
                                        section (excluding driv ing constraints)
            Add your name to the front base. The letters should either pop-out or in…
            When your assembly is finished, create IDW's of each NEW part. Do not print the IDW's!!!!!
            When your IDW's are created, raise your hand and tell me that you're finished. I will give you your grade
            sheet.
            ALL TUTORIALS    NO TUTORIALS WILL BE ACCEPTED AFTER THIS
            ARE DUE          DATE
27-Mar-07   Desktop Design Project      Design Intro
28-Mar-07   Desktop Design Project      Design Intro
29-Mar-07   Desktop Design Project      Design Intro


                                         Accessorize your organizer! Add various supplies             Students will explore and demonstrate assembly modeling skills to
9-Apr-07    Desktop Design Project
                                                        to your organizer.                            solv e a v ariety of design problems.
                                        Inventor Animation (.IPN or .IAM) Show movement               Students will utilize part libraries ef f ectiv ely during the assembly
10-Apr-07   Desktop Design Project
                                                  of design or supply movement.                       modeling process.
                                                                                                      Students will inv estigate the principles and elements of design and
11-Apr-07   Desktop Design Project           11 x 17 Poster advertising your organizer!
                                                                                                      demonstrate their use in the design process.
                                                                                                      Students will express their understanding of the principles and
            Design Elements                            Add these slides to your notes.
                                                                                                      elements of design by incorporating them in design solutions.
                                                                                                      Students will collect and display examples of the application of the
            DDP Poster                                        Poster Template                         principles and elements of design utilized in products, print media,
                                                                                                      and art f orms.
            Desktop Design                                                                            Students will collect and display examples of the application of the
12-Apr-07   Project- Poster and                               Poster Template                         principles and elements of design utilized in products, print media,
            animation due                                                                             and art f orms.
            Desktop Design                                                                            Students will collect and display examples of the application of the
13-Apr-07   Project- Poster and                               Poster Template                         principles and elements of design utilized in products, print media,
            animation due                                                                             and art f orms.

                                                                                                      Students will demonstrate the f ollowing communication techniques:
16-Apr-07   Desktop Design Project        Class presentations- Poster and Inventor animation          v oice v ariation, ey e contact, posture, attire, practice and
                                                                                                      preparation, and projecting conf idence.
                                                                                                      Students will demonstrate the f ollowing communication techniques:
17-Apr-07   Desktop Design Project        Class presentations- Poster and Inventor animation          v oice v ariation, ey e contact, posture, attire, practice and
                                                                                                      preparation, and projecting conf idence.
                                                                                                      Students will demonstrate the f ollowing communication techniques:
18-Apr-07   Desktop Design Project        Class presentations- Poster and Inventor animation          v oice v ariation, ey e contact, posture, attire, practice and
                                                                                                      preparation, and projecting conf idence.

19-Apr-07   Desktop Design Project                          Poster Justification

                  Train Project                                                                       Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
20-Apr-07                                          TRAIN BODY SPECIFICATIONS
                  Introduction                                                                        computer and a CAD sof tware package.

                Train Project                                                                         Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
23-Apr-07                                          TRAIN BODY SPECIFICATIONS
                 Introduction                                                                         computer and a CAD sof tware package.
                Train Project                                                                         Students will express their understanding of the principles and
24-Apr-07                                          TRAIN BODY SPECIFICATIONS
                 Introduction                                                                         elements of design by incorporating them in design solutions.
            DUE: Train Body IDW                          Download Train Logo
                                                                                                      Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
                  Train Project                              Emboss/Decal
                                                                                                      computer and a CAD sof tware package.
                                         DO NOT PRINT. I WILL COME AROUND
25-Apr-07      Train Body Due
                                                  AND CHECK OFF
             Peg/Wheel IDW's (in                                                                      Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
                                                           Wheel Specifications
                   f older)                                                                           computer and a CAD sof tware package.
              Assignment Due-                                                                         Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
26-Apr-07                                                   Peg Specifications
                   Wheel                                                                              computer and a CAD sof tware package.
                                                        Linkage Arm Specifications
                                                        Linkage Pin Specifications
              ALL PARTS MUST BE COMPLETED TODAY ! WHEN FINISHED
              BEGIN TO ASSEMBLE TRAIN. WHEELS MUST TURN WHEN
            CONSTRAINED (IN OTHER WORDS, DO NOT FULLY CONSTRAIN).
            THE TRAIN WILL BE FULLY CONSTRAINED WHEN WE DRIVE ON
                                   THE TRACK.

                                                                                                      Students will perf orm part manipulation during the creation of an
27-Apr-07       Assemble Train
                                                                                                      assembly model.


                                           Click on Tutorials. Click on "The Train." Click on
30-Apr-07     Straight Track Assembly
                                                             straight track.

                                                                                                      Students will understand and apply driv e constraints to simulate
1-May-07         Wheel Constrain                                Drive Train
                                                                                                      the motion of parts in assemblies.
                                                                                                      Students will understand and apply driv e constraints to simulate
2-May-07           Track Design                            Drive Train on Track
                                                                                                      the motion of parts in assemblies.
                                        Name of last angle constraint (back of train to back
                         crank
                                                        wheel work plane)
                Formula for flush
             constraint from back of                                                                  You can type this in the flush offset OR the flush parameter
                                                       (crank*3.14*2.25in)/360deg
             track to the back of the                                                                 menu
                       train
                                                                                                      Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
3-May-07        Pimp Train Day
                                                                                                      computer and a CAD sof tware package.
4-May-07         NO SCHOOL


            Pimp Train Day / Create                                                                   Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
7-May-07
                 new v ehicle                                                                         computer and a CAD sof tware package.
            Pimp Train Day / Create                                                                   Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
8-May-07                                     DUE- Internet Research Due Today !
                 new v ehicle                                                                         computer and a CAD sof tware package.
            Pimp Train Day / Create
9-May-07                                      Design and build train/v ehicle body
                 new v ehicle
            Pimp Train Day / Create                                                                   Students will understand and apply driv e constraints to simulate
10-May-07                                     Design and build train/v ehicle body
                 new v ehicle                                                                         the motion of parts in assemblies.
                                                                                                      Students will understand and apply driv e constraints to simulate
11-May-07         Train Project                     Design and build extra car
                                                                                                      the motion of parts in assemblies.

                                                                                                      Students will understand and apply driv e constraints to simulate
14-May-07         Train Project                     Design and build extra car
                                                                                                      the motion of parts in assemblies.
                                                                                                      Students will understand and apply driv e constraints to simulate
15-May-07         Train Project                     Design and build extra car
                                                                                                      the motion of parts in assemblies.
                                            Track Design- build a track specif ically            Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
16-May-07         Train Project
                                                    designed f or y our car                      computer and a CAD sof tware package.
                                                                                                 Students will understand and apply driv e constraints to simulate
17-May-07         Train Project                    Driv e Constraint f or Wheels
                                                                                                 the motion of parts in assemblies.
             Parametric Equations                   Driv ing both set of wheels
                                                                                                 Students will understand and apply driv e constraints to simulate
18-May-07         Train Project                    Driv e Constraint f or Wheels
                                                                                                 the motion of parts in assemblies.
                                          Demonstrate that y ou can driv e all of the            Students will understand and apply driv e constraints to simulate
               Assignment Due
                                                     wheels together!                            the motion of parts in assemblies.

                                                                                                 Students will ev aluate and select the necessary   v iews to
21-May-07         Poster Creation                              11" x 17" Sheet
                                                                                                 graphically communicate design solutions.
                                                                                                 Students will ev aluate and select the necessary   v iews to
22-May-07         Poster Creation              Save posters to the thumb drive to be printed
                                                                                                 graphically communicate design solutions.
                                                                                                 Students will ev aluate and select the necessary   v iews to
23-May-07         Poster Creation              Save posters to the thumb drive to be printed
                                                                                                 graphically communicate design solutions.
                                                                                                 Students will ev aluate and select the necessary   v iews to
24-May-07         Poster Creation              Save posters to the thumb drive to be printed
                                                                                                 graphically communicate design solutions.
25-May-07            Train Show
            Engineering Design Project   Split into groups. Review engineering design process.
            Day 1                        Assign jobs.

28-May-07      SCHOOL CLOSED
                                                                                                 Students will demonstrate the f ollowing communication techniques:
               Engineering Design
29-May-07                                                      Assign Teams                      v oice v ariation, ey e contact, posture, attire, practice and
                   Challenge
                                                                                                 preparation, and projecting conf idence.
                                                                                                   Students will hav e an understanding of v arious f orms of v isual
                                                                                                              aids and when to use them in a presentation.
                                                 Begin portf olio dev elopment
               Engineering Design                                                                Students will identif y the elements of the v arious f orms of written
30-May-07                                    (documentation), cov er sheet, design
                   Challenge                                                                                                 documentation.
                                                brief /specs, conceptualization.
                                                                                                      Students will recognize the need to inv olv e all of the
                                                                                                 manuf acturing team members in the decision making process of
                                                                                                                          designing a product.
             Engineering Design                                                                   GRAB A CALIPER. SEE ME FOR YOUR BAG O' PARTS AND
31-May-07                                          1 DAY MEASUREMENTS!!!!!
                 Challenge                                                                                     MEASURE AWAY. YOU HAVE TODAY!!!!
                                                                                                  Students will understand and f ormulate general and proprietary
               Engineering Design         Begin Rev erse Engineering. Models will no
1-Jun-07                                                                                           specif ications to f urther communicate inf ormation relating to
                   Challenge                         longer be av ailable!
                                                                                                                             product design.

              Engineering Design
4-Jun-07                                               Inv entor Part Creation
                  Challenge
5-Jun-07     EXAM INFORMATION            College Credit Info
              Engineering Design                                                                  Students will understand and apply driv e constraints to simulate
                                                  Driv ing Constraints/Assembly
                  Challenge                                                                                       the motion of parts in assemblies.
                                                                                                 Students will explore and demonstrate assembly modeling skills to
                   Job Tasks-                             Project Assembly
                                                                                                                 solv e a v ariety of design problems.
                                           Part IDW Working Drawing (11 x 17 Title               Documentation up to this point: title page, design brief /specs,
                                                          Block)                                 conceptualization (all hand sketches)
                                                     Documentation
              Engineering Design                                                                 Students will explore and demonstrate assembly modeling skills to
6-Jun-07                                          Driv ing Constraints/Assembly
                  Challenge                                                                                      solv e a v ariety of design problems.
7-Jun-07     FINAL EXAM REVIEW
8-Jun-07     FINAL EXAM REVIEW

                                                                                                  IED STUDY GUIDE
11-Jun-07   FINAL EXAM REVIEW                          Go ov er part A and C                                             Geometric Relationships
12-Jun-07   SENIOR EXAMS                                   3,4,5/6, 6/7                                                      Mass Property
13-Jun-07   SENIOR EXAMS                                   3,4,5/6, 6/8                                                     Design Process
14-Jun-07   SENIOR EXAMS                                 7/8, 8/9, 10, 11
15-Jun-07   SENIOR EXAMS                                 7/8, 8/9, 10, 12

18-Jun-07   EXAM (ALL)                                              1,2
19-Jun-07                                                           3,4
20-Jun-07
21-Jun-07
22-Jun-07
Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student   Student
s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will    s will
select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select    select
Isaiah    pool shot http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7GA3ySz4el4&feature=fvwrel
damian                http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jQFw0eJoo7k
          bridge collapse
kevin     3D printing http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZboxMsSz5Aw
kevin                   cell phone
          Evolution ofhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JcnXOhrmDB8
kevin     droid       http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fqym5TCxtPE
kevin     engineer http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lXGDRrkaRgU
                      http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g7_mOdi3O5E
          screen technology
tyler     mech eng http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=76KyYo0DmUw&feature=related
andrew    adidas       http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_IH5wLo2jto
greg      aerospace http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m7vgCabDjSI
andrew    mactini     http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=17DPJHNVx2Q
alex      i-phone5 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lzsBwnv_dAg
alvin     new wtc http://vimeo.com/28783919
tyls      ancient romehttp://science.discovery.com/videos/engineering-the-impossible-student-power.html
emma      dubstep gunshttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hDlif8Km4S4&feature=channel_video_title
alvin     neocube http://www.youtube.com/user/cubert01
tyls      17k doms http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rCRcjt2LAD4&feature=related
andrew    leaf blower http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5TI7bLw7nZg
alex                  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A_0s1nPg8Es&feature=related
          greatest 20th
alex                  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KMEt-HYuDCo&feature=related
          greatest engineering structures
alex      exosketlon http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-UpxsrlLbpU
andrew    exosketlon http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0hkCcoenLW4
alex                  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EsCSwVx3GvA
          limb regeneration
matt      rube        http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RouXygRcRC4
patrick   no eng.     http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q1PzBcB53w4&NR=1
Valeria               http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HH8CUTimTvY&feature=related
          laser keyboard
Alex      photocopierhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MJ5ghlTdF9k
Nick      Camry       http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X0dPeZxSy0M
Jason                 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pF0uLnMoQZA
          Flying Machine
Alvin                 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a6cNdhOKwi0
          future vision
Andrew                http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T6R5bm6qx2E
          prosthetic arm
Andrew                http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7_eJOQfp70o&feature=relmfu
          wireless charging
andrew                http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3seTlvQtIgc
          touchable holograms
andrew    cloaking http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c58_989aalQ
andrew    hover car http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HN5jTvsx4J4
andrew    force field http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wzag6xo9jTY
andrew    useless     http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KxaWvJ-ziXA
andrew    MC Escher http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Lwm-yGCjOjU
andrew    oblique cityhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PbKh2FVsaO0&feature=grec_index
alvin     cowboys http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=71YsRO6G7Ks
alvin     future      http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oIDF_60ok04&feature=related
alvin     plane       http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HSEl8bF6xOk&feature=related
andrew    robot       http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Kq-_riKtzsY
          jepordy     http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_1c7s7-3fXI&feature=related
Tutorials    Train Parts Grading Check List                IED Assignment Log 2007-2008



  Date                   Activity                                    Assignment

6-Sep-07             Teacher Lecture                           Introduction to PLTW: IED

7-Sep-07            Guided discussion                    Review class protocol and procedures
                      Proficiencies                               Student Information
                                                       Review grading and student expectations
                                                    Log on to computers/ accessing files for class
                    Daily procedures
                                                                  Demonstration
            Creating Folders/Saving & Opening     Create a CAD Arch Folder and save a document to
                           Files                                    your folder

10-Sep-07             Hand-in HW                                  Signed rules sheet
              Pre-Test- Precision Measuring                 Complete pre-test on measuring
               Concepts, Key Terms, and
                                                              Save into IED folder/lesson1
                 Essential Questions
               Engineers Notebook (ppt)                   Copy and paste into IED Notebook

                                                 List 3 major inventions that have made your life easier
11-Sep-07             DO NOW: NB
                                                   (other than automobile, computer, and telephone)
                                                    Finish from yesterday:Copy and paste into IED
               Engineers Notebook (ppt)
                                                                       Notebook
                       Discussion                           Evolution/Productive Inventions
               Coffee Cup Design Project                    Rules for Brainstorming (ppt)

                                                 C/C Engineering Notebook Styles. List problems
12-Sep-07             DO NOW: NB
                                                    with the last page (compared to previous).

            Greatest Engineering Achievements             http://www.greatachievements.org/

                                                    Final Cup Idea using brainstorming ideas from
               Coffee Cup Design Project         yesterday. Final design must be fully annotated using
                                                            the engineering notebook style.


13-Sep-07             NO SCHOOL
                                                     Finalize all sketches and organize your class
14-Sep-07       Coffee Cup Team Meeting
                                                                      presentation.
            Class Presentations- 3 minutes per                        Class Critique
                                                 Answer the conclusion questions. Attach at the end of
                       Conclusion
                                                                   your documentation.

17-Sep-07             DO NOW: NB                  Coffee Cup wrap-up sheet (hard copy- see teacher)
                  Teacher Lecture                 Evolution of Product Design (ppt)

                                                  Evolution of Product Design (doc)

18-Sep-07            Lab Period              Project: EOD- Download pictures and research

                  Open this slide.
                                           Save this slide into your "EOD" folder. Answer the
            Background_info.ppt (in EOD
                                                      guestions during class today.
                     folder)
                                             List three things that make a good Powerpoint
19-Sep-07          DO NOW: NB
                                                               Presentation
             PowerPoint Tips and Tricks

                     Lab Period                Project: EOD- Complete graphical timeline

20-Sep-07          DO NOW: NB             List some things you can do to sell your presentation.

              Presenting in PowerPoint

                                                    Project: EOD- Complete graphical
                     Lab Period
                                              timeline/presentation (Last Day to complete)




21-Sep-07            Lab Period                Finalize PP Presentation (under 5 minutes)

                                            EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric


24-Sep-07       Student Presentations       EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
25-Sep-07       Student Presentations       EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
26-Sep-07       Student Presentations       EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric

27-Sep-07       Student Presentations       EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric

                 Engineering Video                     When Engineering Fails

28-Sep-07        Engineering Video                     When Engineering Fails



1-Oct-07        Intro To Cube Project                      Intro to Cube (doc)

                                                       Cube Design Brief (doc)
                                                        Cube Brainstorming
2-Oct-07           Design Process             Create Cube Project Folder in IED Folder
                                                        Design Process (ppt)
                                                      Gossamer Condor Activity
3-Oct-07                                           Gossamer Condor Design Brief
               Orthograpghic Drawing                   Multiview Drawing (ppt)
                                                  Multiview Drawing Worksheets
4-Oct-07       Orthograpghic Drawing                    Review Homework
                                                      Line Convention (ppt)
                                                   Line Convention Worksheet
5-Oc-07         Orthographic Practice                   Homework Review
                                                             Folders
                                                      Practice Ortho Sheets
                                                       Return Graded Work

9-Oct-07        Orthographic Practice                     Homework Review
                                                  Finish Up Orthographic Drawing
10-Oct-07        Isometric Drawing                     Isometric Drawing (ppt)
                                                   Isometric Drawing Worksheet
                                                        Inventor Free Time
11-Oct-07       Cube Orthographics                    Review Documentation
                                                Orthographic Drawing of Cube Parts
12-Oct-07         Inventor Fun Day                 Exploring Autodesk Inventor

            Cube Documentation Drawings           Finish Iso/Ortho Cube Drawings


15-Oct-07     Inventor 2-D Constraints            Create Inventor Tutorial Folder
                                                 Inventor 2-D Constraints Tutorial
16-Oct-07     Inventor 2-D Constraints           Inventor 2-D Constraints Tutorial

17-Oct-07       Inventor 3-D Extrude                     Inventor Tutorials

18-Oct-07       Inventor 3-D Extrude                     Inventor Tutorials

19-Oct-07       Inventor 3-D Extrude                     Inventor Tutorials
                                                       Grade Report Review


22-Oct-07         Oblique Drawing                   Oblique Drawing Notes ppt.
                                                    Oblique Drawing Worksheet
23-Oct-07         Oblique Drawing                   Cube Doc Oblique Drawing
24-Oct-07      Unit 1 and 2 Definitions                   Unit 1 Definitions
               Will Count as a Quiz!!!                    Unit 2 Definitions
                                           Copy over key terms from each unit into a word
               Will Count as a Quiz!!!    document and define each term using your notes
                                                  or the internet when necessary.
               Will Count as a Quiz!!!           Hand in Oblique HW Tomorrow!!
25-Oct-07       Perspective Drawing               Perspective Drawing Notes ppt.
                                                  Perspective Drawing Worksheet
26-Oct-07         Perspective Drawing                Perpspective Drawing Worksheet Review

                                                             Cube Perspective Drawing


29-Oct-07         Perspective Drawing                Puzzle Cube Pieces Perspective Drawing


30-Oct-07         Perspective Drawing                Puzzle Cube Pieces Perspective Drawing


31-Oct-07          Puzzle Cube Layout                            Happy Halloween!
                                                  Color in each puzzle cube piece and use proper
                                                              shading and line weight
1-Nov-07           Puzzle Cube Layout              Set up,Fill in, and color Puzzle Cube Pattern

2-Nov-07           Inventor Assembly                               Assembly ppt.
                                                          Inventor Assembly Constraints


5-Nov-07           Inventor Assembly                      Inventor Assembly Constraints

6-Nov-07             Cube Assembly                 Assemble puzzle cube pieces using Inventor

7-Nov-07             Cube Assembly                 Assemble puzzle cube pieces using Inventor
                                                             Working Drawing Tutorial
                                                                   Title Block


12-Nov-07     Orthographic Drawing Layout              Inventor Orthographic Drawing Setup
                                                             Working Drawing Tutorial
                                                                   Title Block
13-Nov-07             Dimensioning                              Dimensioning ppt
                                                Finish tutorials, begin dimensioning puzzle cube parts

14-Nov-07          Cube Dimensioning              Complete Dimensioning of Inventor Orthographics
                                                Create an animated exploded view and parts list for the
            Cube Exploded View and Parts List
                                                                    puzzle cube
15-Nov-07            Cube Assembly                          Assemble Puzzle Cube Parts

16-Nov-07            Cube Assembly                          Assemble Puzzle Cube Parts


19-Nov-07            Documentation                              Documentation ppt.
                                                          Puzzle Cube Doc Requirements
20-Nov-07            Documentation                              Documentation ppt.
                                                          Puzzle Cube Doc Requirements
21-Nov-07            Documentation                            Documentation ppt.

                                                        Puzzle Cube Doc Requirements
                                                 PUZZLE CUBE DOC DUE TODAY!!!!!!


26-Nov-07            Documentation                            Documentation ppt.
                                                        Puzzle Cube Doc Requirements

 27-Nov          Puzzle Cube Challenge           Puzzle Cube Challenge with documentation


28-Nov-07           Inventor Revolve                       Inventor Revolve Tutorial

29-Nov-07      Inventor Fillets and Rounds            Inventor PPTs (copy both to notes)
                                                     Inventor Fillets and Rounds Tutorial
30-Nov-07             Inventor Shell                         Inventor Shell Tutorial


3-Dec-07              Inventor Shell                               Shell PPT
                                                             Inventor Shell Tutorial
              When Finished do Unit 1 and 2
                                                               Unit 1 and 2 Defs
                       Definitions
4-Dec-07          Unit 1 and 2 Review                     Definitions, Notebook fill in
                                                                   Unit 1 Defs
                                                                   Unit 2 Defs
5-Dec-07            Unit 1 and 2 Test                          Unit 1 and 2 Test
6-Dec-07            Unit 1 and 2 Test                          Unit 1 and 2 Test
7-Dec-07            Unit 1 and 2 Test                          Unit 1 and 2 Test

10-Dec-07           Unit 1 and 2 Test                           Unit 1 and 2 Test
                                                Students will receive grades back and have an
11-Dec-07   Puzzle Cube Review/Grade Reports
                                                    opportunity to make up missing work.
12-Dec-07          Test Review- Part A          Click on this link (after going over the test) -->
3-Dec-07                Snow Day                       There's no day like a snow day!
14-Dec-07          Test Review Part B                         Test Review Part B


                                                  File names: Chamfer, Chamfer Additional
17-Dec-07          Chamfer (NOTES)
                                                                   Exercise
                   Assignment Due                         2 exercises from Chamfer
                                               File names: Editing Features, Editing Features
18-Dec-07          Editing Features
                                                             Additional Exercise
                   Assignment Due                     2 exercises from Editing Features
               Hole Features- PP Notes                             PP NOTES

19-Dec-07          Test Review Part C                         Test Review Part C
                                                                  Inventor Part
20-Dec-07     Inventor Hole Features Tutorial         Finish Inventor Hole Features Tutorial
                                                Put on IDW and dimension using what you learned
                                                                    yesterday
21-Dec-07   Teaching Technology Presentation         Presentation on Technology Education


2-Jan-08             Work Features                  PP Notes (Add these pages to your notebook)

3-Jan-08             Work Features                  PP Notes (Add these pages to your notebook)

              ASSIGNMENT LOG
            QUIZ- USING THE INTERNET,
            FIND THE FORMULA USED TO
               DETERMINE VOLUME IN A
            CYLINDRICAL OBJECT. HAVE                           DUE-Bird Feeder IDW
            IT READY TO SHOW ME WHEN
              I WALK AROUND. DO NOT
               TALK TO ANYONE ABOUT
                THIS OR YOU WILL NOT
                   RECEIVE CREDIT

4-Jan-08             Work Features                          Print Out Bird Feeder IDW
              ASSIGNMENT LOG QUIZ-
             OPEN A BLANK IDW SHEET.
            HAVE IT READY TO SHOW ME
             WHEN I WALK AROUND. DO
            NOT TALK TO ANYONE ABOUT
              THIS OR YOU WILL NOT
                 RECEIVE CREDIT
               GO OVER- HOLE PATTERN


            DO NOW- Open this powerpoint and
7-Jan-08                                                     DIMENSION POWERPOINT
                  add to your notes.

                    Circular Patterns                          Circular Pattern Notes

                          DUE-                              Print Out Bird Feeder IDW
                                                Open the following part from the student drive: inventor
8-Jan-08                DO NOW
                                                                    parts/feeder.ipt

                    Circular Patterns                          Circular Pattern Notes

                                                Circular Pattern Feature and additional exercise
                   Assignment Due
                                                                 (show me both)
                                                   Rectangular Pattern Feature and additional
9-Jan-08         Rectangular Patterns
                                                                    exercise
                                                Circular Pattern Feature and additional exercise
                   Assignment Due
                                                                 (show me both)
                                             Rectangular Pattern Feature and additional
10-Jan-08       Rectangular Patterns
                                                              exercise
                                             Rectangular Pattern Feature and additional
                  Assignment Due
                                                      exercise (show me both)
                                             Mirror Pattern Feature IDW and additional
11-Jan-08          Mirror Patterns
                                                              exercise
                                           HAVE READY TO SHOW ME THE FOLLOWING
               All Assignments Due
                                                          (ON MONDAY):

                                                 HAVE READY TO SHOW ME THE
14-Jan-08      All Assignments Due
                                                        FOLLOWING:
                                           Student Drive: Dim_INV_Quiz Folder. Open Excel
15-Jan-08           Inventor Quiz
                                                        and Powerpoint Folder.

                                             Print out dimensioning problems on a regular
                                                                 IDW.

                                           Student Drive: Dim_INV_Quiz Folder. Open Excel
16-Jan-08           Inventor Quiz
                                                        and Powerpoint Folder.

                                           Print out dimensioning problems on a regular
                                             IDW (2 sep sheets). Include rubric on top.


                                              Critique Mr. Gibson's presentations. All
17-Jan-08     Presentation Techniques
                                                criticism is accepted, FIRE AWAY!!!

                 Project Introduction      students/Project/Design_Process_Overview.ppt
             Notes:Engineering Design
                                           students/Project/Design_Process_Overview.ppt
                      Loop-
                     DOC- 1,2,3                        Research & Brainstorm

18-Jan-08            DOC- 1,2,3                        Research & Brainstorm
                                              Doc set-up, picture dumping, folder set-up

21-Jan-08           NO SCHOOL
22-Jan-08            DOC- 1,2,3                        Research & Brainstorm
                  PROJECT Q & A
                      DOC- 3                  Generate Ideas using constraints (rough)
23-Jan-08             DOC- 4                  Generate Ideas using constraints (rough)
            Design Solution Gallery Walk
24-Jan-08           DOC- 4 & 5                Generate Ideas using constraints (rough)
                                                                Gallery Walk
                         DOC- 6                 students/Project/Design_Making_Matrix[1].ppt
25-Jan-08           Mid-Term Review
                         DOC- 6

28-Jan-08             MIDTERM 2
29-Jan-08           MIDTERM 3 & 4
30-Jan-08            MIDTERM 6/7
31-Jan-08            MIDTERM 10
             DUE- Dovetail and Mortise and
1-Feb-08
            Tenon Powerpoint research slide.
             DUE- Design Matrix (your own on
                      Powerpoint).
                                                 Create a final solution with a 3-view and
                         DOC- 7
                                                                 isometric

            DUE AT THE END OF THE PERIOD-
               Isometric OR 3-view of final      Create a final solution with a 3-view and
4-Feb-08
              sketch. Fully annotated. Must                      isometric
                      include joints.

                  MR GIBSON WILL BE BACK TOMORROW AND
                  GRADE EVERYTHING THAT IS DUE!!!! HAVE
                       EVERYTHING OR IT IS A ZERO!!!!
              Grading- 1 design sketch and
5-Feb-08
                       joint slides

6-Feb-08              Go over Exam

             Final Design Sketch #2- Share      Both final sketches should be complete by the
                      first sketch.                              end of class.

                                               Meet in design teams. Incorporate COLOR into
7-Feb-08       Final Design Sketches Due (2)    your ISO (NOT ORTHO). ORTHO must have
                                                                 dimensions.


                                               Begin to create your parts on Inventor. DO NOT
8-Feb-08       Final Creation on Inventor
                                                 CREATE JOINTS. We will add those later.
                                                Begin to create your parts on Inventor. DO NOT
11-Feb-08     Final Creation on Inventor
                                                  CREATE JOINTS. We will add those later.

12-Feb-08           MOVIE DAY                        Hint: "It's more than meets the eye"
                     Dovetail Joints                    Add dovetail joints to your parts.

            PLTW Course Selection for next        Principles of Engineering, CAD Architecture,
13-Feb-08
                      year-                                     Digital Electronics
                                                  Students will understand and apply the base
                      DOP Assembly                   component effectively in the assembly
                                                                  environment.
14-Feb-08             NO SCHOOL

15-Feb-08             NO SCHOOL



18-Feb-08             NO SCHOOL

                                                Students will explore and demonstrate assembly
19-Feb-08             DOP Assembly                 modeling skills to solve a variety of design
                                                                    problems.
                                                Students will perform part manipulation during the
20-Feb-08             DOP Assembly
                                                         creation of an assembly model.
            Individual IPT Working Drawing   Students will select the appropriate sheet size
21-Feb-08
                         (IDW)                and title block for creating a drawing layout.
                                              Students will translate a three-dimensional
            Individual IPT Working Drawing
22-Feb-08                                  drawing or model into corresponding orthographic
                         (IDW)
                                                              drawing views.

                                                Students will perform part manipulation during the
25-Feb-08             DOP Assembly
                                                         creation of an assembly model.
                                             Parts list balloon names must match individual
26-Feb-08      Exploded view with parts list.
                                                                IDW names.
            Individual IPT Working Drawing   Students will select the appropriate sheet size
                         (IDW)                and title block for creating a drawing layout.
                                              Students will translate a three-dimensional
            Individual IPT Working Drawing
27-Feb-08                                  drawing or model into corresponding orthographic
                         (IDW)
                                                              drawing views.
                                              Students will translate a three-dimensional
            Individual IPT Working Drawing
28-Feb-08                                  drawing or model into corresponding orthographic
                         (IDW)
                                                             drawing views.

             DUE- Individual IPT Working         I WILL BE CHECKING EXPLODED VIEW AND
29-Feb-08
                   Drawing (IDW)                               PARTS LIST.
                                                         Have someone check your
3-Mar-08                 D-DAY
                                                               dimensions!!!
                                                             Doc Checklist- (Z:\IED\Desktop
                                                         Organizer\documentation checklist.doc)

4-Mar-08                 D-DAY

5-Mar-08                 D-DAY

6-Mar-08                 D-DAY


7-Mar-08                 D-DAY                                Documentation Due

                    Project presentation                      begin to accessorize your project


                                                    Make one addition to your organizer. See the student
10-Mar-08        Accessorize your organizer
                                                               drive for more accessories.

            Start a new folder in your DOP folder called first_initial_last _name_period (cgibson_2). Save
             isometric pictures of your organizer with and without accessories. In inventor, file, save as,
                                       save your file as a .jpg (save as file type)

                                                    Make one addition to your organizer. See the student
11-Mar-08        Accessorize your organizer
                                                               drive for more accessories.
            Start a new folder in your DOP folder called first_initial_last _name_period (cgibson_2). Save
             isometric pictures of your organizer with and without accessories. In inventor, file, save as,
                                       save your file as a .jpg (save as file type)
                                                    Make one addition to your organizer. See the student
12-Mar-08        Accessorize your organizer
                                                               drive for more accessories.
            Start a new folder in your DOP folder called first_initial_last _name_period (cgibson_2). Save
             isometric pictures of your organizer with and without accessories. In inventor, file, save as,
                                       save your file as a .jpg (save as file type)


13-Mar-08
             DUE- DOP PICTURE                          Must be saved in DOP folder
             FOR MR. SPEENEY                              (your_name_period)
14-Mar-08    Inventor Tutorials- Advanced Skills            Helix- Spring and Bolt- DO NOT IDW
17-Mar-08            Helix Tutorials        Show me the two parts and three threads on your
                                                  screen in an IDW (full color, iso).



18-Mar-08          Sweeps Tutorials

                     Extra Activity
                                              Create a part utilizing loft (freehand sketch)
19-Mar-08        Assignment Due- Loft
                                            Show all activities on screen as Isometric views.

                   Sweeps Tutorials

20-Mar-08          Sweeps Tutorials




26-Mar-08      Assignment Due- Sweep         Show me all THREE activities. After receiving
                                                    hint from me, finish hanger.
            HOMEWORK (due Friday)-          BRING IN OBJECT WITH 3 (AT LEAST)
            Reverse Engineering Project     MOVABLE PARTS

27-Mar-08           Design Elements

            HOMEWORK (due Friday)-          BRING IN OBJECT WITH 3 (AT LEAST)
            Reverse Engineering Project     MOVABLE PARTS



28-Mar-08           Design Elements


                   Assignment Due
                                                     Show me all THREE activities.


            HOMEWORK (due Friday)-          BRING IN OBJECT WITH 3 (AT LEAST)
            Reverse Engineering Project     MOVABLE PARTS




              Essential Questions and Key
31-Mar-08                                     Do Now: Begin to fill out the word document.
                         Terms
               Assignment Due- Design
                     Elements                        Show me all THREE activities.
1-Apr-08    Elements and Principles of Design       Watch the movie and fill-out Key Terms.

             Essential Questions and Key
                                                  Do Now: Begin to fill out the word document.
                        Terms
                                                http://www.designconsolidated.com.au/graphic-design-
2-Apr-08
                                                             principles/presentation.htm
             Visual Design Principles and
                                                                 Add to Notebook.
                      Elements
               Activity 3.1.1 Visual Design
           Principles and Elements of Design                    Introduce Activity
                       Identification

                                                   Take a picture of 5 products from home (no
                      Homework:
                                                          larger than 12 inch volume)

               Design Principles and
3-Apr-08                                                Finish by the end of the period.
               Elements Cheetsheet

             Activity 3.1.1 Visual Design       Add pictures to one powerpoint. Finish by the
             Principles and Elements of         end of the period (do not begin to identify the
                Design Identification                     principles and elements).
              Activity 3.1.1 Visual Design
                                                   Identify the principles and elements of each
4-Apr-08      Principles and Elements of
                                                                       object.
                 Design Identification
             Assignment Due- Print Key
            Terms and DPE Powerpoint (6
            slides per page. Finish cheat
                  sheet and submit.



             Assignment Due- SAVE Key
           Terms and DPE Powerpoint in a
7-Apr-08
             Reverse Engineering Folder.
            Finish cheat sheet and submit.


           WHEN YOUR PRESENTATION IS
                                                      Dimensioning with Equations Tutorial
                   FINISHED

              Activity 3.1.1 Visual Design
8-Apr-08      Principles and Elements of              Dimensioning with Equations Tutorial
                 Design Presentations
              Activity 3.1.1 Visual Design
 9-Apr-08     Principles and Elements of                 Dimensioning with Equations Tutorial
                 Design Presentations
              Activity 3.1.1 Visual Design
10-Apr-08     Principles and Elements of                 Dimensioning with Equations Tutorial
                 Design Presentations
                                                  Part I will consist of 30-40 multiple choice
11-Apr-08   Advanced Skills Test                  questions from the advanced tutorials section
                                                  (excluding driving constraints)


                                                  Part II will consist of creating parts on Inventor and
14-Apr-08   Advanced Skills Test                  applying the 6 DOF to fully constrain the part (hint
                                                  hint).

            Add your name to the front base. The letters should either pop-out or in…
                                                  Part II will consist of creating parts on Inventor and
15-Apr-08   Advanced Skills Test                  applying the 6 DOF to fully constrain the part (hint
                                                  hint).

            Add your name to the front base. The letters should either pop-out or in…
                  When finished, take THREE pictures of your reverse
                      engineering project- TOP, FRONT, SIDE.
            15 MINUTES TO FINISH
16-Apr-08
                   TEST.
                  When finished, take THREE pictures of your reverse
                      engineering project- TOP, FRONT, SIDE.

17-Apr-08           Go over test                             PP Notes- Reverse Engineering


             Begin your visual analysis of your    Activity 3.1.2 Visual Design Principles and Elements
                 reverse engineering part                                  Study


18-Apr-08    Driving Constraints Tutorial                  In the advanced skills section


28-Apr-08             DC Tutorial                              Check off for a grade.
                                                  Using the visual design principles data sheet, add
                Functunial Anaylsis                a functional analysis of your product. Note how
                                                                the product functions.
29-Apr-08    Precision Measurement intro     OPEN THIS POWERPOINT AND ADD TO YOUR
                                                          NOTEBOOK

                                            Using the visual design principles data sheet, add a
                Functunial Anaylsis        functional analysis of your product. Identify the simple
                                                         machines on your product.


                                           On the VDP sheet, list the number of parts to be built.
                Inventor Feature List
                                           List which inventor features will be needed to build the
                                           part.


30-Apr-08
            DUE TODAY- QUIZ GRADE- SLIDE #'s 1, 2, AND 6 OF
             THE VISUAL DESIGN PRINCIPLES DATA SHEET.
              THESE WILL BE CHECKED TOMORROW FOR A
                        SCORE OF 0 OR 100%.



1-May-08     PP Notes- Simple Machines                Add Powerpoint to your notebook.




                               GRADE REPORTS- LAST DAY I WILL ACCEPT DRIVING C

2-May-08    DUE TODAY- QUIZ GRADE- SLIDE #'s 3, 4, AND 5 OF
              THE VISUAL DESIGN PRINCIPLES DATA SHEET.
            THESE WILL BE CHECKED MONDAY. EACH SLIDE IS
                          WORTH 20 POINTS.


                                           Draw and measure each part in a 3-view orthographic
5-May-08         Part Measurements         sketch and an isometric representation. Refer back to
                                           your notes for a refresher (if needed).

                                           Draw and measure each part in a 3-view orthographic
6-May-08         Part Measurements         sketch and an isometric representation. Refer back to
                                           your notes for a refresher (if needed).
               Part Measurements- DUE
              TODAY! SHOW ME WHEN       Draw and measure each part in a 3-view orthographic
7-May-08
            FINISHED FOR A GRADE OF 0 - sketch and an isometric representation. Refer back to
                     100 POINTS!        your notes for a refresher (if needed).

8-May-08           Inventor Part Files                       Reverse Engineering Sheet

9-May-08           Inventor Part Files                       Reverse Engineering Sheet



12-May-08          Inventor Part Files                       Reverse Engineering Sheet

13-May-08          Inventor Part Files                       Reverse Engineering Sheet

14-May-08          Inventor Part Files                       Reverse Engineering Sheet

             Inventor Part Files- Parametric
15-May-08   Movement using Parameters and                    Reverse Engineering Sheet
                  Rotation Constraint
16-May-08    LAST DAY:Inventor Part Files                    Reverse Engineering Sheet

             Inventor Part Files- Parametric
            Movement using Parameters and Documentation: Individual IDW's, parts list, powerpoint
                  Rotation Constraint


19-May-08        Inventor Part Assembly
             Inventor Part Files- Parametric
            Movement using Parameters and      Documentation: Individual IDW's, parts list, powerpoint
                   Rotation Constraint
               Inventor Part Assembly and
20-May-08
                        Animation
             Inventor Part Files- Parametric
            Movement using Parameters and      Documentation: Individual IDW's, parts list, powerpoint
                   Rotation Constraint
               Inventor Part Assembly and
21-May-08
                        Animation
             Inventor Part Files- Parametric
            Movement using Parameters and      Documentation: Individual IDW's, parts list, powerpoint
                   Rotation Constraint
             Inventor Part Files- Parametric
22-May-08   Movement using Parameters and      Documentation: Individual IDW's, parts list, powerpoint
                   Rotation Constraint
             Inventor Part Files- Parametric
23-May-08   Movement using Parameters and      Documentation: Individual IDW's, parts list, powerpoint
                   Rotation Constraint
26-May-08            NO SCHOOL
27-May-08            NO SCHOOL
28-May-08            Documentation             Documentation: Individual IDW's, parts list, powerpoint
29-May-08            Documentation             Documentation: Individual IDW's, parts list, powerpoint
30-May-08       DOCUMENTATION DUE              Documentation: Individual IDW's, parts list, powerpoint


2-Jun-08        DOCUMENTATION DUE              Documentation: Individual IDW's, parts list, powerpoint
                                                3 Engineering Notebook Design Sketches- Due at
3-Jun-08           NEW Project Intro
                                                        the beginning of class tomorrow

                                                  Due at the beginning of the period- 3 package
4-Jun-08       Pringles Design Challenge
                                                           ideas (eng. Notebook style)

                                                Q & A- Break into teams of two. Share sketches.
            Open the following pp and add to
                                                  Create a final design sketch (ortho, iso with
                 your notes: IED/Final
                                                annotations). Once completed, you may begin to
                   PP/teamwork.ppt
                                                                      build.
5-Jun-08                 PDC                                   Construction and Testing
6-Jun-08                 PDC                   Mail Day!!!!!


9-Jun-08            Exam Review- A             Using your notebook, answer the questions to Part A.
10-Jun-08         Exam Review- A, C            Using your notebook, answer the questions to Part A.
11-Jun-08           Exam Review- C             Using your notebook, answer the questions to Part C.
12-Jun-08     Exam Review- C; Cheatsheet       Using your notebook, answer the questions to Part C.
13-Jun-08




23-Apr-07      Train Project Introduction
                                               TRAIN BODY SPECIFICATIONS

24-Apr-07      Train Project Introduction
                                               TRAIN BODY SPECIFICATIONS
                DUE: Train Body IDW                             Download Train Logo
                     Train Project                                  Emboss/Decal
                                                DO NOT PRINT. I WILL COME AROUND AND
25-Apr-07          Train Body Due
                                                             CHECK OFF
              Peg/Wheel IDW's (in folder)                        Wheel Specifications

26-Apr-07      Assignment Due- Wheel                               Peg Specifications

                                                               Linkage Arm Specifications
                                                               Linkage Pin Specifications
             ALL PARTS MUST BE COMPLETED TODAY! WHEN FINISHED BEGIN TO
            ASSEMBLE TRAIN. WHEELS MUST TURN WHEN CONSTRAINED (IN OTHER
               WORDS, DO NOT FULLY CONSTRAIN). THE TRAIN WILL BE FULLY
                      CONSTRAINED WHEN WE DRIVE ON THE TRACK.

27-Apr-07           Assemble Train


                                                   Click on Tutorials. Click on "The Train." Click on
30-Apr-07        Straight Track Assembly
                                                                     straight track.

1-May-07            Wheel Constrain                                   Drive Train

2-May-07              Track Design                               Drive Train on Track

                                                Name of last angle constraint (back of train to back
                         crank
                                                                wheel work plane)

            Formula for flush constraint from
             back of track to the back of the                (crank*3.14*2.25in)/360deg
                           train

3-May-07            Pimp Train Day
4-May-07             NO SCHOOL


              Pimp Train Day/ Create new
7-May-07
                        vehicle
              Pimp Train Day/ Create new
8-May-07                                               DUE- Internet Research Due Today!
                        vehicle
              Pimp Train Day/ Create new
9-May-07                                                Design and build train/vehicle body
                        vehicle
              Pimp Train Day/ Create new
10-May-07                                               Design and build train/vehicle body
                        vehicle

11-May-07            Train Project                           Design and build extra car


14-May-07            Train Project                           Design and build extra car

15-May-07            Train Project                           Design and build extra car
                                                Track Design- build a track specifically designed
16-May-07            Train Project
                                                                  for your car
17-May-07            Train Project                          Drive Constraint for Wheels
                Parametric Equations                       Driving both set of wheels
18-May-07            Train Project                        Drive Constraint for Wheels
                                               Demonstrate that you can drive all of the wheels
                  Assignment Due
                                                                  together!


21-May-07           Poster Creation                              11" x 17" Sheet

22-May-07           Poster Creation                Save posters to the thumb drive to be printed

23-May-07           Poster Creation                Save posters to the thumb drive to be printed

24-May-07           Poster Creation                Save posters to the thumb drive to be printed

25-May-07             Train Show
                                               Split into groups. Review engineering design process.
            Engineering Design Project Day 1
                                                                    Assign jobs.

28-May-07        SCHOOL CLOSED

29-May-07   Engineering Design Challenge                         Assign Teams




                                                Begin portfolio development (documentation),
30-May-07   Engineering Design Challenge              cover sheet, design brief/specs,
                                                              conceptualization.




31-May-07   Engineering Design Challenge                 1 DAY MEASUREMENTS!!!!!

                                                 Begin Reverse Engineering. Models will no
1-Jun-07    Engineering Design Challenge
                                                           longer be available!


4-Jun-07    Engineering Design Challenge                     Inventor Part Creation
5-Jun-07       EXAM INFORMATION                                 College Credit Info

            Engineering Design Challenge                 Driving Constraints/Assembly

                      Job Tasks-                                Project Assembly

                                               Part IDW Working Drawing (11 x 17 Title Block)
                                                                 Documentation
6-Jun-07    Engineering Design Challenge   Driving Constraints/Assembly
7-Jun-07       FINAL EXAM REVIEW
8-Jun-07       FINAL EXAM REVIEW

                                                                          IED STUDY G
11-Jun-07       FINAL EXAM REVIEW             Go over part A and C
12-Jun-07         SENIOR EXAMS                    3,4,5/6, 6/7
13-Jun-07         SENIOR EXAMS                    3,4,5/6, 6/8
14-Jun-07         SENIOR EXAMS                  7/8, 8/9, 10, 11
15-Jun-07         SENIOR EXAMS                  7/8, 8/9, 10, 12

18-Jun-07           EXAM (ALL)                         1,2
19-Jun-07                                              3,4
20-Jun-07
21-Jun-07
22-Jun-07
                                   Objective
Students will be familiarized with the PLTW program, focusing specifically on
                                      IED.
Students will be familiarized with the rules and grading criteria for the course.
    HW: Student Information Sheet and Student/Parent Sig Sheet
   Students will learn about the class procedures, grading, and student
                         expectations for the course.
   Students will be familiarized with daily procedures and the use of the
                               assignment log.
 Students will demonstrate the ability to access the shared folder, create a
        folder in their directory, and save a document as directed.



Students will be assessed of their knowledge of using a ruler and dial caliper.



Apply engineering notebook standards and protocols when documenting their
                       work during the school year.

                               Class invention?

Apply engineering notebook standards and protocols when documenting their
                       work during the school year.

 Identify and apply group brainstorming techniques and the rules associated
                             with brainstorming.




 Identify and apply group brainstorming techniques and the rules associated
                             with brainstorming.
   Research a product’s history, develop a PowerPoint presentation, list
chronologically the major innovations to a product, and present their findings
                                 to a group.

   Research a product’s history, develop a PowerPoint presentation, list
chronologically the major innovations to a product, and present their findings
                                 to a group.




  Use different functions of PowerPoint in order to make a more appealing
                                Presentation.




Learn proper technique for giving an oral presentation using PowerPoint as to
                          present more effectively.
UNDER 5 MINUTES!!!! USE CRITERIA FROM ACT.1.1.2 FOR
            PRESENTATION CONTENT!!!!


      When finished, switch with a classmate and offer
           constructive critisism on PP project.




  Students will reproduce and communicate an idea in their head by using
                             rough sketches.




  Students will experience a the design loop applied to a real life situation.


    Students will be able to create a proper multview drawing of an object
    Students will be able to create a proper multview drawing of an object

    Students will be able to create a proper multview drawing of an object




    Students will be able to create a proper multview drawing of an object

   Students will be able to create a proper isometric drawing of an object
  Students will be able to derive an isometric drawing from an orthographic
                                    drawing

Students will apply their knowledge of orthographic drawing to create proper 3
                       view drawings of their cube parts

    Students will have an opportunity to freely explore using the Autodesk
   Inventor Software in order to develop a comfort level with the program.
Students will apply their knowledge of orthographic drawing to create proper 3
                       view drawings of their cube parts

  Students will become familiar with applying constraints to 2-D Drawings in
                                   Inventor

 Students will become familiar with applying constraints to 2-D Drawings in
                                   Inventor
Students will be able to create 3-D models in Inventor using the extrude and
                            sketch plane functions.
Students will be able to create 3-D models in Inventor using the extrude and
                            sketch plane functions.
Students will be able to create 3-D models in Inventor using the extrude and
                            sketch plane functions.



Students will be able to describe an object using the oblique drawing method.


  Students will be able to create a neat and accurate representation of their
                cube pieces using the oblique drawing method
       Students will define the key terms listed for Unit 1 and Unit 2




  Students will be able to describe an object using one point and two point
                         perspective drawing styles.
  Students will be able to create a neat and accurate representation of their
cube pieces using both one-point and two-point perspective drawing methods



  Students will be able to create a neat and accurate representation of their
cube pieces using both one-point and two-point perspective drawing methods

  Students will be able to create a neat and accurate representation of their
cube pieces using both one-point and two-point perspective drawing methods
Students will begin to color code their puzzle pieces to aid visualization during
                        the puzzle cube pattern layout.


Students will be able to create and layout a 2-D pattern that will become a 3-D
                                     model.
 Students will be able to create constraints on 3-D objects to combine them
                                   together.


 Students will be able to create constraints on 3-D objects to combine them
                                   together.
 Students will be able to create constraints on 3-D objects to combine them
                                   together.
 Students will be able to create constraints on 3-D objects to combine them
                                   together.



   Students will be able to create an orthographic drawing using Autodesk
                                    Inventor


   Students will be able to apply proper dimensions in an object in Inventor


Students will be able to Dimension their cube parts accurately so they can be
                                 reproduced.
Students will be able to create an exploded view and parts list for their puzzle
                            cube assembly drawing.
Students will be able to use stock material to create a working prototype of an
                             object they designed.
Students will be able to use stock material to create a working prototype of an
                             object they designed.

  Students will be able to compile documentation of the processes that they
           went through using the design loop to solve a problem.

  Students will be able to compile documentation of the processes that they
           went through using the design loop to solve a problem.
  Students will be able to compile documentation of the processes that they
           went through using the design loop to solve a problem.




  Students will be able to compile documentation of the processes that they
           went through using the design loop to solve a problem.


  Students will use documentation they created to help them complete each
    others cube project nad understand the importance of documentation.
 Students will complete the Inventor revolve tutorial in order to learn how to
              apply that function and create 3-D Digital Models.
Students will complete the Inventor fillets and rounds tutorial in order to learn
         how to apply that function and create 3-D Digital Models.

Students will complete the Inventor shell tutorial in order to learn how to apply
                 that function and create 3-D Digital Models.

Students will complete the Inventor shell tutorial in order to learn how to apply
                 that function and create 3-D Digital Models.




                  https://www.trueoutcomes.net/pltw/student

Students will review this section of the test, go over questions that they did not
                            understand or got wrong.




          Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.




   Students will apply geometrical and dimensional constraints to a
                               sketch.
Students will review this section of the test, go over questions that they did not
                            understand or got wrong.
 DUE- HOLE ADDITIONAL EXERCISE (IDW)- DON'T FORGET
          HOLE PLACEMENT/ CENTERMARKS




      Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.




Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.




Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

      Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.

Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

      Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.
 Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

        Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.

 Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

Circular Patterns (2); Rectangular Patterns (2); Mirror Patterns (2)



Circular Patterns (2); Rectangular Patterns (2); Mirror Patterns (2)

    Students will be assessed of their knowledge of Inventor and
                           dimensioning.




    Students will be assessed of their knowledge of Inventor and
                           dimensioning.




    Students will be assessed of their knowledge of Inventor and
                           dimensioning.


   Brainstorm and sketch possible solutions to an existing design
                             problem.
 Select an approach that meets or satisfies the constraints given in a
                           design brief.




 Select an approach that meets or satisfies the constraints given in a
                           design brief.

              Generate at LEAST 3 differerent solutions


              Generate at LEAST 3 differerent solutions
Students will apply assembly constraints to successfully construct a
                         multi-part object.
Students will generate an isometric view from orthographic drawing
                              views.




Students will apply assembly constraints to successfully construct a
                         multi-part object.



Students will generate an isometric view from orthographic drawing
                              views.
Blank documentation sheet (Z:\IED\Desktop Organizer\Blank
               Documentation Sheet.ppt)
Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.



Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.

Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.

Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.



Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.




Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.




Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.

Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.


Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.




 Students will investigate the principles and elements of design and
           demonstrate their use in the design process.

Students will submit work for evaluation as assigned.
Students will investigate the principles and elements of design and
          demonstrate their use in the design process.



  Students will express their understanding of the principles and
  elements of design by incorporating them in design solutions.




Students will collect and display examples of the application of the
principles and elements of design utilized in products, print media,
                           and art forms.
Students will collect and display examples of the application of the
principles and elements of design utilized in products, print media,
                           and art forms.




Students will collect and display examples of the application of the
principles and elements of design utilized in products, print media,
                           and art forms.
                Show all four lego parts on one IDW (isometric view).



                       Dimensioning with Equations Tutorial




ither pop-out or in…



ither pop-out or in…




        SHOW ME YOUR DIMENSIONING WITH EQUATIONS
        TUTORIAL. IF NOT SHOWN TODAY, IT WILL BE LATE!!!

        Students will draw a two-dimensional sketch using a CAD package.


                     Visual Design Principles Data Sheet




        Use a variety of measuring instruments and record measured
        quantities using the appropriate units.
       Select appropriate measuring instruments based on the degree of
       precision required.

       Students will communicate their idea through written and verbal
       formats.


                               SLIDE #2

                               SLIDE #6
          Periods 2 and 3- since you will not have calipers, leave the
                     dimension section blank on slide 6.


         If you finish early, you may begin to draw the 3-
                  view and isometric of each part.




ACCEPT DRIVING CONSTRAINTS TUTORIAL

         Select appropriate measuring instruments based on the degree of
                               precision required.

           Use a variety of measuring instruments and record measured
                       quantities using the appropriate units.




          Students will communicate their idea through written and verbal
                                    formats.


          Students will communicate their idea through written and verbal
                                    formats.
                Students will communicate their idea through written and verbal
                                          formats.

                  Students will identify the different graphical method of data
                                          representation.
               Students will select the appropriate graphical format to a problem.


                  Students will identify the different graphical method of data
                                          representation.
               Students will select the appropriate graphical format to a problem.

               Students will select the appropriate graphical format to a problem.


               Students will select the appropriate graphical format to a problem.


               Students will select the appropriate graphical format to a problem.


, powerpoint




               Students will select the appropriate graphical format to a problem.


               Students will select the appropriate graphical format to a problem.


               Students will select the appropriate graphical format to a problem.


               Students will select the appropriate graphical format to a problem.


               Students will select the appropriate graphical format to a problem.


               Students will select the appropriate graphical format to a problem.


               Students will select the appropriate graphical format to a problem.
, powerpoint
, powerpoint
, powerpoint


, powerpoint




               Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
                         computer and a CAD software package.
               Students will express their understanding of the principles and
               elements of design by incorporating them in design solutions.

               Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
                         computer and a CAD software package.


               Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
                         computer and a CAD software package.
               Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
                         computer and a CAD software package.
 Students will perform part manipulation during the creation of an
                        assembly model.




Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
                   motion of parts in assemblies.
Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
                   motion of parts in assemblies.




 You can type this in the flush offset OR the flush parameter
                             menu

   Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
             computer and a CAD software package.



   Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
             computer and a CAD software package.
   Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
             computer and a CAD software package.



Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
                   motion of parts in assemblies.
Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
                   motion of parts in assemblies.

Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
                    motion of parts in assemblies.
Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
                    motion of parts in assemblies.
   Students will interpret a sketch and generate a model using a
              computer and a CAD software package.
Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
                    motion of parts in assemblies.
Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
                   motion of parts in assemblies.
Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
                   motion of parts in assemblies.

Students will evaluate and select the necessary views to graphically
                   communicate design solutions.
Students will evaluate and select the necessary views to graphically
                   communicate design solutions.
Students will evaluate and select the necessary views to graphically
                   communicate design solutions.
Students will evaluate and select the necessary views to graphically
                   communicate design solutions.




 Students will demonstrate the following communication techniques:
voice variation, eye contact, posture, attire, practice and preparation,
                      and projecting confidence.
 Students will have an understanding of various forms of visual aids
               and when to use them in a presentation.
  Students will identify the elements of the various forms of written
                            documentation.
 Students will recognize the need to involve all of the manufacturing
    team members in the decision making process of designing a
                               product.
  GRAB A CALIPER. SEE ME FOR YOUR BAG O' PARTS AND
             MEASURE AWAY. YOU HAVE TODAY!!!!
   Students will understand and formulate general and proprietary
specifications to further communicate information relating to product
                               design.




Students will understand and apply drive constraints to simulate the
                   motion of parts in assemblies.
Students will explore and demonstrate assembly modeling skills to
                 solve a variety of design problems.
   Documentation up to this point: title page, design brief/specs,
                conceptualization (all hand sketches)
Students will explore and demonstrate assembly modeling skills to
                solve a variety of design problems.




IED STUDY GUIDE
                     Geometric Relationships
                        Mass Property
                        Design Process
             A                  B                        C                                      D                                                              E                                              F   G   H   I   J   K   L   M   N   O   P   Q   R   S   T   U   V   W   X   Y   Z   AA   AB   AC   AD   AE   AF   AG   AH   AI   AJ   AK   AL   AM   AN


                                                                                     IED Assignment Log 2008-2009

1
2
           Date             PER
3                                         Topic/Objective- SW BAT                           Activity                                                   Assignment
                                                                                Class Introduction- "Worlds
                                                                                Worst Game"- How can I fail
                                      Identify how to be successful in this     this class? How can I pass         List reasons why one would fail this class. List reasons why or how one could pass
4        4-Sep-08                     class.                                    this class?                        this class. Sign and submit to Mr. Gibson.
                                      Understand daily procedures and the
                                                                                        Daily procedures                      Log on to computers/ accessing files for class Demonstration
5      9/5/2008- Day 4      1,2,5          use of the assignment log.
                                      Demonstrate the ability to access the
                                      shared folder, create a folder in their     Creating Folders/Saving &
                                                                                                                              Create a CAD Arch Folder and save a document to your folder
                                       directory, and save a document as                Opening Files
6        8-Sep-08               3                     directed.
                                       Understand the class procedures,
                                      grading, and student expectations for     Go over PLTW class                                       Review grading and student expectations
7                                                   the course.                 guidelines.

                                      Define Engineering. Understand                                               Add Engineers PP to notebook. Fill-in missing definitions/data as the teacher
8                                     what the function of an engineer is.      Engineers PP                       presents the information.
                                                                                                                   Each student will be given a field of engineering to research. Each slide must
                                      Name at lease 5 different fields of                                          include a picture and detailed description of the given field. When finished, each
9                                     Engineering.                              Engineers PP                       student will briefly present data to class.
10
                                                                                                                    DO NOW (NB):List 3 major inventions that have made your life easier (other than
11     9/8/2008- Day 3          1,5                                             DO NOW- NB                                            automobile, computer, and telephone)
                                      Find information regarding
12       9-Sep-08               2,3   engineering salaries.                     Add salaries to Engineers PP       Each student will add the salary range of each engineering field.
                                                                                                                   Each student will be given a field of engineering to research. Each slide must
                                      Name at lease 5 different fields of                                          include a picture and detailed description of the given field. When finished, each
13                                    Engineering.                              Engineers PP                       student will briefly present data to class.
                                   Differentiate between an acceptable
                                   engineering notebook entry and an
                                   unacceptable engineering notebook                                     Add Engineers Notebook PP to notebook. Fill-in missing definitions/data as the
14                                 entry.                                       Engineers Notebook PP    teacher presents the information.
15    9/10/2008-Day 1      1,2,3,5 DUE TODAY- Engineering Fields                FINISH AT THE BEGINNING OF CLASS!!!
                                   Differentiate between an acceptable
                                   engineering notebook entry and an
                                   unacceptable engineering notebook                                               Add Engineers Notebook PP to notebook. Fill-in missing definitions/data as the
16                                 entry.                                       Engineers Notebook PP              teacher presents the information.
                                        Apply engineering notebook
                                       standards and protocols when
                                    documenting their work during the
17                                               school year.                   C/C Engineers Notebooks.           In your notes, CC why the first selection is better than the second.

                                             Identify and apply group
                                        brainstorming techniques and the
                                                                                Rules for Brainstorming PP
                                      rules associated with brainstorming.
18                                                                              Notes                              Beverage Design Challenge- Individual

                                      Demonstrate the difference between a
                                         good and bad notebook page.
19    9/11/2008-Day 4       1,2,5                                               C/C Engineers Notebooks.           Review Engineering notebook submission
                                             Identify and apply group
                                                                                Beverage Design Challenge-           Final Cup Idea using brainstorming ideas from yesterday. Final design must be
                                        brainstorming techniques and the
                                                                                brainstorm, sketch and                            fully annotated using the engineering notebook style.
                                      rules associated with brainstorming.
20         12-Sep               3                                               annotate.
                                                                                  Coffee Cup Team Meeting-
                                             Identify and apply group
                                                                                 Partner up and create a new
                                        brainstorming techniques and the                                                        Finalize all sketches and organize your class presentation.
                                                                                 Engineering notebook sheet.
                                      rules associated with brainstorming.
21                                                                                   Begin to brainstorm.
                                                                                    Class Presentations- 3
                                                                                                                                                       Class Critique
22    9/12/2008-Day 3           1,5                                               minutes per (Gallery Walk)
                                                                                           Conclusion                   Answer the conclusion questions. Attach at the end of your documentation.
23         15-Sep         2,3
                                      See how an idea is developed into a       Move- "The Launch: A Product
24                                    working prototype.                        is Born"
25
                                                                                                                   Add "Launch- A product is born" PP to your notebook. Give examples from the
26    9/16/2008-Day 1      1,2,3,5 Launch- A product is born                    Movie                              movie pertaining to the specific steps of the design process.

                                      Research a product’s history, develop
                                         a PowerPoint presentation, list
                                      chronologically the major innovations                                                          Project: EOD- Download pictures and research
                                         to a product, and present their
                                                                            Evolution of Design- PP and
                                               findings to a group.
27                                                                          DOC
                                                                                                                    Save this slide into your "EOD" folder. Answer the questions during class today.
28

                                      Research a product’s history, develop
                                         a PowerPoint presentation, list         Lab Period- You should have
                                      chronologically the major innovations        two PP files in your EOD                          Project: EOD- Download pictures and research
                                         to a product, and present their                     folder.
                                               findings to a group.
29    9/17/2008-Day 4       1,2,5
                                                                                     Open this slide.
                                                 Internet Research                                                                        DUE AT THE END OF THE PERIOD.
                                                                                 Background_info.ppt (in
30        18-Sep                 3                                                    EOD folder)
31    9/18/2008-Day 3           1,5                                                   DO NOW: NB                                List three things that make a good Powerpoint Presentation
                                      Learn proper technique for giving an
                                       oral presentation using PowerPoint         Presenting in PowerPoint
                                          as to present more effectively.
32         19-Sep         2,3
33                                                                                         Lab Period                                   Project: EOD- Complete graphical timeline
34
35    9/22/2008-Day 1      1,2,3,5                                                       DO NOW: NB                       List some things you can do to sell/make an outstanding presentation.
                                      Use different functions of PowerPoint
                                       in order to make a more appealing         PowerPoint Tips and Tricks                           FINAL DAY TO COMPLETE EOD PROJECT
36                                                Presentation.
                                                                                 Lab Period- Grading Rubric           UNDER 5 MINUTES!!!! USE CRITERIA FROM ACT.1.1.2
37                                                                                     (EOD Folder)                           FOR PRESENTATION CONTENT!!!!
                                      Work collaboratively with a partner to
                                                                                                                       Last 10 minutes: Sw itch w ith a classmate and offer
                                       assist in the design/layout of their
                                                   presentation.                                                              constructiv e criticism on PP proj ect.
38    9/23/2008-Day 4       1,2,5                                                     Presentation Setup
                                      Present their evolution of design
                                                                                    Student Presentations                           EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
39         24-Sep               3     project to the class.
                                      Evaluate student presentations by             Student Critique Sheet             Fill-out the student critique sheet. Add a positive comment and one
40                                    filling out attached sheet.                                                                               constrictive comment.
                                      Present their evolution of design
                                                                                    Student Presentations                           EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
41    9/24/2008-Day 3           1,5   project to the class.
                                      Evaluate student presentations by                                                Fill-out the student critique sheet. Add a positive comment and one
                                                                                    Student Critique Sheet
42         25-Sep         2,3         filling out attached sheet.                                                                               constrictive comment.
                                      Present their evolution of design
                                                                                    Student Presentations                           EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
43         26-Sep         1,2,3,5     project to the class.
                                      Evaluate student presentations by                                                Fill-out the student critique sheet. Add a positive comment and one
                                                                                    Student Critique Sheet
44                                    filling out attached sheet.                                                                               constrictive comment.
45
                                   Present their evolution of design                Student Presentations                           EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
46    9/29/2008- Day 1     1,2,3,5 project to the class.
                                   Evaluate student presentations by                                                   Fill-out the student critique sheet. Add a positive comment and one
                                   filling out attached sheet.                      Student Critique Sheet
47                                                                                                                                              constrictive comment.
                                      Present their evolution of design
                                                                                    Student Presentations                           EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
48    10/1/2008-Day 4       1,2,5     project to the class.
                                      Evaluate student presentations by                                                Fill-out the student critique sheet. Add a positive comment and one
                                                                                    Student Critique Sheet
49         2-Oct                3     filling out attached sheet.                                                                               constrictive comment.

                                      Identify the design process steps                    Add
                                      used in given scenarios and be able       Design_Process_Overview_P
50    10/2/2008-Day 3           1,5   to list the steps, if any are missing.           PT to notes.                                 Add the following PP slideshow to your notes.
                                      Use online and published works to
                                      research aspects of design                The Flight of the Gossamer              Complete the following after watching "The Flight of the Gossamer
51                                    problems.                                 Condor                                                           Condor" video.
                                      Identify key concepts and terms for        DO NOW- Complete Unit 1
52         3-Oct          2,3         unit 1.                                            Key Terms                                        DO NOW- Complete Unit 1 Key Terms
53
54    10/6//2008-Day 1     1,2,3,5                                              DO NOW                             Complete Unit 1 Definitions
                                      Assessed of their knowledge by            Introduction to Engineering        Complete the test by using your notebook. THE INTERNET OR ANY OTHER
55                                    completing an open note test.             Test- Open Note                    METHOD OF INFORMATION MAY NOT BE USED.
56    10/7/2008-Day 4       1,2,5                                               Go over Intro Test

                                      Identify, sketch, and explain the
                                      function of points, construction lines,    Add Line_Conventions notes
57         8-Oct                3     object lines, and hidden lines.             (in Unit1_sketching folder)      Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook.

                                      Plot points on grid paper to aid in the    Add Isometric_Pictorials (in
58                                    creation of sketches and drawings.           Unit1_sketching folder)
                                      Sketch an isometric view of simple
59                                    geometric solids.                         Act.1.1.2 Isometric Sketches       Handouts- Complete the handout for homework.

                                      Identify, sketch, and explain the
                                      function of points, construction lines,   Go over HW- Act 1.1.2
60    10/8/2008-Day 3           1,5   object lines, and hidden lines.           Isometric Sketches                 Using the whiteboard, go over the isometric sketch problems in Act 1.1.2

                                      Plot points on grid paper to aid in the
61       10/10/2008             2,3   creation of sketches and drawings.        Sketch 3D Solid Sketches           Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.
62

                                                                                DO NOW- Sketch a freehand
                                   Sketch an isometric view of simple           isometric of the 3D solid at the
63    10/14/2008-Day 1     1,2,3,5 geometric solids.                            front of the room.                 Finish Isometric sketches (if you have yet to do so).
                                   Explain how an oblique view of simple
                                   geometric solids differs from an               Add Oblique_Pictorials (in
64                                 isometric view.                                 Unit1_sketching folder)         Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook.

                                      Describe the concept of proportion as
65                                    it relates to freehand sketching.         Act.1.2.2 Oblique Sketches         Handouts- Complete the handout for homework.
                                      Explain how an oblique view of simple
                                      geometric solids differs from an          Go over HW- Act 1.2.2
66    10/15/2008-Day 4      1,2,5     isometric view.                           Obliques Sketches                  Using the whiteboard, go over the isometric sketch problems in Act 1.1.2

                                      Plot points on grid paper to aid in the
67         16-Oct               3     creation of sketches and drawings.        Sketch 3D Solid Sketches           Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.

                                                                              DO NOW- Sketch a freehand
                                      Sketch an isometric view of simple      oblique of the 3D solid at the
68    10/17/2008-Day 3          1,5   geometric solids.                       front of the room.                   Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.
                                      Sketch one-point, two-point, and three-
                                      point perspectives of simple             Add perspective_Sketches (in
69         17-Oct         2,3         geometric solids.                           Unit1_sketching folder)          Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook.

                                      Describe the concept of proportion as
70                                    it relates to freehand sketching.         Act.1.2.3 Perspective Sketches     Handouts- Complete the handout for homework.
71
                                   Sketch one-point, two-point, and three-
                                   point perspectives of simple                 Add perspective_Sketches (in
72    10/20//2008-Day 1    1,2,3,5 geometric solids.                              Unit1_sketching folder)          Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook.

                                      Describe the concept of proportion as
73                                    it relates to freehand sketching.         Act.1.2.3 Perspective Sketches     Handouts- Complete the handout for homework.


                                      Plot points on grid paper to aid in the
74                                    creation of sketches and drawings.        Sketch 3D Solid Sketches           Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.
                                                                                Sketch 3D Solid Sketches-
                                                                                HANG YOUR SKETCHES
                                      Plot points on grid paper to aid in the   ON THE BOARD W HEN
75    10/21/2008-Day 4      1,2,5     creation of sketches and drawings.        FINISHED.                          Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.
                                      Sketch multiview drawings of simple        Add Multiview_Sketching (in
76         22-Oct               3     geometric solids.                             Unit1_sketching folder)        Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook.
                                      Determine the front view for a given
77                                    object.                                   Act.1.2.4 Multiview Sketches       Handouts- Work on during class.
                                      Determine the front view for a given
78    10/22/2008-Day 3          1,5   object.                                   Act.1.2.4 Multiview Sketches       Handouts- Work on during class.

                                      Plot points on grid paper to aid in the
79         23-Oct         2,3         creation of sketches and drawings.        Sketch 3D Solid Sketches           Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.

                                   Identify key concepts and terms for          DO NOW- Complete Unit 1_2
80                                 unit 1-sketching.                            Key Terms (in key terms folder)                          DO NOW- Complete Unit 1_2 Key Terms
                                   Determine the front view for a given
81    10/24/2008-Day 1     1,2,3,5 object.                                      Act.1.2.4 Multiview Sketches       Handouts- Work on during class.

                                      Plot points on grid paper to aid in the
82                                    creation of sketches and drawings.        Sketch 3D Solid Sketches           Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.

                                      Identify key concepts and terms for       DO NOW- Complete Unit 1_2
83                                    unit 1-sketching.                         Key Terms (in key terms folder)                          DO NOW- Complete Unit 1_2 Key Terms
84
85

                                      Plot points on grid paper to aid in the   Sketch 3D Solid Sketches- 3
86    10/27/2008-Day 4      1,2,5     creation of sketches and drawings.        Sketches Due Today                 Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.
                                      Brainstorm and sketch possible
                                      solutions to an existing design           Introduction to the Cube           Using Project 1.4.1 Puzzle Design Challenge (in the Cube Project folder) as a
87         28-Oct               3     problem.                                  Project (Q & A)                    guide, begin to brainstorm possible solutions to the cube project.
                                      Select an approach that meets or
                                      satisfies the constraints given in a                                         Brainstorm and sketch on isometric grid paper possible puzzle part combinations
88                                    design brief.                                                                for your cube using Activity 1.4.2 Brainstorming Possible Combinations.
                                      TEST-PART A- Matching- Use
                                      Scantron. DO NOT W RITE ON
                                                                                CLOSED NOTE TEST.
                                      THE TEST. PUT YOUR NAME                   MONITORS OFF WHILE
                                      AND TEST NUMBER ON THE                    TAKING THE EXAM. Hand in
                                      SCANTRON OR IT W ILL NOT BE               when finished and begin the
89    10/28/2008-Day 3          1,5   GRADED!                                   next activity (see below).
                                      Brainstorm and sketch possible            Act 1.4.2 Puzzle Part
                                      solutions to an existing design           Combinations (Cube Project         Brainstorm and sketch on isometric grid paper possible puzzle part combinations
90                                    problem.                                  Folder)                            for your cube using Activity 1.4.2 Brainstorming Possible Combinations.
                                      Select an approach that meets or
                                      satisfies the constraints given in a
91         29-Oct         2,3         design brief.
                                                                                THIS SECTION MUST BE
                                                                                COMPLETED IN PENCIL. IF
                                   TEST- PART B- Unit 1.2 Technical             YOU NEED MORE TIME,
                                   Sketching Test (THIS IS NOT OPEN             YOU MAY WORK ON THE
92    10/30/2008-Day 1     1,2,3,5 NOTE)                                        TEST TOMORROW.




                                      TEST- PART B- (IF EXTRA TIME
93    10/31/2008-Day 4      1,2,5     IS NEEDED).
94         3-Nov              3
95
                                   TEST- PART B- (IF EXTRA TIME
96    11/3/2008-Day 3        1,5   IS NEEDED).
                                   Brainstorm and sketch possible
                                   solutions to an existing design                                                 Sketch puzzle solution in a brainstorming format. Then, create isometric sketches
97         4-Nov          2,3      problem.                                     Brainstorm- Cube Solution          of each part and a cube iso of all parts combined.
                                   TEST- PART B- (IF EXTRA TIME
98    11/5/2008-Day 1      1,2,3,5 IS NEEDED).
                                   Brainstorm and sketch possible
                                   solutions to an existing design                                                 Sketch puzzle solution in a brainstorming format. Then, create isometric sketches
 99                                problem.                                     Brainstorm- Cube Solution          of each part and a cube iso of all parts combined.
100

                                      Select an approach that meets or                                             Neatly sketch and color code your five parts used in the cube solution and show how
                                      satisfies the constraints given in a      Research and Generate Ideas-       they fit in the isometric view of the cube on isometric grid paper. See your teacher for
101   11/10/2008-Day 4      1,2,5     design brief.                             Cube Solution                      an example. You will need a total of two solutions with ten different parts.
102        11-Nov             3

                                                                                                                   Choose your best option from the two solutions. Color code each part. Create a full-
                                      Select an approach that meets or                                             scale isometric, oblique, two-point perspective, and orthographic projection of each
                                      satisfies the constraints given in a      Research and Generate Ideas-       part (color coded). One part, using the above sketching styles, must be sketched on
103   11/11/2008-Day 3     1,5        design brief.                             Cube Solution                      one sheet (you should have a total of 5 sheets).
104        12-Nov      2,3

                                                                                                                   Choose your best option from the two solutions. Color code each part. Create a full-
                                   Select an approach that meets or                                                scale isometric, oblique, two-point perspective, and orthographic projection of each
                                   satisfies the constraints given in a         Research and Generate Ideas-       part (color coded). One part, using the above sketching styles, must be sketched on
105   11/13/2008-Day 1     1,2,3,5 design brief.                                Cube Solution                      one sheet (you should have a total of 5 sheets).

                                                                                                                   Choose your best option from the two solutions. Color code each part. Create a full-
                                      Select an approach that meets or                                             scale isometric, oblique, two-point perspective, and orthographic projection of each
                                      satisfies the constraints given in a      Research and Generate Ideas-       part (color coded). One part, using the above sketching styles, must be sketched on
106   11/14/2008-Day 4      1,2,5     design brief.                             Cube Solution                      one sheet (you should have a total of 5 sheets).

                                                                                 ALL SKETCHES DUE AT
107        17-Nov               3                                               THE END OF THE PERIOD.
108
                                        Students will become familiar with
                                                                                  Create Inventor Tutorial                                        Inventor 2-D Constraints
                                      applying constraints to 2-D Drawings
                                                                                           Folder
109   11/17/2008-Day 3          1,5                 in Inventor
                                                                                 Inventor 2-D Constraints
110        18-Nov         2,3                                                            Tutorial
                                        Students will become familiar with
                                                                                 Inventor 2-D Constraints                                         Inventor 2-D Constraints
                                      applying constraints to 2-D Drawings
                                                                                         Tutorial
111   11/19/2008-Day 1     1,2,3,5                  in Inventor
                                       Students will be able to create 3-D
                                                                                                                   Inventor 2-D Constraints- Camtasia Refresher video is located in the student drive
                                      models in Inventor using the extrude           Inventor Tutorials
                                                                                                                                         (Z:\IED\Inventor Videos\2D_tutorials)
                                          and sketch plane functions.
112   11/20/2008-Day 4      1,2,5
113        21-Nov             3

                                      Students will listen to a presentation
                                         on Engineering in college and
                                       beyond. The presenter is Sinclair
                                       Wang, a former WH student and
                                      current Warfare Engineer from ITT.
114   11/21/2008-Day 3     1,5                                                  Engineering Presentation
115        24-Nov      2,3
116
                                        Students will become familiar with
                                                                                 Inventor 2-D Constraints                                         Inventor 2-D Constraints
                                      applying constraints to 2-D Drawings
                                                                                         Tutorial
117   11/24/2008-Day 1     1,2,3,5                  in Inventor

                                       Students will be able to create 3-D
                                                                                                                   Inventor 2-D Constraints- Camtasia Refresher video is located in the student drive
                                      models in Inventor using the extrude           Inventor Tutorials
                                                                                                                                         (Z:\IED\Inventor Videos\2D_tutorials)
                                          and sketch plane functions.
118
                                       Students will be able to create 3-D
                                                                                                                      Inventor 3-D Extrude- Camtasia Refresher video is located in the student drive
                                      models in Inventor using the extrude      Inventor Tutorials- Extrude
                                                                                                                                             (Z:\IED\Inventor Videos\extrude)
                                          and sketch plane functions.
119   11/25/2008-Day 4      1,2,5

                                       Students will be able to create 3-D      Create your 5 parts in inventor.
                                      models in Inventor using the extrude      SAVE EACH PART AS A                                           Inventor 3-D- Build cube parts.
                                          and sketch plane functions.           SEPARATE IPT FILE (name it
120        26-Nov               3                                               part1,2,etc…)

                                   Hand in all Inventor assignments- 2D
121        26-Nov          1,2,3,5 Constraints, Extrude, 5 cube parts.          Inventor Lab Period                Hand in all Inventor assignments- 2D Constraints, Extrude, 5 cube parts.
122

                                       Students will be able to create 3-D         Create your 5 parts in
                                      models in Inventor using the extrude        inventor. SAVE EACH                                    DUE- Inventor 3-D- Build cube parts.
                                          and sketch plane functions.           PART AS A SEPARATE IPT
123   12/1/2008-Day 4       1,2,5                                               FILE (name it part1,2,etc…)
                                          Students will be able to create
                                          constraints on 3-D objects to                  Assembly ppt.                            Inventor Assembly Tutorial- DUE at the end of the period
124        2-Dec                3            combine them together.
                                          Students will be able to create
                                          constraints on 3-D objects to                                                           Inventor Assembly Tutorial- DUE at the end of the period
                                                                                         Assembly ppt.
125   12/2/2008-Day 3           1,5          combine them together.
                                          Students will be able to create
                                          constraints on 3-D objects to         Cube Part Assembly- Fully                            Assemble puzzle cube pieces using Inventor
126        3-Dec          2,3                combine them together.             Constrained

127                                                                             Presentation Drawing Tutorial
                                   Apply linear dimensions to a multiview        Orthographic Drawing Layout                            Inventor Orthographic Drawing Setup
128   12/4/2008-Day 1      1,2,3,5                drawing.

                                      Students will be able to apply proper             Dimensioning.ppt
                                       dimensions in an object in Inventor
129                                                                                                                Add the dimensioning powerpoint to your digital notebook.

                                        Generate dimensioned multiview                                                     Inventor Presentation Drawing Tutorial- DUE at the end of the period
                                                                                Presentation Drawing Tutorial
                                      drawings from simple CAD models.
130   12/5/2008-Day 4       1,2,5                                               (in Working Drawings section)
                                                                                Parts List Tutorial (in Working                   Inventor Parts List Tutorial- DUE at the end of the period
131        8-Dec                3                                               Drawings section)
132
                                       Students will be able to create an
                                                                                 Create an exploded view and
                                      exploded view and parts list for their                                                    Create an exploded view and parts list for the puzzle cube
                                                                                 parts list for the puzzle cube
                                        puzzle cube assembly drawing.
133   12/8/2008-Day 3           1,5
                                                                                     CURRENT GRADE
134        9-Dec          2,3                                                           REPORT
                                        Students will be able to use stock
                                                                                                                      Once the exploded view and parts list is complete (show me), you may begin to
                                      material to create a working prototype    Assemble Puzzle Cube Parts
                                                                                                                                             assemble Puzzle Cube Parts.
                                           of an object they designed.
135   12/10/2008-Day 1     1,2,3,5
                                         Students will be able to compile
                                      documentation of the processes that
                                       they went through using the design                                          Add the attached Doc ppt. (IED/Cube Project/IEDDocumentation.ppt) to your digital
136                                          loop to solve a problem.             IEDDocumentation.ppt             notebook.
             A                 B                        C                                        D                                                             E                                            F   G   H   I   J   K   L   M   N   O   P   Q   R   S   T   U   V   W   X   Y   Z   AA   AB   AC   AD   AE   AF   AG   AH   AI   AJ   AK   AL   AM   AN

                                        Students will be able to compile
                                     documentation of the processes that
                                      they went through using the design                                         Use the attached checklist (IED/Cube Project/documentation checklist.doc) to
137   12/11/2008-Day 4     1,2,5            loop to solve a problem.             Doumentation Checklist          prepare your doc portfolio.
                                                                                  Blank Documentation            Use the attached doc sheet (IED/Cube Project/blank documentation sheet.doc) to
138       12-Dec               3                                                         Sheets                  prepare your doc portfolio.
                                        Students will be able to compile
                                     documentation of the processes that
                                      they went through using the design                                         Use the attached checklist (IED/Cube Project/Cube Rubric_doc_only.xls) to prepare
139   12/12/2008-Day 3         1,5          loop to solve a problem.                 Project Rubric              your doc portfolio.
                                                                                  Blank Documentation            Use the attached doc sheet (IED/Cube Project/blank documentation sheet.doc) to
140       15-Dec         2,3                                                             Sheets                  prepare your doc portfolio.
141
                                        Students will be able to compile
                                     documentation of the processes that
                                      they went through using the design                                         Use the attached checklist (IED/Cube Project/Cube Rubric_doc_only.xls) to prepare
142   12/16/2008-Day 1    1,2,3,5           loop to solve a problem.                 Project Rubric              your doc portfolio.
                                                                                  Blank Documentation            Use the attached doc sheet (IED/Cube Project/blank documentation sheet.doc) to
143                                                                                      Sheets                  prepare your doc portfolio.
                                        Students will be able to compile
                                     documentation of the processes that        PUZZLE CUBE DOC
                                      they went through using the design         DUE TODAY!!!!!!                 Use the attached checklist (IED/Cube Project/documentation checklist.doc) to
144   12/17/2008-Day 4     1,2,5            loop to solve a problem.                                             prepare your doc portfolio.
145       18-Dec             3
                                         Students will be able to compile
                                      documentation of the processes that       PUZZLE CUBE DOC
                                       they went through using the design        DUE TODAY!!!!!!                 Use the attached checklist (IED/Cube Project/documentation checklist.doc) to
146   12/18/2008-Day 3     1,5               loop to solve a problem.                                            prepare your doc portfolio.
147       19-Dec       2,3           NO SCHOOL
148

                                     Students will use documentation they
                                     created to help them complete each            Puzzle Cube Challenge
                                                                                                                                     Puzzle Cube Challenge with documentation
                                     others cube project nad understand
                                       the importance of documentation.
149   12/22/2008-Day 1    1,2,3,5
                                       Students will complete the Inventor
                                      revolve tutorial in order to learn how           Inventor Revolve
                                                                                                                                               Inventor Revolve Tutorial
150       23-Dec          1,2,3,5    to apply that function and create 3-D
151                                              Digital Models.
                                       Students will complete the Inventor
                                      revolve tutorial in order to learn how                                          Add the following PP Note files to your Digital Notebook. They are located in:
                                     to apply that function and create 3-D                                                     Z:\IED\Inventor PPTs\Revolve.ppt and fillets and rounds.ppt
152    1/5/2009-Day 4      1,2,5                 Digital Models.               Revolve and Fillet and Rounds

                                      Students will complete the Inventor
                                     fillets and rounds tutorial in order to
                                      learn how to apply that function and
                                           create 3-D Digital Models.
153        6-Jan               3
                                     Apply linear dimensions to a multiview Add the following slides to your
154    1/6/2009-Day 3          1,5                  drawing.                notes.                                                   Z:\IED\Dimensioning\datum_chain_dim.ppt
                                     Students will be able to apply proper
                                      dimensions in an object in Inventor      Fillet and Round additional       Create working drawing of the additional exercise. Dimension using your notes.
155                                                                            exercise.                         Don't forget to locate the hole, create a hole note, centermarks, and bisectors.
                                      Students will complete the Inventor
                                     shell tutorial in order to learn how to
                                                                                                                                                        Inventor Shell
                                      apply that function and create 3-D
156        7-Jan         2,3                     Digital Models.                          Chamfer

157    1/8/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5
                                                 Unit 1 and 2 Test
                                                                                Inventor Dimension Test                                Z:\IED\2_part_quiz.ppt
                                                Unit 1 and 2 Test
158    1/9/2009-Day 4      1,2,5                                                Inventor Dimension Test                                Z:\IED\2_part_quiz.ppt
159
                                     Students will be able to apply proper
                                                                               Fillet and Round additional
                                      dimensions in an object in Inventor
160   1/12/2009-Day 3          1,5                                             exercise.                         Show me the first part (box) and the IDW of the additional exercise.
                                      Students will complete the Inventor
                                     shell tutorial in order to learn how to
                                      apply that function and create 3-D
161       13-Jan         2,3                     Digital Models.                          Chamfer                Assignment Due- Chamfer
                                         Students will apply
                                                                                                                         File names: Editing Features, Editing Features Additional
                                     geometrical and dimensional                    Editing Features
                                                                                                                                                 Exercise
162                                    constraints to a sketch.
                                         Students will apply
                                                                                   Hole Features- PP                  Add the following PP Note files to your Digital Notebook. They are located in:
                                     geometrical and dimensional                                                                   Z:\IED\Inventor PPTs\Section 6.5.5.2--Holes_stu.ppt
                                                                                         Notes
163   1/14/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5      constraints to a sketch.
                                                                                                                     DUE- HOLE ADDITIONAL EXERCISE- DON'T FORGET HOLE
164                                                                            Grade Reports                                     PLACEMENT/ CENTERMARKS
                                     Apply geometric and numeric                                                     DUE- HOLE ADDITIONAL EXERCISE- DON'T FORGET HOLE
165   1/15/2009-Day 4      1,2,5     constraints to CAD sketches.              Hole Exercise                                     PLACEMENT/ CENTERMARKS
                                                                                                                 Save the following lab to a folder in your IED folder (name the folder Unit2)Making
166       16-Jan               3                                               Sketching in 2D                   Sketches_CAD[1].
                                     Apply geometric and numeric
167   1/16/2009-Day 3          1,5   constraints to CAD sketches.              Sketching in 2D                   Continue to work on Making Sketches_CAD[1].
168       20-Jan         2,3
169
                                     Identif y common geometric                Geometric_Shapes_Area PP               Add the following PP Note files to your Digital Notebook. They are located in:
170   1/21/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5    shapes and f orms by name.                Notes                                               Z:\IED\Unit2\Geometric_Shapes_Area[students].ppt
                                     Apply geometric and numeric
171                                  constraints to CAD sketches.              Sketching in 2D                   Due-Making Sketches_CAD[1].
172                                                                            Classwork/Homework                           Measurement Packet- Due 1/23 (per.1,3,5) 1/26 (per.2)
                                     Apply geometric and numeric
                                                                                                                                      IDW the bottle activity at the end of the tutorial.
173   1/22/2009-Day 4      1,2,5     constraints to CAD sketches.              Shell Tutorial
174       23-Jan             3                                                 Classwork/Homework                                             Measurement Packet- Due 1/23
                                     Identif y common geometric
175   1/23/2009-Day 3          1,5   shapes and f orms by name.                DUE- Measurement Packet
                                     Apply geometric and numeric                                                                      IDW the bottle activity at the end of the tutorial.
176       26-Jan         2,3         constraints to CAD sketches.              Shell Tutorial
177

                                  Explain the rules that are associated                                               Add the following PP Note files to your Digital Notebook. They are located in:
                                  with the application of dimensions to                                                               Z:\IED\dimensioning\sectionviews[students].ppt
178   1/27/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5 multiview drawings.                          Section View Notes
                                                                                                                     Use the following Word Note document as a study guide. It is located located in:
179                                                                            Mid-Term Review                                              Z:\IED\midterm study guide.doc
180       28-Jan         2,3                                                   Mid-Term Review
181
182
                                     Apply geometric and numeric
183    2/4/2009-Day 4      1,2,5     constraints to CAD sketches.              Work Features Tutorial
                                     Identif y common geometric                Properties of Geometric Solids         Add the following PP Note files to your Digital Notebook. They are located in:
184        5-Feb               3     shapes and f orms by name.                PP Notes                                          Z:\IED\Unit2\Properties_Geometric_Solids[students].ppt
                                     Apply geometric and numeric
                                                                                     Work Features
185                                  constraints to CAD sketches.
186                                                                                Assignment Due                                                  Bird Feeder IDW
                                     Apply geometric and numeric
                                                                                    Circular Patterns
187    2/5/2009-Day 3          1,5   constraints to CAD sketches.                                                                   Circular Pattern Feature Exercise 1
188         6-Feb        2,3                                                       Assignment Due                    Circular Pattern Feature and additional exercise (show me both)
189
                                  Apply geometric and numeric
                                                                                 Rectangular Patterns
190    2/9/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5 constraints to CAD sketches.                                                            Rectangular Pattern Feature and additional exercise
                                                                                                                      Rectangular Pattern Feature and additional exercise (show me
                                                                                   Assignment Due                                                both)
191
                                     Apply geometric and numeric
                                                                                 Rectangular Patterns
192   2/10/2009-Day 4      1,2,5     constraints to CAD sketches.                                                         Rectangular Pattern Feature and additional exercise
                                                                                                                      Rectangular Pattern Feature and additional exercise (show me
                                                                                   Assignment Due
193       11-Feb               3                                                                                                                 both)
                                     Apply geometric and numeric
                                                                                     Mirror Patterns
194   2/11/2009-Day 3          1,5   constraints to CAD sketches.                                                            Mirror Pattern Feature IDW and additional exercise
195       17-Feb         2,3                                                    All Assignments Due                          HAVE READY TO SHOW ME THE FOLLOWING:
                                                                               Homework- 3D Geometric
196                                                                            Solid Calulations                 DUE- Tuesday 2-17-09
197

                                                                               Presentation Techniques
198   2/18/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5                                                                                C & C presentations.
                                        Brainstorm and sketch
                                                                                                                      Brainstorm- Come up with 5 possible ideas (PP and pics).
                                       possible solutions to an                   Project Introduction
                                                                                                                           Create a PP slide for joints- dado, rabbet, finger
199                                    existing design problem.
                                       Select an approach that                                                   •       defining a problem
                                        meets or satisf ies the                                                  •       brainstorming
                                                                               Research & Brainstorm
                                     constraints giv en in a design                                              •       researching and generating ideas
200                                              brief .
                                        Brainstorm and sketch
                                                                                                                        DOC- 1,2,3: Sketch 3 ideas (from the 5). Annotate the
                                       possible solutions to an                Research & Brainstorm
                                                                                                                     sketches. Create a PP slide for joints- dado, rabbet, finger
201   2/19/2009-Day 4      1,2,5       existing design problem.
                                       Select an approach that                                                   •       defining a problem
                                        meets or satisf ies the                  Doc set-up, picture             •       brainstorming
                                     constraints giv en in a design             dumping, f older set-up          •       researching and generating ideas
202       20-Feb               3                 brief .
                                       Select an approach that
                                        meets or satisf ies the                Three sketch ideas and                 Hand back sketches, modify if necessary. Finish inventor
                                     constraints giv en in a design               Inv entor practice                        part. Check 5 ideas and wood joints slide.
203   2/20/2009-Day 3          1,5               brief .
204       23-Feb         2,3
205
                                    Select an approach that                                                                Hang 3 hand sketches on the board. Give a brief
                                     meets or satisf ies the                                                          explanation of each idea to the class. We will vote for the
                                                                                      Gallery Walk
                                  constraints giv en in a design                                                     top ten ideas and narrow down to the top three. Finally, we
206   2/24/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5             brief .                                                                                will vote for the top choice.
                                                                                                                 •       defining a problem
                                                                                                                 •       brainstorming
                                                                               Research the final class idea-    •       researching and generating ideas
207                                                                            information, pictures, etc…
                                     Brainstorm and sketch possible                                                   DOC- 1,2,3: Define problem, brainstorm, research, rough
                                     solutions to an existing design           Begin documenting and
208   2/25/2009-Day 4      1,2,5     problem.                                  researching your class idea.
                                                                                                                                   ideas and sketches. DUE 2/26
209       26-Feb             3
                                     Select an approach that meets or
                                                                                                                      DOC- 4,5: Design brief and spec's. sketch 3 ideas (rough
                                     satisfies the constraints given in a
210   2/26/2009-Day 3          1,5   design brief.                                                                               sketches). Annotate the sketches.
                                                                                                                       DUE- DOC- 1,2,3: Define problem, brainstorm, research,
211       27-Feb         2,3                                                                                                        rough ideas and sketches.
212
                                     Brainstorm and sketch possible
                                                                                                                        DUE-DOC- 4,5: Design brief and spec's. sketch 3 ideas
                                     solutions to an existing design
213       3/3/2009             5     problem.
                                                                                                                             (rough sketches). Annotate the sketches.
                                     Brainstorm and sketch possible
                                                                                                                        DUE-DOC- 4,5: Design brief and spec's. sketch 3 ideas
                                     solutions to an existing design
214       3/4/2009         1,2,3     problem.                                                                                (rough sketches). Annotate the sketches.
215       3/5/2009           5       Make-Up Day

                                                                               Doc Update- Add scanned 3                     DOC- 6: Decision matrix- add to documentation
216       3/6/2009        1,2,3,5 Create a decision making matrix.             ideas to your documentation.
217

                                                                               DO NOW- Write your 5 design
                                                                               matrix criteria on the board.
218    3/9/2009-Day 4      1,2,5                                               Do not repeat constraints.
                                     Sketch isometric drawings of final        Final Sketch- Isometric
                                                                                                                                     DOC- 6: final solution sketch (iso)
219       10-Mar               3     solution.                                 Drawing
                                     Sketch multiview drawings of final        Final Sketch- Orthographic
                                                                                                                                    DOC- 6: final solution sketch (ortho)
220   3/10/2009-Day 3          1,5   solution.                                 Drawing
                                                                               Dimension the ortho.
                                                                                                                       Both sketches due at the end of the period. HAND BOTH
                                  Determine the front view for a given         Annotate the
                                                                                                                                  SKETCHES TO THE SUBSTITUTE.
221       11-Mar         2,3      object.                                      isometric.
                                  Create solid computer-aided design
                                  (CAD) models of each part from
                                  dimensioned sketches using a variety         Begin modeling individual                    DOC- 7:Computer Model- individual part design.
222   3/12/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5 of methods.                                  parts on Inventor.
                                     Create solid computer-aided design
                                     (CAD) models of each part from
                                                                                                                            DOC- 7:Computer Model- individual part design.
                                     dimensioned sketches using a variety      Begin modeling individual
223   3/13/2009-Day 4      1,2,5     of methods.                               parts on Inventor.
224       16-Mar             3
225
                                     Create solid computer-aided design
                                     (CAD) models of each part from
                                                                                                                            DOC- 7:Computer Model- individual part design.
                                     dimensioned sketches using a variety      Continue modeling individual
226   3/16/2009-Day 3          1,5   of methods.                               parts on Inventor.
227       17-Mar         2,3
                                  Create solid computer-aided design
                                  (CAD) models of each part from                                                     DOC- 7:Computer Model- working drawings, exploded view
                                  dimensioned sketches using a variety                                                                  with parts list.
228   3/18/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5 of methods.
                                     Create solid computer-aided design
                                     (CAD) models of each part from                                                  DOC- 7:Computer Model- working drawings, exploded view
                                     dimensioned sketches using a variety                                                               with parts list.
229   3/19/2009-Day 4      1,2,5     of methods.
230       20-Mar             3
231
                                     Demonstrate the ability to
                                     saf ely use an Exacto Knif e              Exacto Knife Safety and cutting                             DOC- 8:Create a Prototype
232   3/24/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5 and Hot Glue Gun.                            techniques
                                  Measure and record linear distances
                                  using a scale to a precision of 1/16                                           Begin to cut out sides and support pieces. DO NOT CUT JOINTS until all pieces
233                               inch                                         Reading a Scale                   are cut.
                                     Demonstrate the proper
                                     behav ior and responsibilities
                                     required in a laboratory
234                                  env ironment.
                                     Measure and record linear distances
                                     using a scale to a precision of 1/16                                                                  DOC- 8:Create a Prototype
235   3/25/2009-Day 4      1,2,5     inch                                      Project Modeling
236       26-Mar             3
                                     Measure and record linear distances
                                     using a scale to a precision of 1/16                                                                  DOC- 8:Create a Prototype
237   3/26/2009-Day 3          1,5   inch                                      Project Modeling
238       27-Mar         2,3
239
                                  Measure and record linear distances
                                  using a scale to a precision of 1/16                                                                     DOC- 8:Create a Prototype
240   3/30/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5 inch                                         Project Modeling
                                     Measure and record linear distances
                                     using a scale to a precision of 1/16                                                                  DOC- 8:Create a Prototype
241   3/31/2009-Day 4      1,2,5     inch                                      Project Modeling
242        1-Apr             3
                                     Measure and record linear distances
                                     using a scale to a precision of 1/16                                                                  DOC- 8:Create a Prototype
243    4/1/2009-Day 3          1,5   inch                                      Project Modeling
244         2-Apr        2,3
245
                                  Create solid computer-aided design
                                  (CAD) models of each part from                 When finished modeling-
                                                                                                                     Make one addition to your organizer. See the student drive for more accessories.
                                  dimensioned sketches using a variety          Accessorize your organizer
246   4/14/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5 of methods.
                                                                                                                 Take pictures of your organizer and add to documentation. Include any changes you
247   4/15/2009-Day 4      1,2,5                                               Documentation update              made to your organizer.
248       16-Apr             3
                                                                                                                 Render final assembly (with accessories) in Inventor Studio. You must have at least
                                     Render 3D solids to look more                                               10 different pictures (front view, side, top, iso from both front sides, and perspective
249   4/16/2009-Day 3          1,5   realitstic.                               Inventor Studio                   from both sides).
                                                                                                                 Take pictures of your organizer and add to documentation. Include any changes you
250       17-Apr         2,3                                                   Documentation Update              made to your organizer.
251
                                                                                                                 Finalize documentation. Mr. Gibson must approve before you print. Print
                                  Organize the design process by                                                 PowerPoint slides on the Room80 hp5550 and IDW's on the Room80 LaserJet 8100.
                                  creating corresponding steps in                                                Make sure your doc layout is consistent and contains the proper title block
252   4/20/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5 presentation form.                           DOCUMENTATION DUE                 information.
253   4/21/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5                                              PRINT/BIND Day                    Print completed rubric. Do not bind rubric, hand it in on top of doc.

254   4/22/2009-Day 4      1,2,5                                               Anatomy of an idea poster         Using the poster template, create a poster outlining the steps of the design process.
255       23-Apr             3
                                      Design and create a pictorial
                                     representation through the design
256   4/23/2009-Day 3          1,5   process.                                  Anatomy of an idea poster         Using the poster template, create a poster outlining the steps of the design process.
257       24-Apr         2,3
258
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                      Helix Tutorials             Show me the two parts (spring and bolt) and three threads on y our
259   4/27/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5 CAD package.                                                                                  screen in an IDW (f ull color, iso).
260                                                                               Additional Exercises                           threads.jpg in the student f older
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                Assignment Due- Helix             Show me the two parts (spring and bolt) and three threads on y our
261   4/28/2009-Day 4      1,2,5     CAD package.                                                                                screen in an IDW (f ull color, iso).
262       29-Apr               3                                                  Additional Exercises                            threads.jpg in the student f older
                                                                                                                    Show all activ ities on screen as Isometric v iews. Additional
                                                                               Assignment Due- Loft
263                                                                                                                   exercise- Create a part utilizing lof t (f reehand sketch)
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                     Sweeps Tutorials
264   4/29/2009-Day 3          1,5   CAD package.
265       30-Apr         2,3

                                     Once y ou f inish the Sweeps Tutorial (do not build the hanger), open the Activity2_1_5CAD_Model_Features.doc f rom the
                                     ADV_TUTORIALS folder. Begin the activ ities (same way y ou did f or the 2D activ ities). Sav e all of the activ ities in an
                                     adv _tut f older (in y our driv e). BE SURE TO USE THE FILES SAVED IN THE FOLDER!!!! I will grade all tutorials on
                                     Monday . If y ou do not hav e Helix, Lof t, and Sweeps completed, y ou will get a ZERO!!! Hav e a nice weekend :-)
266    5/1/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5
267
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                                                                   Assignment Due-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                                                       Show me all THREE activ ities. Af ter receiv ing hint f rom me,
                                                                                        Sweep
268    5/4/2009-Day 4      1,2,5     CAD package.                                                                                          f inish hanger.
                                                                               Act2_1_5CAD_Model_Feature
269       5-May                3                                               s.doc- Complete #1-10             Act2_1_5CAD_Model_Features.doc- Complete #1-10
                                                                               BRING IN OBJECT
                                     HOMEWORK (due Friday )-
                                                                               WITH 3 (AT LEAST)
                                     Rev erse Engineering Project
270                                                                            MOVABLE PARTS
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                Act2_1_5CAD_Model_Feature
271    5/5/2009-Day 3          1,5   CAD package.                              s.doc- Complete #1-10             Act2_1_5CAD_Model_Features.doc- Complete #1-10
272        6-May         2,3
                                  Students will draw a two-
                                  dimensional sketch using a                   Act2_1_5CAD_Model_Feature
273    5/7/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5 CAD package.                                 s.doc- Complete #11-19            Act2_1_5CAD_Model_Features.doc- Complete #11-19
                                                                                                                        Show all activ ities on screen as Isometric v iews. Additional
                                                                                    Design Elements
274                                                                                                                      exercise- Create a f ishertechnik part (f reehand sketch)
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                     Design Elements                     Show all activ ities on screen as Isometric v iews. Additional
275    5/8/2009-Day 4      1,2,5     CAD package.                                                                        exercise- Create a f ishertechnik part (f reehand sketch)
                                                                               BRING IN OBJECT
                                     HOMEWORK (due Friday )-
                                                                               WITH 3 (AT LEAST)
                                     Rev erse Engineering Project
276       11-May               3                                               MOVABLE PARTS
277
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                Dimensioning with Equations            Show all activ ities on screen as Isometric v iews, including the
278   5/11/2009-Day 3          1,5   CAD package.                              Tutorial                                                      additional exercises
279       12-May         2,3
                                  Students will be assessed on their
                                                            Advanced Skills
                                  knowledge of the advanced skills
                                                                                Part I will consist of 30-40 multiple choice questions f rom the
                                                            Quiz                adv anced tutorials section (excluding driv ing constraints)
280   5/13/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5 tutorial.
                                                            Advanced Skills     Part II will consist of creating parts on Inventor and applying the 6 DOF to
                                                                                fully constrain the part (hint hint).
281                                                         Quiz
282
                                     Add your name to the front base. The letters should either pop-out or in…
                                     Students will be assessed on their        Finish Part II- Add name to the
                                                                                                                 When finished, minimize and wait for me to check it. I will grade it on the spot. If
                                     knowledge of the advanced skills          front base. The letters should
                                                                                                                 something is wrong, you will not be able to fix it.
283   5/14/2009-Day 4      1,2,5     tutorial.                                 pop-in or out…




284       15-May               3
                                     Students will draw a two-                 Finish Dimensioning with
                                                                               Equations tutorial. Take          I will check the design elements tutorial and Dim. Tutorial at the end of the period.
                                     dimensional sketch using a                                                  Please have all open.
                                                                               pictures of your reverse
285   5/15/2009-Day 3          1,5   CAD package.                              engineering project (ortho and

286       16-May         2,3
287
                                      Students will communicate
                                                                                    PP Notes- Reverse                   Add Rev erse engineering. Ppt to y our notebook (in Rev _09
                                     their idea through written and                    Engineering                                               f older).
288   5/19/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5            v erbal f ormats.
                                                                                Begin your visual analysis of
                                                                                                                               Activity 3.1.2 Visual Design Principles and Elements Study
                                                                               your reverse engineering part
289
                                                                                                                     Using the visual design principles data sheet, add a functional analysis of
290
                                                                                Functional Analysis
                                                                                                                                  your product. Note how the product functions.
                                                                               Precision Measurement
291                                                                                      intro                             OPEN THIS POW ERPOINT AND ADD TO YOUR NOTEBOOK
            A                 B                     C                                   D                                                    E                                          F   G   H   I   J   K   L   M   N   O   P   Q   R   S   T   U   V   W   X   Y   Z   AA   AB   AC   AD   AE   AF   AG   AH   AI   AJ   AK   AL   AM   AN

                                     Students will communicate
                                                                                                     Using the visual design principles data sheet, add a functional analysis of your
                                    their idea through written and     Functional Analysis                       product. Identify the simple machines on your product.
                                            v erbal f ormats.
292   5/20/2009-Day 4     1,2,5
                                     Students will communicate
                                                                                                   Use a v ariety of measuring instruments and record measured
                                    their idea through written and    Using calipers, record and   quantities using the appropriate units.
293      21-May               3             v erbal f ormats.         measure all parts.
                                     Students will communicate
                                                                                                   Select appropriate measuring instruments based on the degree of
                                    their idea through written and    Using calipers, record and   precision required.
294   5/21/2009-Day 3         1,5           v erbal f ormats.         measure all parts.
295       22-May        2,3
296
                                    Students will communicate
                                                                          Add Powerpoint to your                               PP Notes- Simple Machines
                                    their idea through written and              notebook.
297   5/26/2009-Day 1    1,2,3,5 v erbal f ormats.
                                                                                                   Use a v ariety of measuring instruments and record measured
                                                                         Part Measurements
298                                                                                                quantities using the appropriate units.

                                     Students will communicate        DUE- HAND SKETCHES           Use a v ariety of measuring instruments and record measured
                                    their idea through written and    AND MEASUREMENTS.
                                                                                                   quantities using the appropriate units.
                                            v erbal f ormats.         VISUAL DESIGN
299   5/27/2009-Day 4     1,2,5                                       PRINCIPLES DATA SHEET.
                                                                                                   Use a v ariety of measuring instruments and record measured
                                                                         Part Measurements
300      28-May               3                                                                    quantities using the appropriate units.
                                     Students will communicate
                                    their idea through written and       Inv entor Part Files                                  Reverse Engineering Sheet
301   5/28/2009-Day 3         1,5           v erbal f ormats.
                                     Students will communicate
                                    their idea through written and       Inv entor Part Files
302      29-May         2,3                 v erbal f ormats.
303
304
                                    Students will draw a two-
                                    dimensional sketch using a           Inv entor Part Files                                Create parts on inv entor.
305   6/1/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5 CAD package.
                                    Students will draw a two-
                                    dimensional sketch using a           Inv entor Part Files                                Create parts on inv entor.
306   6/2/2009-Day 4      1,2,5     CAD package.
307        3-Jun            3
                                    Students will draw a two-
                                    dimensional sketch using a           Inv entor Part Files                                Create parts on inv entor.
308   6/3/2009-Day 3          1,5   CAD package.
309        4-Jun        2,3
                                      Students will select the
                                    appropriate graphical f ormat
310   6/5/2009-Day 1     1,2,3,5           to a problem.              Part File IDW's              Begin to dimension each part incorporating the rules of dimensioning.
311
                                      Students will select the
                                    appropriate graphical f ormat                                  Finalize RE projects. The project is due at the end of the exam period. All exams
312   6/8/2009-Day 4      1,2,5            to a problem.              Final Lab Day before exam.   will be taken during the senir exam slot.
313        9-Jun            3
                                                                      Fill out Final Exam Review
314   6/9/2009-Day 3          1,5                                     Sheet.
315       10-Jun        2,3
                                                                                                   Use Final Exam Review Sheet. Begin to create hand written note sheet to use on the
316   6/11/2009-Day 1    1,2,3,5                                      Sample Test Part A           final exam (part C).
317   6/12/2009-Day 4     1,2,5                                       Sample Test Part C           Use student generated note sheet (8.5x11) created yesterday.
318       15-Jun              3
319
320   6/15/2009-Day 3         1,5                                     Final Exam Part A
321       16-Jun        2,3                                           Final Exam Part B
322   6/17/2009-Day 1   1 ,2 ,3,5
323   6/18/2009-Day 4    1 ,2,5
                                      Visual Design Principles and                                   Students will inv estigate the principles and elements of design
                                                                           Add to Notebook.
324       19-Jun              3                  Elements                                                  and demonstrate their use in the design process.
                                       Activity 3.1.1 Visual Design
                                       Principles and Elements of          Introduce Activity
325                                       Design Identification
                                      Design Principles and            Finish by the end of
326                                    Elements Cheetsheet                  the period.
                                                                        Add pictures to one
                                                                        powerpoint. Finish
                                    Activity 3.1.1 Visual Design
                                                                         by the end of the
                                    Principles and Elements of
                                                                       period (do not begin
                                       Design Identification
                                                                          to identify the
327                                                                       principles and
                                                                             elements).
              A               B                           C                                       D                                                             E                                            F   G   H   I   J   K   L   M   N   O   P   Q   R   S   T   U   V   W   X   Y   Z   AA   AB   AC   AD   AE   AF   AG   AH   AI   AJ   AK   AL   AM   AN


                                                                                       IED Assignment Log 2009-2010

 1
 2
            Date            PER
 3                                         Topic/Objective- SW BAT                           Activity                                                   Assignment
 4        8-Sep-09                                                                Student Introductions             Introduce your neighbor by giving name and three things about him/her.
                                                                                  Class Introduction- "Worlds
                                                                                  Worst Game"- How can I fail
                                       Identify how to be successful in this      this class? How can I pass        List reasons why one would fail this class. List reasons why or how one could pass
 5                                     class.                                     this class?                       this class. Sign and submit to Mr. Gibson. CW
                                        Understand daily procedures and the        Daily procedures- IED Course         Log on to computers/ accessing files for class demonstration. Using Citrix at
 6     9/9/2009- Day 4     1,2,5,8           use of the assignment log.                       overview                                                      home.
                                        Demonstrate the ability to access the
                                        shared folder, create a folder in their     Creating Folders/Saving &
                                                                                                                                   Create an IED Folder and create a Digital Notebook.
                                         directory, and save a document as                Opening Files
 7        10-Sep-09           3                        directed.
                                         Understand the class procedures,
                                        grading, and student expectations for     Go over PLTW class                                      Review grading and student expectations
 8                                                    the course.                 guidelines.
                                       Provide contact information outside of                                             Fill out the attached sheet. Save in your IED folder. Email a copy to me-
 9                                                  the classroom.                Student Information Sheet                                        cgibson@whrhs.org CW
                                       Research a product’s history, develop
                                           a PowerPoint presentation, list        Brainstorm- 3 products you use
                                                                                                                              Open file and begin to complete (Evolution of Design/Evolution of
                                        chronologically the major innovations     everyday. 3 products of impact
                                                                                                                                        Design\Activity_Product_Evolution1.doc.) CW
                                           to a product, and present their                    to you.
10     9/10/2009-Day 3      1,8,5                findings to a group.


                                                                                  Evolution of Design- PP and
                                                                                                                               Lab Period- Collect data and images. Add to your EOD folder.
                                                                                  DOC
11        11-Sep-09          2,3
12     9/11/2009-Day 2        8                                                           DO NOW: NB                             List three things that make a good Powerpoint Presentation


                                       Learn proper technique for giving an
                                                                                    Presenting in PowerPoint-
                                        oral presentation using PowerPoint
                                                                                    Good vs. Bad Presentaion
                                           as to present more effectively.

13         14-Sep          1,2,3,5

                                       Research a product’s history, develop
                                          a PowerPoint presentation, list
                                                                             Data and picture collection.
                                       chronologically the major innovations                                              You should have at least 5 generations of change. Use this as a guide.
                                                                             Begin to create timeline.
                                          to a product, and present their
                                                findings to a group.
14

15
                                                                                            Lab Period                             Project: EOD- Complete graphical timeline LAST DAY
16     9/15/2008-Day 4     1,2,5,8

                                       Learn proper technique for giving an
                                        oral presentation using PowerPoint         PowerPoint Tips and Tricks                          FINAL DAY TO COMPLETE EOD PROJECT
                                           as to present more effectively.
17         16-Sep             3

                                       FINAL DAY TO COMPLETE EOD                                                       USE CRITERIA FROM ACT.1.1.2 FOR PRESENTATION
                                                                                  Grading Rubric (EOD Folder)
                                                PROJECT                                                                                 CONTENT!!!!
18
                                       Work collaboratively with a partner to
                                                                                                                        Last 10 minutes: Sw itch w ith a classmate and offer
                                        assist in the design/layout of their
                                                    presentation.                                                              constructiv e criticism on PP proj ect.
19                                                                                      Presentation Setup


                                       Present their evolution of design              Student Presentations                             EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
20     9/16/2009- Day 3     1,8,5      project to the class.
                                                                                                                      Fill-out the student critique sheet. Add a positive comment and one constrictive
                                       Evaluate student presentations by              Student Critique Sheet
                                                                                                                                                           comment.
21        17-Sep-09          2,3       filling out attached sheet.

                                       Present their evolution of design              Student Presentations                             EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
22     9/17/2009-Day 2        8        project to the class.
                                       Evaluate student presentations by                                              Fill-out the student critique sheet. Add a positive comment and one constrictive
                                                                                      Student Critique Sheet
23        18-Sep-09        1,2,3,5     filling out attached sheet.                                                                                         comment.
24

                                       Present their evolution of design              Student Presentations                             EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
25     9/21/2009-Day 4     1,2,5,8     project to the class.
                                       Evaluate student presentations by                                              Fill-out the student critique sheet. Add a positive comment and one constrictive
                                                                                      Student Critique Sheet
26         22-Sep             3        filling out attached sheet.                                                                                         comment.


                                       Present their evolution of design              Student Presentations                             EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
27     9/22/2009- Day 3     1,8,5      project to the class.

                                                                                                                      Fill-out the student critique sheet. Add a positive comment and one constrictive
                                                                                      Student Critique Sheet
                                       Evaluate student presentations by                                                 comment. EMAIL CRITIQUE SHEETS TO ME- Name/Period in subject.
28        23-Sep-09          2,3       filling out attached sheet.
                                       Differentiate between an acceptable
                                       engineering notebook entry and an
                                       unacceptable engineering notebook                                            Add Engineers Notebook PP to notebook. Fill-in missing definitions/data as the
29                                     entry.                                     Engineers Notebook PP             teacher presents the information.
                                           Apply engineering notebook
                                          standards and protocols when
                                        documenting their work during the
30                                                 school year.                   C/C Engineers Notebooks.          In your notes, CC why the first selection is better than the second.

                                              Identify and apply group
                                         brainstorming techniques and the
                                       rules associated with brainstorming.       Do Now: In your IED notebook
31     9/23/2009-Day 2        8                                                   define “brainstorming”.           Pimp my Ride Design Challenge- Group
                                         Define brainstorming and apply
                                       brainstorming concept to the design
                                                                                                                    Add Brainstorming PP to notebook. Fill-in missing definitions/data as the teacher
                                                    challenge
32        24-Sep-09        1,2,3,5                                                Brainstorming PP                  presents the information

                                              Identify and apply group
                                                                                                                    Final Car Idea using brainstorming ideas from yesterday. Final design must be fully
                                         brainstorming techniques and the
                                                                                  Pimp my Ride Design                                 annotated using the engineering notebook style.
                                       rules associated with brainstorming.
33    9/25/2009-Half Day   1,2,5,8                                                Challenge- Group

                                              Identify and apply group                Pimp my Ride Design
                                         brainstorming techniques and the             Challenge- Engineers                       Finalize all sketches and organize your class presentation.
                                       rules associated with brainstorming.             Notebook Format
34         29-Sep             3
35

                                              Identify and apply group              Decorate my Ride Design
                                         brainstorming techniques and the            Challenge- Engineers                        Finalize all sketches and organize your class presentation.
                                       rules associated with brainstorming.            Notebook Format
36     9/29/2008-Day 4     1,2,5,8




37         30-Sep             3

                                                                                      DO NOW- Conclusion             Answer the conclusion questions. Email to cgibson@whrhs.org . Your name and
                                                                                    questions for Decorate My                         period in the subject. Attach word document.
38     9/30/2009- Day 3     1,8,5                                                          Ride Activity

                                              Identify and apply group              Decorate my Ride Design
                                         brainstorming techniques and the            Challenge- Engineers
                                       rules associated with brainstorming.            Notebook Format
39        1-Oct-09           2,3

                                                                                     Class Presentations- 3
                                                                                                                                                       Class Critique
                                                                                    minutes per (Gallery Walk)
40

                                       Identify, sketch, and explain the           Add Line_Conventions notes
                                       function of points, construction lines,      (in Unit1_sketching folder)
41     10/1/2009-Day 2        8        object lines, and hidden lines.                                              Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook.
                                                                                   Add Isometric_Pictorials (in
                                       Plot points on grid paper to aid in the       Unit1_sketching folder)
42        2-Oct-09         1,2,3,5     creation of sketches and drawings.                                           Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook.

                                                                                  Keyterms - Sketching (Define
43                                                                                         key terms)               Handouts (Isometric Drawing) - Complete the handout for homework.
44

                                       Sketch an isometric view of simple
45     10/5/2009-Day 4     1,2,5,8     geometric solids.                          DO NOW:3D Block Sketches          Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.

                                       Identify, sketch, and explain the
                                       function of points, construction lines,    Go over HW- Act 1.1.2
46          6-Oct             3        object lines, and hidden lines.            Isometric Sketches                Using the whiteboard, go over the isometric sketch problems in Act 1.1.2

                                       Brainstorm and sketch possible             Introduction to the Cube
                                       solutions to an existing design            Project (Q & A)- Activity 1.4.1   Using Project 1.4.1 Puzzle Design Challenge (in the Cube Project folder) as a
47                                     problem.                                   Puzzle Design Challenge           guide, begin to brainstorm possible solutions to the cube project.
48     10/6/2009- Day 3     1,8,5
                                                                                  Cube Brainstorming- Part
                                                                                  Combinations;
                                                                                  Activity1_4_2Puzzle_Part_Com Brainstorm and sketch on isometric grid paper possible puzzle part combinations
49        7-Oct-09           2, 3                                                 binations.doc                for your cube using Activity 1.4.2 Brainstorming Possible Combinations.
                                                                                  Cube Brainstorming- Part
                                                                                  Combinations;
                                                                                  Activity1_4_2Puzzle_Part_Com Brainstorm and sketch on isometric grid paper possible puzzle part combinations
50     10/7/2009-Day 2        8                                                   binations.doc                for your cube using Activity 1.4.2 Brainstorming Possible Combinations.
                                       Brainstorm and sketch possible
                                       solutions to an existing design                                              Sketch puzzle solution in a brainstorming format. Create 2 different cubes solutions-
51        8-Oct-09         1,2,3,5     problem.                                   Brainstorm- Cube Solution         color coordinated.
                                       Brainstorm and sketch possible
                                       solutions to an existing design            Brainstorm- Cube Solution;        Sketch puzzle solution in a brainstorming format. Create 2 different cubes solutions-
52     10/9/2009-Day 4     1,2,5,8     problem.                                   share ideas with class.           color coordinated.
                                       Explain how an oblique view of simple
                                       geometric solids differs from an             Add Oblique_Pictorials (in
53         13-Oct             3        isometric view.                               Unit1_sketching folder)        Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook.

                                       Describe the concept of proportion as
54                                     it relates to freehand sketching.          Act.1.2.2 Oblique Sketches        Handouts- Complete the handout for homework.
55
                                       Explain how an oblique view of simple
                                       geometric solids differs from an           Go over HW- Act 1.2.2
56    10/13/2009- Day 3     1,8,5      isometric view.                            Obliques Sketches                 Using the whiteboard, go over the isometric sketch problems in Act 1.1.2

                                       Plot points on grid paper to aid in the
57        14-Oct-09          2,3       creation of sketches and drawings.         Sketch 3D Solid Sketches          Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.
                                                                                  Create completed cube
                                       Plot points on grid paper to aid in the    brainstorm and part sketches      Sketch cube parts on white paper (no lines); isometric and oblique. Neatly sketch
58     10/14/2009-Day 2       8        creation of sketches and drawings.         (iso and oblique).                isometric sketches of cube ideas.
59        15-Oct-09        1,2,3,5
                                                                                  Create completed cube
                                       Plot points on grid paper to aid in the    brainstorm and part sketches      Sketch cube parts on white paper (no lines); isometric and oblique. Neatly sketch
60     10/16/2009-Day 4    1,2,5,8     creation of sketches and drawings.         (iso and oblique).                isometric sketches of cube ideas.
61          19-Oct            3
62
                                       Sketch one-point, two-point, and three-
                                       point perspectives of simple            Add perspective_Sketches (in
63    10/19/2009- Day 3     1,8,5      geometric solids.                       Unit1_sketching folder)              Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook.



                                       Describe the concept of proportion as
64        20-Oct-09          2,3       it relates to freehand sketching.          Act.1.2.3 Perspective Sketches    Handouts- Complete the handout for homework.

                                       Plot points on grid paper to aid in the
65                                     creation of sketches and drawings.         Sketch 3D Solid Sketches          Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.
                                       Explain how an oblique view of simple
                                       geometric solids differs from an           Go over HW- Act 1.2.2
66     10/20/2009-Day 2       8        isometric view.                            Obliques Sketches                 Using the whiteboard, go over the isometric sketch problems in Act 1.1.2

                                       Plot points on grid paper to aid in the
67        21-Oct-09        1,2,3,5     creation of sketches and drawings.         Sketch 3D Solid Sketches          Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.
                                                                                  Create completed cube part
                                       Plot points on grid paper to aid in the    sketches- 1-point, 2-point, and   Sketch cube parts on white paper (no lines); perspective. Neatly sketch perspective
68                                     creation of sketches and drawings.         3-point perspective.              sketches of cube ideas.

                                       Plot points on grid paper to aid in the
69     10/22/2009-Day 4    1,2,5,8     creation of sketches and drawings.         Sketch 3D Solid Sketches          Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.
                                                                                  Create completed cube part
                                       Plot points on grid paper to aid in the    sketches- 1-point, 2-point, and   Sketch cube parts on white paper (no lines); perspective. Neatly sketch perspective
70         23-Oct             3        creation of sketches and drawings.         3-point perspective.              sketches of cube ideas.
                                                                                  Create completed cube part
                                       Plot points on grid paper to aid in the    sketches- 1-point, 2-point, and   Sketch cube parts on white paper (no lines); perspective. Neatly sketch perspective
71    10/23/2009- Day 3     1,8,5      creation of sketches and drawings.         3-point perspective.              sketches of cube ideas.
72        26-Oct-09          2,3
73
                                       Sketch multiview drawings of simple         Add Multiview_Sketching (in
74     10/26/2009-Day 2       8        geometric solids.                             Unit1_sketching folder)        Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook.
                                       Determine the front view for a given
75        27-Oct-09        1,2,3,5     object.                                    Act.1.2.4 Multiview Sketches      Handouts- Work on during class.
                                       Determine the front view for a given
76     10/28/2009-Day 4    1,2,5,8     object.                                    Act.1.2.4 Multiview Sketches      Handouts- Work on during class.

                                       Plot points on grid paper to aid in the
77         29-Oct             3        creation of sketches and drawings.         Sketch 3D Solid Sketches          Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.
                                                                                  DO NOW: Complete Sketching        Define all terms. Email to cgibson@whrhs.org . Your name and period in the
78     10/29/2009-Day 3     1,5,8                                                 Terms                             subject. Attach word document.
                                       Explain how multi-view drawings
                                       incorporate hidden lines, center           Go over HW - Multiview
79         30-Oct            2,3       points, height, width, and depth           Sketches                          Using the whiteboard, go over the multiview sketch problems

                                       Plot points on grid paper to aid in the    Create completed cube parts       Sketch cube parts on white paper (no lines); multiview. Neatly sketch perspective
80     10/30/2009-Day 2       8        creation of sketches and drawings.         sketches - multiview              sketches of cube ideas

                                       Plot points on grid paper to aid in the    Create completed cube parts       Sketch cube parts on white paper (no lines); multiview. Neatly sketch perspective
81        2-Nov-09         1,2,3,5     creation of sketches and drawings.         sketches - multiview              sketches of cube ideas
82
                                        Students will be able to create 3-D
                                       models in Inventor using the extrude
                                                                                  Inventor Introduction- 3D
                                           and sketch plane functions.
83     11/3/2009-Day 4     1,2,5,8                                                modeling- 2D, extrude             Students will create 2D sketches and convert into a 3D model.
84          4-Nov             3
                                        Students will be able to create 3-D
                                       models in Inventor using the extrude       Inventor Introduction- 3D
                                           and sketch plane functions.            modeling- Assembly
85     11/4/2009-Day 3      1,5,8                                                 Constraints                       Students will assemble cube parts into a fully constrained assembly.
86          9-Nov            2,3
87
                                       Apply linear dimensions to a multiview                                       Create Inventor .IDW file showing 3-views (front, top, side) and a colored isometric).
                                                                                                                    CHECK DIMENSIONS. Print to the HP5550 when complete (please ask Mr.
                                                      drawing.
88     11/9/2009-Day 2        8                                                   Inventor IDW and parts list       Chin/Gibson first).
89        10-Nov-09        1,2,3,5

                                       Apply linear dimensions to a multiview                                       Create Inventor .IDW file showing 3-views (front, top, side) and a colored isometric).
                                                      drawing.                                                      CHECK DIMENSIONS. Print to the HP5550 when complete (please ask Mr.
90     11/11/2009-Day 4    1,2,5,8                                                Inventor IDW and parts list       Chin/Gibson first).
91         12-Nov             3

                                         Students will be able to compile
                                       documentation of the processes that
                                       they went through using the design
                                                                                                                    Use the attached checklist (IED/Cube Project/Cube Rubric_doc_only.xls) to prepare
                                             loop to solve a problem.
92     11/12/2009-Day 3     1,5,8                                                        Project Rubric             your doc portfolio.
                                                                                     Blank Documentation            Use the attached doc sheet (IED/Cube Project/blank documentation sheet.doc) to
93         13-Nov            2,3                                                            Sheets                  prepare your doc portfolio.

                                        Students will be able to create an
                                       exploded view and parts list for their     Inventor Introduction- 3D
                                         puzzle cube assembly drawing.            modeling- Assembly w/parts        Use the attached step-by-step powerpoint to help create an exploded view with parts
94                                                                                list                              list.
                                         Students will be able to compile
                                       documentation of the processes that         PUZZLE CUBE DOC
                                       they went through using the design           DUE TODAY!!!!!!                 Use the attached checklist (IED/Cube Project/documentation checklist.doc) to
95     11/13/2009-Day 2       8              loop to solve a problem.                                               prepare your doc portfolio.
96        16-Nov-09        1,2,3,5
97
                                         Students will be able to compile
                                       documentation of the processes that         PUZZLE CUBE DOC
                                       they went through using the design           DUE TODAY!!!!!!
98     11/17/2009-Day 4    1,2,5,8           loop to solve a problem.                                               Use the attached Rubric for the documentation checklist.

                                                                                  Bind documentation when           Create a title page and print on idw. Attach Problem statement, design brief,
99         18-Nov             3                                                   finished.                         NEATLY write title block info on hand sheets (1/4 " high).
                                       Assessed of their knowledge by             Introduction to Engineering       Complete the test by using your notebook. THE INTERNET OR ANY OTHER
100    11/18/2009-Day 3     1,5,8      completing an open note test.              Test- Open Note                   METHOD OF INFORMATION MAY NOT BE USED.
101         19-Nov           2,3
                                       Students will use documentation they
                                       created to help them complete each             Puzzle Cube Challenge                           Puzzle Cube Challenge with documentation
                                       others cube project nad understand
                                         the importance of documentation.
102
                                        Students will be able to identify the
                                          criteria needed for the Design          Do now: Define technology
103    11/19/2009-Day 2       8                       Process                     (Your Own Definition)             Create a solution to an everyday problem using the Design Process.
104         20-Nov         1,2,3,5                                                Design Process PPT                Identify all criteria needed to complete the Design Process
105
                                         Students will be able to identify a      Do now: Complete design
106    11/23/2009-Day 4    1,2,5,8               documentation                    process worksheet                 Video: The Launch
                                                                                                                    Create a document that will be updated daily on their progress through the Tiny Toy
107        23-Nov             3                                                   Tiny Toy Activity                 Activity
                                          Students will be able to create a
108         24-Nov                            documentation template              Creating a template               Using Power Point create a template that will be used for Documentation
109    11/24/2009-Day 3
                                          Studnents will be able to identify
                                                                                  Using Inventor fix any mistakes
                                       wrong answers and make corrections
110        25-Nov          1,2,3,5,8                                              made on IDW sheets
111
                                          Studnets will be able to identify       Do now: Read Over Tiny Toy
                                         constraints and discover possible        Activity create a list of
112    11/30/2009-Day2        8                      solutions.                   questions                         Video: The Launch

113        1-Dec           1,2,3,5                                                Brainstorm - Tiny Toy Activity    Develop 3-5 annotated sketches of possible solutions to the Tiny Toy activity
                                          Students will be able to identify
                                        constraints and discover possible
114    12/2/2009-Day 4     1,2,5,8                   solutions                    Brainstorm - Tiny Toy Activity    Develop 3-5 annotated sketches of possible solutions to the Tiny Toy activity
                                          Students will be able to create
                                          working drawings with proper
                                       dimensions of individual parts using       Do now: Complete decision
115 12/3/2009-Day 3         1,5,8                     Inventor                    matrix                            Create individul parts of Tiny Toy design using Inventor
                                       Students will be able to create rounds
                                                                                                                    Using inventor create multi-view draws of each individual part. Click to see How to
                                        and remove material using Inventor
116        4-Dec             2,3                                                  Video - Remove Material           properly dimension objects with holes
                                         Students will be able to create an
                                         assembly and multi-view drawing          Do Now: Write in Tiny Toy
117    12/4/2009-Day 2        8                   using inventor                  notebook                          Using inventor create an assembly of final model, include parts list
118
                                                                                  Do Now: Write in Tiny Toy
119        7-Dec           1,2,3,5                                                notebook                          Using inventor create an assembly of final model, include parts list
                                          Students will be able to offset
                                        components in an assembly using
120    12/8/2009-Day 4     1,2,5,8                  inventor                      Video - The Launch                Create a product cover. Including: Name of product, rules, directions, image

121        9-Dec              3                                                   Video - The Launch                Create a product cover. Including: Name of product, rules, directions, image
                                        Students will be able to to create a
                                          logo using microsoft or adobe
122    12/9/2009-Day 3      1,8,5                     software                    Complete: Cut list                Create a product cover. Including: Name of product, rules, directions, image
                                        Students will be able to to create a
                                          logo using microsoft or adobe
123        10-Dec            2,3                      software                    Complete: Cut list
                                         Students will be able to create a                                          Presentation on Tiny Toy Project - Name, description, rules & directions, brief
124    12/10/2009-Day 2       8            presentation on their product                                            overview
                                                                                                                    Presentation on Tiny Toy Project - Name, description, rules & directions, brief
125        11-Dec          1,2,3,5                                                Tiny Toy Rubric                   overview
126
                                         Students will be able to safely use
127    12/14/2009-Day 4    1,2,5,8                 exacto knives.              Video - The Launch                   Complete worksheet on the movie: The Launch
                                       Students will be able to cut and create
128        15-Dec             3               models of their tiny toy         Safety quiz Exacto Knife             Create toy model out of foam board and straws
                                        Students will be able to identify and
                                        measure using a ruler to 1/16 inch
129    12/15/2009-Day3      1,5,8                                                 Reading a ruler
                                        Create a model of their toy designs
                                         based off specific dimensions and
130        16-Dec            2,3                    specifications                                                  Create toy model out of foam board and straws
                                        Identifty necessary specifications in
                                              order to complete design
131    12/16/2009-Day2        8                     documentation                 Tiny Toy Rubric                   Complete documentation on the Tiny Toy activity based off the rubric
132        17-Dec          1,2,3,5
                                        Identifty necessary specifications in
                                              order to complete design
133    12/18/2009-Day 4    1,2,5,8                  documentation                 Tiny Toy Rubric                   Complete documentation on the Tiny Toy activity based off the rubric
134        21-Dec             3
135
                                        Identifty necessary specifications in
                                              order to complete design
136 12/21/2009-Day 3        1,5,8                   documentation                 Tiny Toy Rubric                   Complete documentation on the Tiny Toy activity based off the rubric
             A              B                           C                                     D                                                           E                                            F   G   H   I   J   K   L   M   N   O   P   Q   R   S   T   U   V   W   X   Y   Z   AA   AB   AC   AD   AE   AF   AG   AH   AI   AJ   AK   AL   AM   AN

                                      Identifty necessary specifications in
                                            order to complete design
137       22-Dec            2,3                   documentation               Tiny Toy Rubric                  Complete documentation on the Tiny Toy activity based off the rubric
                                      Identifty necessary specifications in
                                            order to complete design
138       23-Dec                                  documentation               Tiny Toy Rubric                  Complete documentation on the Tiny Toy activity based off the rubric
139
                                      Identify common geometric shapes        DO NOW: Key Terms- add to
140    1/4/2010-Day 1     1,2,3,5              and forms by name.             digital notebook                 Define the key terms. Fill in as many as possible without looking up definitions.
                                        Read a dial caliper to measure
141        5-Jan            8                 shapes and objects.             Reading a Dial Caliper           Add this powerpoint to your engineers notebook.
                                                                              Geometric Shapes and Area        Follow teacher guided lesson. Fill-in blanks to the attached powerpoint in your
142                                                                           ppt- add to notebook             digital notebook.
                                                                              Act 2.1.1 Shape and
143                                                                           Measurement Madness              Begin assignment in class.
                                                                              DO NOW: Key Terms- add
                                                                              definititions from yesterday's
144    1/5/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                                              lesson                           Define Key Terms- add definititions from yesterday's lesson

                                                                              http://www.wisc-
                                                                              online.com/objects/index_tj      Click on link to practice before taking the measurement quiz. You much hit ENTER
145        6-Jan            3,8                                               .asp?objid=MTL5102               after you type in each answer.
                                        Read a dial caliper to measure        Measuring quiz (caliper and
146                                         shapes and objects.               ruler)-                          Quietly take the quiz. Hand in when finished and continue to work on Act 2.1.1
                                                                              Go over-Act 2.1.1 Shape and      Finish Act. 2.1.1. Hand in Engineers Notebook submission and email worksheet to
147                                                                           Measurement Madness              me.
                                        Read a dial caliper to measure                                         As a class, we wil grade the measuring quiz. Write your name in the bottom left
148 1/6/2010-Day 3          1,5             shapes and objects.               Go over measuring quiz.          corner of the first page.
                                         Calculate the area of simple         Go over-Act 2.1.1 Shape and      Complete and go over assignment. Hand in Engineers Notebook submission and
149        7-Jan           2,3,8             geometric shapes.                Measurement Madness              email worksheet to me. (15 mins)
                                                                              Activity 2.1.3 Making Sketches   Begin creating the attached sketches in Inventor. Create a folder called "2D". Save
150                                                                           in CAD                           each file as the activity name (see sheet).
                                        Identify and explain the various
                                       geometric relationships that exist
                                         between the elements of two-
                                        dimensional shapes and three-         Activity 2.1.3 Making Sketches   Begin creating the attached sketches in Inventor. Create a folder called "2D". Save
151    1/8/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                dimensional forms.             in CAD                           each file as the activity name.
152        11-Jan            8
153
                                        Calculate the surface area and
                                                                              Act 2.1.2 Calculating the        Add area calculations from your notes to each corresponding problem. List the
                                      volume of simple geometric forms.
154   1/11/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                                              Properties of shapes             given measurements and the formula needed to solve for area.
                                        Identify and explain the various
                                       geometric relationships that exist
                                         between the elements of two-                                          Q&A; Troubleshooting: Tangent, Mirror, Chamfer, Fillet, Mirror Line, Circular
                                        dimensional shapes and three-         Activity 2.1.3 Making Sketches   Pattern with Inscribed Triangle, and Rectangular Pattern. Continue to complete the
155       12-Jan            3,8                dimensional forms.             in CAD                           19 exercises.
                                        Calculate the surface area and
                                                                              Act 2.1.2 Calculating the        Complete in class and finish for homework. Calculate the area for each word
                                      volume of simple geometric forms.
156 1/12/2010-Day 3         1,5                                               Properties of shapes             problem. Show your work.
                                        Identify and explain the various
                                       geometric relationships that exist
                                         between the elements of two-
                                        dimensional shapes and three-         Activity 2.1.3 Making Sketches
157       13-Jan           2,3,8               dimensional forms.             in CAD                           Work on when you finish Act 2.1.2.
                                        Calculate the surface area and
                                      volume of simple geometric forms.       Act 2.1.2 Calculating the
158    1/14/2010-Day1   1,2,3,5                                               Properties of shapes             Go over in class.
                                        Identify and explain the various
                                       geometric relationships that exist
                                         between the elements of two-
                                        dimensional shapes and three-         Properties of Geometric          Follow teacher guided lesson. Fill-in blanks to the attached powerpoint in your
159       15-Jan            8                  dimensional forms.             Solids.ppt- Add to notebook      digital notebook.
                                        Identify and explain the various
                                       geometric relationships that exist
                                         between the elements of two-
                                        dimensional shapes and three-         Activity 2.1.3 Making Sketches
160                                            dimensional forms.             in CAD                           Finish by the end of the period.



                                                                                                               Fill-in all remaining key terms using your notes and the internet. The key terms will
161   1/15/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                                              Finish Key Terms                 be used in next week's open note test.
                                         Apply geometric and numeric
                                                                              Act 2.1.4 Calculating            Add calculations from your notes to each corresponding problem. List the given
                                         constraints to CAD sketches.
162                                                                           Properties of Solids             measurements and the formula needed to solve for each problem. DO NOT SOLVE.
                                         Explain how a given object’s
                                      geometry is the result of sequential
                                                                                                               Begin creating the attached sketches in Inventor. Create a folder called "3D". Save
                                      additive and subtractive processes.
163       19-Jan            3,8                                               Act 2.1.5 CAD Model Features     each file as the activity name.
164
                                         Apply geometric and numeric          Act 2.1.4 Calculating            Complete in class and finish for homework. Calculate the area for each word
165 1/19/2010-Day 3         1,5          constraints to CAD sketches.         Properties of Solids             problem. Show your work.
                                         Explain how a given object’s
                                      geometry is the result of sequential
                                      additive and subtractive processes.
166       20-Jan           2,3,8                                              Act 2.1.5 CAD Model Features     Q&A; Troubleshooting. Continue to complete the 19 exercises.
                                                                              Open the key terms and all
                                                                              19 2D exercises to be            The questions at the end of 2.1.3 should be emailed to me. Copy and paste the
167                                                                           graded.                          questions into the email.
                                       Students will be evaluated on their
                                     knowledge of properties of solids, 2D
                                                                                                               Open the attached excel file. Use the scantron to answer the questions. You may
                                          and geometric terminology.
168    1/21/2010-Day1   1,2,3,5                                               Unit 2 Keyterms Test- Part 1     bold the font to eliminate answers.

                                                                              Go over-Act 2.1.4 Calculating
169       22-Jan            8                                                 Properties of Solids             Hand-in at the beginning of class (50).
                                         Explain how a given object’s
                                      geometry is the result of sequential
                                      additive and subtractive processes.
170                                                                           Act 2.1.5 CAD Model Features     Work on problems.
                                         Apply geometric and numeric
                                                                              Go over-Act 2.1.4 Calculating
                                         constraints to CAD sketches.
171   1/22/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                                              Properties of Solids             Go over in class.
                                         Explain how a given object’s
                                      geometry is the result of sequential
                                      additive and subtractive processes.
172       25-Jan            3,8                                               Act 2.1.5 CAD Model Features     Troubleshooting- Q&A regarding 3D CAD problems.
173
                                                                              DO NOW- Take a small piece       Draw a quick sketch of the wire spindle (black table). List how you would create it
174 1/25/2010-Day 3         1,5                                               of paper.                        on inventor. Hand in (name on paper).
                                         Explain how a given object’s
                                      geometry is the result of sequential
                                      additive and subtractive processes.
175       26-Jan           2,3,8                                              Act 2.1.5 CAD Model Features     Finish 3D CAD Problems- 100pts (last grade of MP)
                                                                              Unit 2 Properties of
                                                                              Geometric Shapes and             Set-up worksheet using the GUESS method (Given, Unknown, Equation, Sustitute,
176    1/27/2010-Day1   1,2,3,5                                               Solids Test                      Solve).
177        28-Jan            8
                                                                                                               Create an advanced folder. Create parts. Some parts may need an IDW (with
                                     Create advanced 3D inventor partrs.
178   1/28/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                                              Advanced inventor parts.         dimensions).
179       28-Jan            3,8
                                     Go over properties of solid and area
180       29-Jan         1,2,3,5,8                   test.                    Correct test problems.           Correct test problems.
                                                                              2nd Marking Period grade
181                                                                           report                           Look over grade report. Ask me if you have any questions.
182
183 2/1/2010-Day 3          1,5                                               DUE FRIDAY                       Reverse Engineering Part.
                                     Differentiate between Chain and          Dimensioning fundamentals
184        2-Feb           2,3,8     Datum dimensioning.                      ppt.                             Add this powerpoint to your engineers notebook.
                                                                                                               Create an advanced folder. Create parts. Some parts may need an IDW (with
                                      Create advanced 3D inventor parts.
185                                                                           Advanced inventor parts.         dimensions).
                                     Create a working drawing of inventor
                                     parts by following dimensiong rules
                                         and creating a section view.
186                                                                           IDW Inventor Parts.              Dimension the 1st advanced problem using Datum dimensioning.
187    2/3/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                               DUE FRIDAY                       Reverse Engineering Part.
188        4-Feb             8                                                sectionviews.ppt                 Add this powerpoint to your engineers notebook.
                                     Create and identify section views,
                                     auxilary views, and exploded
189                                  assemblies.                              Hanger Problem                   Add this powerpoint to your engineers notebook.
190    2/4/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                                              DUE FRIDAY                       Reverse Engineering Part.
                                     Create a working drawing of inventor
                                     parts by following dimensiong rules
                                         and creating a section view.                                          Show me the Advanced Parts (2 IDW's and #3 part). LAST DAY for the "Gibson
191        5-Feb            3,8                                               IDW Inventor Parts.              Throw Down."
                                                                              Add
                                         Explain how a given object’s
                                                                              "Additive_Subtractive_Solid_M
                                      geometry is the result of sequential
                                                                              odeling.ppt" to Digital
                                      additive and subtractive processes.
192                                                                           Notebook                         Add this powerpoint to your engineers notebook.
                                         Explain how a given object’s
                                                                                                               Choose 6 of the 11 objects to create. Choose one of the objects to create step-by-
                                      geometry is the result of sequential
                                                                              Begin Project 2.1.6 Modeling     step directions for (in Word). The last object you should create the step-by-step
                                      additive and subtractive processes.
193                                                                           Creation                         instructions. Please label the number as well.
194 2/5/2010-Day 3          1,5                                               DUE TODAY                        Reverse Engineering Part.
                                         Explain how a given object’s
                                                                              DUE: Project 2.1.6 Modeling      Choose 6 of the 11 objects to create. I will assign you one of the objects to create
                                      geometry is the result of sequential
                                                                              Creation and step-by-step        step-by-step directions for (in Word). The last object you should create the step-by-
                                      additive and subtractive processes.
195        8-Feb           2,3,8                                              directions                       step instructions. Print directions with your name and hand to Mr. Gibson.
196                                                                           Hanger Problem                   Finish coat hanger problem.
197
                                                                                                               Use student created directions to create inventor part. Add hand written comments
198    2/9/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                               Create parts from instructions   to direction set.
                                         Identify design elements and         DO NOW: Key Terms- add to
199       10-Feb            8                principles by name.              digital notebook                 Define the key terms. Fill in as many as possible without looking up definitions.
                                                                              Add
                                                                              visual_design_principles_elem
200                                                                           ents.ppt                         Add to your notebook and add definitions to key terms.
                                                                              Elements and Principles of
201                                                                           Design Video
202
                                         Identify design elements and         DO NOW: Key Terms- add to
203 2/16/2010-Day 3         1,5              principles by name.              digital notebook                 Define the key terms. Fill in as many as possible without looking up definitions.
                                                                              Add
                                                                              visual_design_principles_elem
204       17-Feb           2,3,8                                              ents.ppt                         Add to your notebook and add definitions to key terms.
                                                                              Elements and Principles of
205                                                                           Design Video                     HW- Take 5 pictures of objects from home.
                                     Identify visual design elements within   Act3.1.1 Visual Design           Find 5 household/classroom items. Identify principles and design elements of each
206    2/18/2010-Day1   1,2,3,5                   a given object.             elements                         item. Use template as a guide.
                                     Explain how visual design principles
                                       were used to manipulate design
                                       elements within a given object.                                         Begin to complete Act 3.1.1 using the template. Add pictures and identify the visual
207       19-Feb            8                                                 Act 3.1.1 Template               principles and elements of the design.
                                                                              Elements and Principles of
208                                                                           Design Cheatsheet                http://www.designconsolidated.com.au/graphic-design-principles/presentation.htm
                                                                              Reverse Engineering (RE)-        Take pictures of all exterior views of your RE part. Upload photos and add to the
209                                                                           Photo                            visual analysis documentation packet.
                                     Explain how visual design principles
                                       were used to manipulate design
                                       elements within a given object.
210   2/19/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                                              Act 3.1.1 Template               Complete Act 3.1.1 using the template. Email final ppt to me.
211       22-Feb            3,8                                               Presentation                     choose one slide to present to the class.
212
                                      Verbally critique the principles and
                                        elements of design in common
213 2/22/2010-Day 3         1,5                      objects.                 Presentation                     Present elements and principles of design to the class.
                                                                                                               Using dial calipers, begin to sketch (2D) and dimension each part (nearest .001").
                                        Read a dial caliper to measure
                                                                              RE- Part Pictures and hand       Use attached documentation template for sketching with a digital picture(s) of each
                                            shapes and objects.
214       23-Feb           2,3,8                                              sketches                         part and corresponding name.
                                      Verbally critique the principles and
                                        elements of design in common
215    2/24/2010-Day1   1,2,3,5                      objects.                 Presentation                     Present elements and principles of design to the class.
                                        Read a dial caliper to measure                                         Using dial calipers, begin to sketch (2D) and dimension each part (nearest .001").
                                            shapes and objects.               RE- Part Pictures and hand       Use attached documentation template for sketching with a digital picture(s) of each
216       25-Feb            8                                                 sketches                         part and corresponding name.
217       25-Feb                                 SNOW DAY
218       26-Feb                                 SNOW DAY
219
                                      Verbally critique the principles and
                                        elements of design in common
220    3/1/2010-Day 2     1,2,3,8                    objects.                 Presentation                     Present elements and principles of design to the class.
                                                                                                               Using dial calipers, begin to sketch (2D) and dimension each part (nearest .001").
                                        Read a dial caliper to measure
                                                                              RE- Part Pictures and hand       Use attached documentation template for sketching with a digital picture(s) of each
                                            shapes and objects.
221       26-Feb            5                                                 sketches                         part and corresponding name.
                                      Verbally critique the principles and
                                        elements of design in common
222    3/2/2010-Day1    1,2,3                        objects.                 Presentation                     Present elements and principles of design to the class.
                                      Students will communicate
                                                                                                               Use a v ariety of measuring instruments and record measured
                                     their idea through written and           Using calipers, record and       quantities using the appropriate units.
223        3-Mar            8                v erbal f ormats.                measure all parts.
                                      Students will communicate
                                                                                                               Use a v ariety of measuring instruments and record measured
                                     their idea through written and           Using calipers, record and       quantities using the appropriate units.
224 3/4/2010-Day 3          8,5              v erbal f ormats.                measure all parts.
225        5-Mar         1,2,3,8,5
226

                                      Students will communicate               DUE- HAND SKETCHES
                                                                                                               Use a v ariety of measuring instruments and record measured
                                     their idea through written and           AND MEASUREMENTS.
                                                                                                               quantities using the appropriate units.
                                             v erbal f ormats.                VISUAL DESIGN
227    3/8/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                               PRINCIPLES DATA SHEET.
                                       Students will communicate
                                                                                                               Select appropriate measuring instruments based on the degree of
                                     their idea through written and           Using calipers, record and       precision required.
228        9-Mar            8                v erbal f ormats.                measure all parts.
                                     Ev aluated on their knowledge
                                          of the principles and               Principles and Elements of
229    3/9/2010-Day 4      1,2,5          elements of design.                 Design Quiz
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                   Inv entor Part Files                                    Create parts on inv entor.
230       10-Mar            3,8      CAD package.
                                     Add work planes and work                                                   Open Inv entor11 Tutorials. In the basic 3D f older, choose work
                                                                                Work Feature Tutorial
231 3/10/2010-Day 3         1,5      axis on 3D models.                                                          f eatures. Complete exercise and show me when completed.
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                   Inv entor Part Files                                    Create parts on inv entor.
232       11-Mar           2,3,8     CAD package.
                                     Identif y the reasons why
                                     engineers perf orm rev erse                                                                    Add to Engineering digital notebook.
233    3/12/2010-Day1   1,2,3,5      engineering on products.                 RE_Funtional_Analysis.ppt
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                   Inv entor Part Files                                    Create parts on inv entor.
234       15-Mar            8        CAD package.
235

                                        Describe the function of a given
                                      manufactured object as a sequence
                                     of operations through visual analysis
                                      and inspection (prior to dissection).   Reverse Engineering (RE)-        Take pictures of all exterior views of your RE part. Upload photos and add to the
236   3/15/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                                              Photo                            visual analysis documentation packet.
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                   Inv entor Part Files                                    Create parts on inv entor.
237       16-Mar            3,8      CAD package.
                                      Students will communicate
                                                                                                                 Using the visual design principles data sheet, add a functional analysis of your
                                     their idea through written and            Functional Analysis                           product. Identify the simple machines on your product.
238 3/16/2010-Day 3         1,5              v erbal f ormats.
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                   Inv entor Part Files                                    Create parts on inv entor.
239       17-Mar           2,3,8     CAD package.
                                        Describe the function of a given
                                      manufactured object as a sequence
                                     of operations through visual analysis
                                                                              Reverse Engineering (RE)-
                                      and inspection (prior to dissection).
240    3/18/2010-Day1   1,2,3,5                                               Photo                            DUE TODAY- Show me the slideshow before the end of the period.
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                   Inv entor Part Files                                    Create parts on inv entor.
241       19-Mar            8        CAD package.
242
                                      Students will communicate
                                     their idea through written and               Inv entor Part Files                                    Create parts on inv entor.
243 3/22/2010-Day 3         1,5              v erbal f ormats.
244       23-Mar           2,3,8
                                                                                Inv entor11 Tutorials-
                                     Constrain parts using 3D                                                    Complete the tutorial f or a classwork assignment grade. Show
                                                                               Adv anced Skills/Basic
                                     constraints.                                                                                       me when f inished.
245    3/24/2010-Day1   1,2,3,5                                                Assembly Constraints

                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                   Inv entor Part Files                                    Create parts on inv entor.
                                     CAD package.
246       25-Mar            8
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                                                                Inv entor Part Files-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                                                                           Create parts on inv entor.
                                                                                Assemble/IDW parts
247   3/25/2010-Day 4      1,2,5     CAD package.

248       26-Mar            3,8
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                                                                Inv entor Part Files-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                                                                           Create parts on inv entor.
                                                                                Assemble/IDW parts
249 3/26/2010-Day 3         1,5
                                     CAD package.
250        6-Apr           2,3,8
251
                                     Driv e parts using 3D                     Inv entor11 Tutorials-            Complete the tutorial f or a classwork assignment grade. Show
252    4/7/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5      constraints.                             Adv anced Skills/Driv ing                                 me when f inished.
                                                                                    Constraints
253        8-Apr            8
                                     Students will draw a two-                  Inv entor Part Files-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                 Assemble/driv e/IDW                                Assemble and driv e parts on inv entor.
254    4/8/2010-Day 4      1,2,5
                                     CAD package.                                       parts
255        9-Apr            3,8
                                     Students will draw a two-                  Inv entor Part Files-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                 Assemble/driv e/IDW                                Assemble and driv e parts on inv entor.
256 4/9/2010-Day 3          1,5      CAD package.                                       parts

257       12-Apr           2,3,8
258
                                     Students will draw a two-                  Inv entor Part Files-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                 Assemble/driv e/IDW                                Assemble and driv e parts on inv entor.
259    4/13/2010-Day1   1,2,3,5      CAD package.                                       parts


                                                                                                               Please read the rubric. Finish exploded view and parts list. Animated parts will be
260       14-Apr            8                                                 Reverse Engineering Rubric       added as extra credit. Documentation is due FRIDAY.

                                     Students will draw a two-                  Inv entor Part Files-
                                     dimensional sketch using a                 Assemble/driv e/IDW                                Assemble and driv e parts on inv entor.
                                     CAD package.                                       parts
261   4/14/2010-Day 4      1,2,5
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a
262       15-Apr            3,8      CAD package.                             Exploded View/ Parts List        Create an exploded view and parts list.
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a
263 4/15/2010-Day 3         1,5      CAD package.                             Exploded View/ Parts List        Create an exploded view and parts list.
                                                                              Begin to assemble
264                                                                           documentation.                   Project documentation due tomorrow.
                                     Compile term project information into
                                         a documentation portfolio.
265   4/16/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                                              D-day!!!                         Submit documentation (bound) with rubric by the end of the period.
266
267
                                     Render RE parts and assemblies to        Poster Template- 11x17-
268       19-Apr           2,3,8          create a project poster.            portrait or landscape.           Create a RE poster using these guidelines.
                                     Render RE parts and assemblies to        Poster Template- 11x17-
269    4/20/2010-Day1   1,2,3,5           create a project poster.            portrait or landscape.           Create a RE poster using these guidelines.
270        21-Apr            8                                                Show me animation for EC
                                     Render RE parts and assemblies to        Poster Template- 11x17-
271   4/21/2010-Day 4      1,2,5          create a project poster.            portrait or landscape.           Create a RE poster using these guidelines.
272       22-Apr            3,8
                                      Present and discuss project to the
273 4/22/2010-Day 3         1,5                     class.                    Gallery Walk                     Open poster and look at other students designs for ideas and inspiration.
274       23-Apr           2,3,8                                              Print Poster                     Print menu- Advanced/change size to 11x17-2nd choice
275
                                                                              Poster Presentations and
276    4/26/2010-Day1   1,2,3,5                                               project wrap-up                  Present poster to class- explain trials & tribulations, victories, and improvements.

                                     Students will be assessed on their                                        Part I will consist of 30-40 multiple choice questions f rom the
                                     knowledge of the advanced skills         Post RE Test                     adv anced tutorials section (excluding driv ing constraints)
277       27-Apr            8        tutorial.
                                                                                                               Part II will consist of creating parts on Inventor and applying the 6 DOF to
                                                                              Post RE Test                     fully constrain the part (hint hint).
278   4/27/2010-Day 4      1,2,5

                                     Add your name to the front base. The letters should either pop-out or in…
279       28-Apr            3,8
            A                 B                        C                                       D                                                            E                                          F   G   H   I   J   K   L   M   N   O   P   Q   R   S   T   U   V   W   X   Y   Z   AA   AB   AC   AD   AE   AF   AG   AH   AI   AJ   AK   AL   AM   AN

                                     Students will be assessed on their       Finish Part II- Add name to the
                                                                                                                When finished, minimize and wait for me to check it. I will grade it on the spot. If
                                     knowledge of the advanced skills         front base. The letters should
                                                                                                                something is wrong, you will not be able to fix it.
280   4/28/2009-Day 3      1,2,5     tutorial.                                pop-in or out…
281       29-Apr        2,3
                                                                              Finish Part II- Add name to the
                                     Students will be assessed on their                                         When finished, minimize and wait for me to check it. I will grade it on the spot. If
                                                                              front base. The letters should
                                     knowledge of the advanced skills                                           something is wrong, you will not be able to fix it.
                                                                              pop-in or out…
282   4/26/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5      tutorial.
283       27-Apr             8
284

                                     Fill-out the attached question sheet.    Video: Understanding Gizmos
285   5/3/2010-Day 4       1,2,5                                              and widgets:How stuff is made.    Fill-out the question sheet.
286       4-May               3,8

                                        Log-into google group and add                                           Log-in to email and join my group. This group will allow you to keep in touch with
                                         feedback to their design team.                                         Mr. Speeney's Graphic Arts classes. Each post will count towards your
287   5/4/2009-Day 3          1,5                                             Google Groups Log-in              classwork/homework grade.

                                          Create a brainstorming list of
                                     different products made from common                                        Read the introduction. Begin to brainstorm (either on powerpoint or paper). Include
                                          materials that are used daily.                                        ideas and questions. Post data on thread for your group. Keep in mind that you
288       5-May         2,3,8                                                 Project Introduction              need your data for your documentation.
                                       Use internet resources, such as
                                      email, to communicate with a virtual
                                      design team member throughout a
                                                                                                                Finalize brainstorming by using the internet as a tool. Choose three ideas and
                                               design challenge.
289   5/6/2010-Day1     1,2,3,5                                               Google Log-in                     begin to thumbnail sketch ideas.
                                       Use internet resources, such as
                                      email, to communicate with a virtual
                                      design team member throughout a
                                                                              Choose 3 Ideas- Post to thread    Begin to create 3 drawings (isometric, oblique, or perspective) on blank sheets (3
                                               design challenge.
290       7-May               8                                               for feedback                      different). Do not use drawing tools other than a pencil. DUE TOMORROW
                                         Visually draw ideas using 3D         DUE- 3 Drawings (at the
                                             drawing techniques.
291   5/7/2010-Day 4       1,2,5                                              beginning of class)               Hand-in three annotated sketches by the end of the period.
                                                                              DUE- Design Matrix (at the
292      10-May               3,8                                             end of class)                     Begin Design Matrix- Have at least 6 constraints.
                                                                              DUE- FINAL SKETCH- at the
                                                                              beginning of the next class
293                                                                           period.
                                                                                                                Serach the google database of patents to see if your idea has been created. If so,
294                                                                           Google Patent Search              can you innovate it?
295

296   5/10/2009-Day 3         1,5                                             Google Post #3                    Final Idea and constraints used to come up with it.

                                         Visually draw ideas using 3D
                                             drawing techniques.                                                Final Drawing- Use drawing tools, thick/thin lines, annotatons, NEAT. Include
297      11-May         2,3,8                                                 Final Sketch Due                  Wood Fasteners, Joinery, & Adhesives                               Metal Fasteners,
                                                                                                                fastening techniques, materials, and interior/exploded/section views.
                                                                                                                Joining, & Adhesives
                                     Students will draw a two-                                                  Plastic Fasteners, Welding, & Bonding                               Files are in the
                                     dimensional sketch using a               Begin Inventor Model. Use the     IED_GA Project folder.
                                     CAD package.                             following resources to aide in
298                                                                           the design process.

                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a
                                     CAD package.
299   5/12/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                               Inventor Model




300      13-May               8
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a
301   5/13/2010-Day 4      1,2,5     CAD package.                             Inventor Model
302       14-May            3,8
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a
303   5/14/2009-Day 3       1,5      CAD package.                             Inventor Model
304       17-May        2,3,8
305
306   5/18/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5               Biology EOC Exam
307       19-May             8
308   5/19/2010-Day 4      1,2,5         Pennies For Peace Program
309       20-May            3,8
                                     Students will draw a two-
                                     dimensional sketch using a
                                                                              DUE- Email renderings to your
310   5/20/2009-Day 3         1,5
                                     CAD package.                             designer.                         Rendered Images- All isometric/perspective/Ortho views.

311      21-May         2,3,8
312


                                                                              Update Documentation-Steps 1-
313   5/24/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                               8                             Create documentation sheets for steps 1-8. Use this document as a guide.




314      25-May               8

                                                                              Update Documentation-Steps 1-
315   5/25/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                                              8.                            Create documentation sheets for steps 1-8. Use this document as a guide.

316      26-May               3,8                                             Click here------>                 http://ibt.prometric.com/pltw
                                      Verbally critique and help improve
                                                                                                                Present renderings to class with an oral explanation of how it works. The students
                                          fellow students projects.
317   5/26/2009-Day 3         1,5                                             Student Presentations             will provide critical feedback to aid in your redesign.
                                      Students will communicate
                                     their idea through written and                                             After presentation, take notes regarding feedback and structural changes (step 10).
318      27-May         2,3,8                v erbal f ormats.                                                  Add to documentation.

                                      Verbally critique and help improve
                                          fellow students projects.                                             Present renderings to class with an oral explanation of how it works. The students
319   5/28/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                               Student Presentations             will provide critical feedback to aid in your redesign.
                                      Students will communicate
                                     their idea through written and                                             After presentation, take notes regarding feedback and structural changes (step 10).
320       1-Jun               8              v erbal f ormats.                                                  Add to documentation.
321
                                      Verbally critique and help improve                                        Present renderings to class with an oral explanation of how it works. The students
322   6/1/2010-Day 4       1,2,5          fellow students projects.           Student Presentations             will provide critical feedback to aid in your redesign.
                                      Students will communicate
                                     their idea through written and                                             After presentation, take notes regarding feedback and structural changes (step 10).
323       2-Jun               3,8            v erbal f ormats.                                                  Add to documentation.
                                      Verbally critique and help improve                                        Present renderings to class with an oral explanation of how it works. The students
324   6/2/2009-Day 3          1,5         fellow students projects.           Student Presentations             will provide critical feedback to aid in your redesign.
                                      Students will communicate
                                     their idea through written and                                             After presentation, take notes regarding feedback and structural changes (step 10).
325       3-Jun         2,3,8                v erbal f ormats.                                                  Add to documentation.

                                                                                                                Make changes based upon your colleques recommendations in inventor. Decide
326   6/4/2010-Day1     1,2,3,5                                               Project Redesign/Refine           which design you prefer and finalize documentation. Steps 9-12.
327       6-Jun              8
328
                                     Identify the impact on the environment   Environmental Impacts/ Group
                                      from the production of their design.              Norms
329   6/7/2010-Day 4       1,2,5                                                                                Add this slide to your notes. Review notes to complete documentation.
                                                                              Communicate Processes and
330       8-Jun               3,8                                                     Results                   Add this to your documentation (Step 12). Add appropriate information.
331                                                                                                             Complete documentation portfolio.
                                       Review for final exam and create
332   6/8/2009-Day 3        1,5                  study guide.                 Sample Test Part A                Use your notebook to complete Part A.
333        9-Jun        2,3,8                                                 PROJECT RUBRIC                    Last day to document project. Bind and prepare for a gallery walk.
                                       Review for final exam and create
334   6/10/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                  study guide.                 Go over Part A
335       11-Jun             8                                                Sample Test Part C                Use student generated note sheet (8.5x11) created yesterday.
                                       Review for final exam and create
336   6/11/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                 study guide.                 Go over Part C                    Use student generated note sheet (8.5x11) created yesterday.
                                                                                                                Use Final Exam Review Sheet. Begin to create hand written note sheet to use on the
337       14-Jun              3,8                                             Create Study Guide                final exam (part C).
338
339   6/15/2009-Day 3         1,5
340       16-Jun        2,3                                                   FINAL EXAMS
341   6/17/2009-Day 1    1 ,2 ,3,5
342   6/18/2009-Day 4     1 ,2,5
343       19-Jun              3
344
345
346
347
348
349
                                                                                IED Assignment Log 2010-2011




      Date            PER
                                      Topic/Objective- SW BAT                          Activity                                  Assignment- http://www.whrhs.org/cgibson
     7-Sep-10                                                               Student Introductions              Introduce your neighbor by giving name and three things about him/her.
                                                                            Class Introduction- "Worlds
                                                                            Worst Game"- How can I fail
                                 Identify how to be successful in this      this class? How can I pass         List reasons why one would fail this class. List reasons why or how one could pass
                                 class.                                     this class?                        this class. Sign and submit to Mr. Gibson. CW
                                  Understand daily procedures and the        Daily procedures- IED Course          Log on to computers/ accessing files for class demonstration. Using Citrix at
  9/8/2010- Day 4    1,2,5,6           use of the assignment log.                       overview                                                       home.
                                  Demonstrate the ability to access the
                                  shared folder, create a folder in their     Creating Folders/Saving &
                                                                                                                              Create an IED Folder and create a Digital Notebook.
                                   directory, and save a document as                Opening Files
    10-Sep-10           3                        directed.
                                  Understand the class procedures,                                                Review grading and student expectations with your parents. Please see my
                                 grading, and student expectations for                                         Schedule-class info link. Print out last sheet and sign (you and parent/guardian)
                                             the course.                    Go over PLTW class
                                                                                                                  and return tomorrow for a homework grade. View Mr. Gibson's web page.
                                                                            guidelines.
                                 Provide contact information outside of                                            Fill out the attached sheet. Follow the directions and email the information -
                                            the classroom.                                                          cgibson@whrhs.org CW/HW. Please see my Schedule-class info link.
                                                                            Student Information Sheet
                                    Describe what is an engineer and
                                                                                                               Add Engineers PP to notebook. Fill-in missing definitions/data as the teacher
                                 different types of engineering careers.
                                                                            Engineer PPT                       presents the information. Introduction to Engineering Resources
                                                                                                               Find a YouTube clip (under 3 minutes) about engineering or a field of engineering
                                      EXTRA CREDIT-25 points                                                   (mechanical, civil, aerospace, etc..). The clip can be educational and/or funny.
                                                                            YouTube Video                      Email link

                                         VOD (Video of the day)             Honda Cog and the making of.
  9/10/2010-Day 3      1,5                                                                                     http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Kh4zWeUDW-E
                                                                            Class Introduction- What is
      13-Sep          2,3,6                                                 PLTW and IED?                      Watch intro video and PowerPoint on my website.
                                    Describe what is an engineer and
                                                                                                               Add Engineers PP to notebook. Fill-in missing definitions/data as the teacher
                                 different types of engineering careers.
                                                                            Engineer PPT                       presents the information. Introduction to Engineering Resources
Week2
 9/14/2010-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6                  DO NOW                      Unit 1.1 Key Terms                 Add the key terms to your digital notebook. Add definitions. Due 9/20
                                                                             Jerry needs no help playing
                                         VOD (Video of the day)
                                                                            with his ball (thanks Chris H).
                                                                                                               http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4PcL6-mjRNk
                                 Differentiate between an acceptable
                                 engineering notebook entry and an
                                 unacceptable engineering notebook                                             Add Engineers Notebook PP to notebook. Fill-in missing definitions/data as the
                                 entry.                                     Engineers Notebook PP              teacher presents the information.
                                 Apply engineering notebook standards
                                 and protocols when documenting their
                                      work during the school year.
                                                                            C/C Engineers Notebooks.           In your notes, CC why the first selection is better than the second.
                                 Identify and apply group brainstorming
                                   techniques and the rules associated
                                                                            Rules for Brainstorming PP         Beverage Design Challenge- Individual- Open email and accept google group
                                            with brainstorming.
                                                                            Notes                              invitation.
                                 Demonstrate the difference between a
                                    good and bad notebook page.
                                                                            C/C Engineers Notebooks.           Review Engineering notebook submission
  9/15/2010-Day 4    1,2,5,6                    DO NOW                      Unit 1.1 Key Terms                 Add the key terms to your digital notebook. Add definitions. Due 9/20
                                                                             OK Go Music Video- Rube
                                         VOD (Video of the day)
                                                                             Goldberg (Thanks Peter F)
    16-Sep-10           3                                                                                      http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qybUFnY7Y8w
                                   Log-on and view activity in Google
                                                                               Log-onto google groups.
                                               Groups.                                                         Google Post (GP)-Add brainstorming ideas to my Brainstorming Activity Thread.
                                 Identify and apply group brainstorming
                                                                            Beverage Design Challenge-           Final Cup Idea using brainstorming ideas. Final design must be fully annotated
                                   techniques and the rules associated
                                                                            brainstorm, sketch and                                   using the engineering notebook style.
                                            with brainstorming.
                                                                            annotate.
                                  Add to a thread in GG and reply to a                                          1. GP- Post Brainstorming ideas from your engineers notebook. GP #2- Post your
                                                                                     Google Post
                                          classmates thread.                                                                   brainstorming ideas onto your partner's GG post.
                                                                             Coffee Cup Team Meeting-
                                 Identify and apply group brainstorming
                                                                             Partner up and create a new
                                   techniques and the rules associated                                                      Finalize all sketches and organize your class presentation.
                                                                             Engineering notebook sheet.
                                            with brainstorming.
  9/16/2010-Day 3      1,5                                                        Begin to brainstorm.
      17-Sep          2,3,6                     DO NOW                      Unit 1.1 Key Terms                 Add the key terms to your digital notebook. Add definitions. Due 9/20
                                                                             MQ-9 Reaper B UAV (thanks
                                         VOD (Video of the day)
                                                                                       Dillion R)              http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kSpOYZR0klA
                                                                             Coffee Cup Team Meeting-
                                 Identify and apply group brainstorming
                                                                             Partner up and create a new
                                   techniques and the rules associated                                                      Finalize all sketches and organize your class presentation.
                                                                             Engineering notebook sheet.
                                            with brainstorming.
                                                                                  Begin to brainstorm.
                                                                               Class Presentations- 3
                                                                                                                                                  Class Critique
                                                                              minutes per (Gallery Walk)
      Week 3
                                                                                       Conclusion               Answer the conclusion questions. Attach at the end of your documentation. Email
                                           DO NOW (20 min)
  9/20/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                                                                                    results (cut and paste in body). DUE TODAY.
                                                                                                               Add the key terms to your digital notebook. Add definitions. Email results (cut and
                                                                            Unit 1.1 Key Terms                 paste in body). Due 9/20
                                                                             Gibson.0- TNBC (Thanks
                                         VOD (Video of the day)
                                                                            Ross S., Zack, and Shawn F.)
                                                                                                               http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=j-zczJXSxnw&feature=fvsr
  9/21/2010-Day 4    1,2,5,6             VOD (Video of the day)                Dilbert (Thanks Simran)         http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lXGDRrkaRgU&feature=related
                                 Identify and apply group brainstorming
                                   techniques and the rules associated
                                                                                                               Redesign my Ride Design Challenge- Group
                                            with brainstorming.
    22-Sep-10           3                                                   Brainstorming and Research         IED/Brainstorming/Redesign_my_ride_2010.doc
                                                                                                               Grade reports will be handed out. If there is a question, please see me at the end of
                                                                                                               the period or lunch to clear up. Handling the matter respectfully is strongly advised :-
                                                                            GRADES                             )

                                         VOD (Video of the day)             iPhone 4 inside a SLR Canon
  9/22/2010-Day 3      1,5                                                  body (Thanks Seneca)               http://vimeo.com/14669749

      23-Sep          2,3,6                                                 Finalize EN by sketching idea.     Redesign my Ride Design Challenge- Group
                                                                                                               Answer the conclusion questions. Attach at the end of your documentation. Email
                                                                            Conclusion Questions               results (cut and paste in body). DUE TODAY.
                                 Identify and apply group brainstorming
                                                                               Class Presentations- 3
                                   techniques and the rules associated                                                                            Class Critique
                                                                              minutes per (Gallery Walk)
                                            with brainstorming.

                                                                            How an engineer folds a t-shirt
                                         VOD (Video of the day)                                                          http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fZKKrUXjzDY&feature=related
                                                                             (thanks Nancy and Triston)
  9/24/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6
                                                                               Bonus Video- BMW night
                                                                                                                          http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IuvwgjjoHmw&feature=related
                                                                            vision (Thanks Billy and Eddie)
                                                                                                                         http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_C5RVtcR0Y4&feature=related
                                 Research a product’s history, develop
                                    a PowerPoint presentation, list         Brainstorm- 3 products you use
                                                                                                                         Open file and begin to complete (Evolution of Design/Evolution of
                                 chronologically the major innovations      everyday. 3 products of impact
                                                                                                                                   Design\Activity_Product_Evolution1.doc.) CW
                                    to a product, and present their                     to you.
                                          findings to a group.
      Week 4


                                                                            Egg Gymnastics (thanks Matt
                                         VOD (Video of the day)                                                               http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qzZA2dU4IX8&NR=1
                                                                                      G.)
  9/27/2010-Day 4    1,2,5,8
                                 Research a product’s history, develop      Data and picture collection.
      28-Sep            3           a PowerPoint presentation, list         Begin to create timeline.
                                 chronologically the major innovations
                                       VOD (Video of the day)               Rube Goldberg Machine
  9/28/2010-Day 3      1,5                                                  (Thanks David M.)                  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RouXygRcRC4&feature=fvw
                                                                                  DO NOW: EMAIL                 Email me 5 ways to make a good presentation. 5 ways to make a bad presentation.
      29-Sep          2,3,6
                                 Generate questions regarding EOD           Evolution of Design- PP and
                                                                                                                          Lab Period- Collect data and images. Add to your EOD folder.
                                              Project.                      DOC



                                  Learn proper technique for giving an
                                                                              Presenting in PowerPoint-
                                 oral presentation using PowerPoint as                                               You should have at least 5 generations of change. Use this as a guide.
                                                                              Good vs. Bad Presentaion
                                       to present more effectively.



                                         VOD (Video of the day)             Rube Goldberg Machine
  9/30/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                              (Thanks Adara)                     http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=el7t0QOzsAc&feature=related

                                 Critique two ways of presenting to an         Presentation Comparison              Critique two diffent presentations in powerpoint. Make changes to existing
                                               audience.                                                                                            presentation.


                                 Work collaboratively with a partner to
                                  assist in the design/layout of their
                                                                                                                   Last 10 minutes: Sw itch w ith a classmate and offer
                                                                            Add to your NB- Presentation
                                              presentation.                 Guidelines- Evolution of                      constructiv e criticism on PP proj ect.
                                                                            Design folder
                                                                                                                 When finished, UPLOAD presentations to the GG. This is a 25 point classwork
                                                                                                                                              assignment.

                                                                                                                 Homework- Read the PP (Good vs. Bad Engineering Presentations-link is on
                                                                              Presenting in PowerPoint-
                                                                                                                website). Answer the questions and email me (you will not get credit if it does not
                                                                              Good vs. Bad Presentaion
                                                                                                                   contain the proper subject). Link is on HW page and EOD link on website.



                                                                            The mission, Red Bull Stratos,
                                                                            will take renowned athlete Felix
                                         VOD (Video of the day)             Baumgartner to at least
                                                                            120,000 feet above the earth, to
                                                                            the very edge of Space.
  10/1/2010-Day 4    1,2,5,8                                                (Thanks Chris H.)                  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PyGmTV0q2kY&feature=youtube_gdata_player


                                 Present their evolution of design              Student Presentations                              EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
      4-Oct             3        project to the class.

                                 Evaluate student presentations by
                                 filling out attached sheet.
      Week 5

                                         VOD (Video of the day)             Changing Giants Stadium to         http://video.nytimes.com/video/2010/09/13/sports/football/1248069023670/home-field-
  10/4/2010-Day 3      1,5                                                  Jets. (Thanks Matt D.)             advantage-overnight.html?ref=sports

                                 Present their evolution of design              Student Presentations                              EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
      5-Oct           2,3,6      project to the class.
                                 Evaluate student presentations by                                               Fill-out the student critique sheet. Add a positive comment and one constrictive
                                                                                Student Critique Sheet
                                 filling out attached sheet.                                                                                          comment.

                                         VOD (Video of the day)                                                http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lOGqZAMHS-
  10/6/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                              Domino Effect (Thanks Susan)       M&feature=PlayList&p=D16CB840E736264E&index=0&playnext=1

                                 Present their evolution of design              Student Presentations                              EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
                                 project to the class.
                                                                             After the last presentation,      Answer the conclusion questions (email in body of message). Answer completely.
                                                                            email critique sheet to me (as      (Evolution of Design/Activity1_1_2EOD_ConclusionQues[2010].doc). Website:
                                 Evaluate student presentations by
                                                                                   an attachment).                                          Evolution of Design Link
                                 filling out attached sheet.
                                                                              Video- "Digital Dark Age?
                                                                             Gambling with Humankind's
                                                                                     Knowledge
  10/7/2010-Day 4    1,2,5,8



      11-Oct            3

                     1,2,3,5,8           VOD (Video of the day)
                                                                            Domino Effect w/ mentos/diet       http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9vk4_2xboOE&p=19B85B010A5212B9&playnext=1
  10/8/2010-Half                                                            coke (Thanks Susan)                &index=21

                                                                                Student Presentations                              EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
                                 Present their evolution of design
                                 project to the class.

                                                                                                                 Fill-out the student critique sheet. Add a positive comment and one constrictive
                                                                                Student Critique Sheet
                                 Evaluate student presentations by                                                  comment. EMAIL CRITIQUE SHEETS TO ME- Name/Period in subject.
                                 filling out attached sheet.
      Week 6


                                         VOD (Video of the day)
                                                                            Building Collapse (Thanks Mr.
 10/12/2010-Day 3      1,5                                                  Gibson)                            http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uKeENdyIluI&feature=related

                                 Identify the design process steps used
                                  in given scenarios and be able to list
                                      the steps, if any are missing.     Engineering Design Process-           Add this PP to your IED folder (as a separate PP).
      13-Oct          2,3,6                                              12 Step Model                         IED\Design_Process_Overview(2010).ppt. web- Into to Engineering Resources

                                                                                                               Open and save this file to your IED folder. IED\Unit
                                                                            Gossomer Condor Design             1\Activity1_1_3Gossomer_Condor_Design_Brief(2010). Web- Introduction to
                                                                            Brief                              Engineering Resources
                                                                                                               Email Gossomer Condor Design Brief (last 2 pages only) in body of email. DUE at
                                                                            Flight of the Gossomer Condor
                                                                                                                                         the end of the period.

                                              BONUS VOD                     Made by George F, per 5 IED                            http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5HMpjdIflvs

                                         VOD (Video of the day)             Japanese Rube Goldberg
 10/14/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                              (Thanks Matt S and Sam A.)         http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1kvdq8cRNBM

                                                 DO NOW                                                         Open the link and create a design brief (IED\DONOW_create_design_brief.ppt).
                                                                                       Problem
                                                                                                                                         Email to cgibson@whrhs.org.


                                 Identify the design process steps used                                        Using your Engineers NB, identify and describe each step of the design brief used
                                  in given scenarios and be able to list                                       by the team of designers. Use this word document as a guide.
                                      the steps, if any are missing.                                           (IED\Unit1\Example_Design_Process_2010). Web- Introduction to Engineering
                                                                            The Launch Video                   Resources.


                                         VOD (Video of the day)
                                                                            Teacher gone wild (Thanks
 10/15/2010-Day 4    1,2,5,8                                                Matt)                              http://www.wsmv.com/news/25358633/detail.html

                                 Identify the design process steps used                                        Using your Engineers NB, identify and describe each step of the design brief used
                                  in given scenarios and be able to list                                       by the team of designers. Use this word document as a guide.
                                      the steps, if any are missing.                                           (IED\Unit1\Example_Design_Process_2010). Web- Introduction to Engineering
      18-Oct            3                                                   The Launch Video                   Resources.
      Week 7

                                                                             Isometric Sketching (Thanks                          http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KN7281MUp_U
                                         VOD (Video of the day)
                                                                                        Mr. G)
 10/18/2010-Day 3      1,5

                                                                                                               Add the key terms to your digital notebook (IED\Unit1\1.2_Key_Terms.ppt. web
                                                DO NOW
                                                                                                               Drawing/Sketching Resources) . Add definitions. Email results (cut and paste in
      19-Oct          2,3,6                                                 Unit 1.2 Key Terms                 body). Due


                                                                             Add Line_Conventions notes
                                 Identify, sketch, and explain the            (in Unit1_sketching folder)
                                 function of points, construction lines,                                       Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook.(IED\sketching-
                                 object lines, and hidden lines.                                               drawing\Line_Conventions[s2010].ppt. web Drawing/Sketching Resources)

                                                                             Add Isometric_Pictorials (in
                                 Plot points on grid paper to aid in the       Unit1_sketching folder)
                                 creation of sketches and drawings.                                            Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook.


                                 Sketch an isometric view of simple              Isometric Worksheet           Classwork- Begin Isometric Worksheet. Complete p.1-3 in-class or homework.
                                 geometric solids.                                                             (IED\sketching-drawing\Activity1_2_1Isometric_Sketches[1].doc. Web
                                                                                                               Drawing/Sketching Resouces\Isometric Worksheet)

                                         VOD (Video of the day)                   Isometric Car Sketch                             http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Adj2_hqD0_U
 10/20/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6
                                                                                                               Add the key terms to your digital notebook (IED\Unit1\1.2_Key_Terms.ppt. web
                                                DO NOW                                                         Drawing/Sketching Resources) . Add definitions. Email results (cut and paste in
                                                                            Unit 1.2 Key Terms                 body). Due

                                                                                                               Classwork- Finish Isometric Worksheet. Ex.3 on board (A). Back sketches on
                                                                                                               separate iso sheet using box method. Trace on back using only object lines and
                                          Isometric Sketch Lab                   Isometric Worksheet
                                                                                                               shade using traditional technique. Answer questions. (IED\sketching-
                                                                                                               drawing\Activity1_2_1Isometric_Sketches[1].doc. Web Drawing/Sketching
                                                                                                               Resouces\Isometric Worksheet)
                                 Sketch an isometric view of simple
                                 geometric solids.                                                             Using blank sheet of paper, sketch 3D blocks. You determine the size. Use both
                                                                            3D Blocks                          shading techniques.
                                                                            Dominos World Record
                                         VOD (Video of the day)
 10/21/2010-Day 4    1,2,5,8                                                (thanks Sam A)                     http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_BcPmfbDckU

                                                                            Keyterms - Sketching (Define
      22-Oct            3                                                            key terms)                Handouts (Isometric Drawing) - Complete the handout for homework.
                                                                                                               Add the key terms to your digital notebook (IED\Unit1\1.2_Key_Terms.ppt. web
                                                DO NOW                                                         Drawing/Sketching Resources) . Add definitions. Email results (cut and paste in
                                                                            Unit 1.2 Key Terms                 body). Due

                                 Sketch an isometric view of simple
                                 geometric solids.                          DO NOW:3D Block Sketches           Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.

                                 Identify, sketch, and explain the
                                 function of points, construction lines,    Go over HW- Act 1.1.2
                                 object lines, and hidden lines.            Isometric Sketches                 Using the whiteboard, go over the isometric sketch problems in Act 1.1.2

                                 Brainstorm and sketch possible             Introduction to the Cube
                                 solutions to an existing design            Project (Q & A)- Activity 1.4.1 Using Project 1.4.1 Puzzle Design Challenge (in the Cube Project folder) as a
 10/22/2010-Day 3      1,5       problem.                                   Puzzle Design Challenge         guide, begin to brainstorm possible solutions to the cube project.
      25-Oct          2,3,6              VOD (Video of the day)             THE BEST (thanks EJ)            http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zK8OjwMdn5I&feature=related
                                 Select an approach that meets or           Cube Brainstorming- Part
                                 satisfies the constraints given in a       Combinations;                   Brainstorm and sketch on isometric grid paper possible puzzle part combinations
                                 design brief.                              Activity1_4_2Puzzle_Part_Com for your cube using Activity 1.4.2 Brainstorming Possible Combinations. (Cube
                                                                            binations.doc                   Project Folder/ link)
      Week 8
                                                                            Hovercraft Project (thanks Mr.
                                         VOD (Video of the day)
 10/26/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                              Gibson)                            http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tCo90a6nHsE&feature=related

                                     BONUS VOD (thanks Matt D)              Military Hovercrafts (thanks
                                                                            Noah)                              http://science.discovery.com/videos/build-it-bigger-hovercraft.html
                                                                            Cube Brainstorming- Part
                                 Brainstorm and sketch possible             Combinations;                      Brainstorm and sketch on isometric grid paper possible puzzle part combinations
                                 solutions to an existing design            Activity1_4_2Puzzle_Part_Com       for your cube using Activity 1.4.2 Brainstorming Possible Combinations (3,4,5
                                 problem.                                   binations.doc                      combos).
                                         VOD (Video of the day)             Mine Craft Earth (thanks
 10/27/2010-Day 4    1,2,5,8                                                Shawn)                             http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LWPk5zlKAEM
                                                                            EN submission-10/26 and
                                                DO NOW
      28-Oct            3                                                   10/27                              Summerize the last two periods in your EN (engineers notebook).
                                                                            Cube Brainstorming- Part
                                 Brainstorm and sketch possible             Combinations;                      Brainstorm and sketch on isometric grid paper possible puzzle part combinations
                                 solutions to an existing design            Activity1_4_2Puzzle_Part_Com       for your cube using Activity 1.4.2 Brainstorming Possible Combinations (6 combos).
                                 problem.                                   binations.doc                      Email conclusion questions and hand in iso sheet by the end of the period.
                                                                            Mine Craft Earth (thanks
                                         VOD (Video of the day)
 10/28/2010- Day 3    1,8,5                                                 Shawn)                             http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LWPk5zlKAEM
                                                                            EN submission-10/26 and
                                                DO NOW
    29-Oct-10         2,3,6                                                 10/27                              Summerize the last two periods in your EN (engineers notebook).
                                                                            Cube Brainstorming- Part
                                 Brainstorm and sketch possible             Combinations;                      Brainstorm and sketch on isometric grid paper possible puzzle part combinations
                                 solutions to an existing design            Activity1_4_2Puzzle_Part_Com       for your cube using Activity 1.4.2 Brainstorming Possible Combinations (6 combos).
                                 problem.                                   binations.doc                      Email conclusion questions and hand in iso sheet by the end of the period.

                                                                                                               Sketch puzzle solution in a brainstorming format in EN. Create 2 different cubes
                                                                            Brainstorm- Cube Solution          solutions- color coordinated using isometric sheet (fold in half).
Week 9
 11/1/2010-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6           VOD (Video of the day)             Oblique Drawing                    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1XApthNElAA&feature=related
                                 Select an approach that meets or
                                 satisfies the constraints given in a
                                 design brief.                              2 Cube Solutions                   Draw 2 possible cube solutions on iso paper. Color code- DUE TOM
                                 Explain how an oblique view of simple
                                 geometric solids differs from an             Add Oblique_Pictorials (in       Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook.(Z:\IED\sketching-drawing) web
                                 isometric view.                               Unit1_sketching folder)         (drawing/sketching resources)

                                 Describe the concept of proportion as                                         Handouts- Complete the handout for homework. (Z:\IED\sketching-drawing) web
                                 it relates to freehand sketching.          Act.1.2.2 Oblique Sketches         (drawing/sketching resources). Due TOM
  11/2/2010-Day 4    1,2,5,8              VOD (Video of the day)            Burj Dubai (Thanks Chris)          http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5LjTWSKbfiU

                                 Plot points on grid paper to aid in the    Sketch 3D Solid Sketches-
      3-Nov             3        creation of sketches and drawings.         Oblique                            Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.
                                 Brainstorm and sketch possible
                                 solutions to an existing design
                                 problem.                                   2 Cube Solutions                   Draw 2 possible cube solutions on iso paper. Color code- DUE Today
                                 Explain how an oblique view of simple
                                 geometric solids differs from an           Hand-in HW- Act 1.2.2
                                 isometric view.                            Obliques Sketches                  (Z:\IED\sketching-drawing) web (drawing/sketching resources). Due TODAY
                                         VOD (Video of the day)
 11/3/2010- Day 3     1,8,5                                                 Crème that egg (Thanks Carl)       http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vrCb_fNmSTA
                                                                            Create completed cube
                                 Plot points on grid paper to aid in the    brainstorm and part sketches       Sketch cube parts on white paper (no lines); isometric and oblique. Neatly sketch
     8-Nov-10         2,3,6      creation of sketches and drawings.         (iso and oblique).                 isometric sketches of cube ideas.
      Week 10
                                         VOD (Video of the day)             Amazing Symphony Machine
  11/9/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                              (thanks Sam A)                     http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Cb1vr_ZMh-w
                                 Sketch one-point, two-point, and three-
                                 point perspectives of simple               Add perspective_Sketches (in
                                 geometric solids.                          Unit1_sketching folder)            Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook.



                                 Describe the concept of proportion as
                                 it relates to freehand sketching.          Act.1.2.3 Perspective Sketches     Handouts- Complete the handout in class.
                                         VOD (Video of the day)             Reinventing the wheel (thanks
 11/10/2010-Day 4    1,2,5,8                                                Adara)                             http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xq4fNhtKjus
                                 Describe the concept of proportion as
      11-Nov            3        it relates to freehand sketching.          Act.1.2.3 Perspective Sketches      Handouts- Complete the handout.

                                 Plot points on grid paper to aid in the
                                 creation of sketches and drawings.         Sketch 3D Solid Sketches            Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.

                                 Describe the concept of proportion as
 11/11/2010- Day 3    1,8,5      it relates to freehand sketching.          Act.1.2.3 Perspective Sketches      Handouts- Complete the handout and submit. DUE TODAY


                                                                                                                When finished- Create a 1, 2, and 3-point perspective of the THIRD block in the 3D
                                                                                                                Block pwerpoint located in the IED sketching/drawing folder or from my web site
    12-Nov-10          2,3                                                                                      (same name). THIS IS THE LAST GRADE OF THE 3rd MP (closes tomorrow).


                                   If you are having difficulty with a sketch, create the box, vanishing points, and AT LEAST sketch the object lines on the outside faces of the
                                                                                                                                      !!
                                 box. I will help you tomorrow. The perspective assignments are our last two grades, get 100% !! If your page is blank and you say "I don't get it",
                                                                    I will not accept it. You can at least create the box. Also, please help eachother.
     Week 11
                                                                            Arena Changeover (Thanks
                                        VOD (Video of the day)
 11/15/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                              Chris)                              http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4d1DSj1Hrcw&feature=related

                                                                            Create completed cube part
                                                                            sketches- isometric, oblique        Use light lines for construction lines and dark (colored pencil) for object. Draw Iso
                                 Plot points on grid paper to aid in the    (cabinet) and 3-point               in top right, oblique (cab) in lower left, and 3 pt in lower right. Don't forget to use
                                 creation of sketches and drawings.         perspective. Color code.            the colors designated in your final cube sketch.
                                        VOD (Video of the day)              Arena Changeover (Thanks
 11/16/2010-Day 4    1,2,5,6                                                Chris)                              http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qBFFqnvmWKg
                                                                             Add Multiview_Sketching (in
                                 Sketch multiview drawings of simple                                            Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook. (IED\sketching-
                                                                               Unit1_sketching folder)
      17-Nov            3        geometric solids.                                                              drawing\Multiview_Sketching[teacher].doc. Web Drawing/Sketching Resources)
                                                                            Create completed cube part
                                                                            sketches- isometric, oblique
                                                                            (cabinet) and 3-point               Use light lines for construction lines and dark (colored pencil) for object. Draw Iso
                                 Plot points on grid paper to aid in the    perspective. Color code. DUE        in top right, oblique (cab) in lower left, and 3 pt in lower right. Don't forget to use
                                 creation of sketches and drawings.         TOMORROW .                          the colors designated in your final cube sketch.
                                                                                                                Add the key terms to your digital notebook (IED\Unit1\1.2_Key_Terms.ppt. web
                                             DUE TODAY                                                          Drawing/Sketching Resources) . Add definitions. Email results (cut and paste in
 11/17/2010- Day 3     1,5                                                  Unit 1.2 Key Terms                  body). Due Today
                                                                                                                Use light lines for construction lines and dark (colored pencil) for object. Draw Iso
                                             DUE TODAY                      5 Part sketches (oblique, iso, 3    in top right, oblique (cab) in lower left, and 3 pt in lower right. Don't forget to use
    18-Nov-10         2,3,6                                                 pt. for each part).                 the colors designated in your final cube sketch.
                                                                             Add Multiview_Sketching (in
                               Sketch multiview drawings of simple                                              Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook. (IED\sketching-
                                                                               Unit1_sketching folder)
 11/15/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6 geometric solids.                                                                drawing\Multiview_Sketching[teacher].doc. Web Drawing/Sketching Resources)

                                 Plot points on grid paper to aid in the
                                 creation of sketches and drawings.         Sketch 3D Solid Sketches            Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.

                                 Plot points on grid paper to aid in the    Create completed cube parts         Sketch cube parts on white paper (no lines); multiview. Neatly sketch perspective
                                 creation of sketches and drawings.         sketches - multiview                sketches of cube ideas
     W eek 12
                                                                            TEST-PART A- Matching-
                                                                            Use Scantron. DO NOT
                                                                            W RITE ON THE TEST. PUT
                                                                            YOUR NAME AND TEST
                                                                            NUMBER ON THE
                                                                            SCANTRON OR IT W ILL                CLOSED NOTE TEST. MONITORS OFF WHILE TAKING THE EXAM. Hand in
 11/22/2010-Day 4    1,2,5,6                                                NOT BE GRADED!                      when finished and begin the next activity (see below).
      23-Nov            3

                                                                            TEST- PART B- Unit 1.2
                                                                            Technical Sketching Test            THIS SECTION MUST BE COMPLETED IN PENCIL. IF YOU NEED MORE
 11/23/2010- Day 3     1,5                                                  (THIS IS NOT OPEN NOTE)             TIME, YOU MAY WORK ON THE TEST TOMORROW.

                               Plot points on grid paper to aid in the      Create completed cube parts         Sketch cube parts on white paper (no lines); multiview. Full size (3/4" edges, use
    24-Nov-10        1,2,3,5,6 creation of sketches and drawings.           sketches - multiview                your isometric front view as a guide, light CL, dark OL, dashed HL)
     Week 13

                                                                            TEST- PART B- Unit 1.2
                                                                            Technical Sketching Test            THIS SECTION MUST BE COMPLETED IN PENCIL. IF YOU NEED MORE
    29-Nov-10         2,3,6                                                 (THIS IS NOT OPEN NOTE)             TIME, YOU MAY WORK ON THE TEST TOMORROW.
                                  Students will be able to create 3-D
                                  models in Inventor using the extrude
                                                                            Inventor Introduction- 3D
                                     and sketch plane functions.
 11/30/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                              modeling- 2D, extrude               Introduction to Inventor- 2D, Extrude
                                  Students will be able to create 3-D
                                  models in Inventor using the extrude
                                     and sketch plane functions.            Inventor Introduction- 3D           Students will create 2D sketches and convert into a 3D model.
  12/1/2010-Day 4    1,2,5,6                                                modeling- 2D, extrude               (IED/Inventor/CreatingCubeParts.doc)
       2-Dec            3                                                                                       DUE AT THE END OF THE PERIOD
                                  Students will be able to create 3-D
                                                                            Inventor Introduction- 3D
                                  models in Inventor using the extrude
                                                                            modeling- Assembly                  Add to notes. (IED/Inventor/BasicAssemblyConstraints.ppt Web-Cube
                                     and sketch plane functions.
 12/2/2010- Day 3     1,8,5                                                 Constraints                         resources/Creating an Assembly in Inventor)
    3-Dec-10           2,3                                                                                      Students will assemble cube parts into a fully constrained assembly.
     Week 14



  12/6/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                              Go over Unit 1 Test
                                                                            Creating an Inventor Working
                                 Students will create working drawings      Drawing (3-view) using TITLE        Save TITLE BLOCK C.idw file into your IED folder (in IED folder). Open and add 3-
                                 in inventor.                               BLOCK C.idw file.                   views and isometric of each part. Save each idw into your cube folder.

                                 Apply linear dimensions to a multiview                                         Create Inventor .IDW file showing 3-views (front, top, side) and a colored isometric).
                                                drawing.                                                        CHECK DIMENSIONS. Print to the HP5550 when complete (please ask
  12/7/2010-Day 4    1,2,5,6                                                Inventor IDW Creation               Mr.Gibson first).
      8-Dec             3

                                   Students will be able to create an
                                  exploded view and parts list for their    Inventor Introduction- 3D
                                    puzzle cube assembly drawing.           modeling- Assembly w/parts          Use the attached step-by-step powerpoint to help create an exploded view with parts
 12/8/2010- Day 3     1,8,5                                                 list                                list. (IED/Cube2010/Exploded Cube.ipt)

                                 Apply linear dimensions to a multiview                                         Create Inventor .IDW file showing 3-views (front, top, side) and a colored isometric).
                                                drawing.                                                        CHECK DIMENSIONS. Print to the HP5550 when complete (please ask Mr.
     9-Dec-10          2,3                                                  Inventor IDW and parts list         Chin/Gibson first).
                                                                              When finished with
                                                                                everything on
 12/10/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                                Inventor, begin to                Use scrap under the cubes. Light glue. Do not make a mess!

                                     Students will be able to compile
                                  documentation of the processes that
                                   they went through using the design
                                         loop to solve a problem.                                               Use the attached checklist (IED/Cube Project/Cube Rubric_doc_only.xls) to prepare
                                                                                    Project Rubric              your doc portfolio.
     Week 14

                                     Students will be able to compile
                                  documentation of the processes that
                                   they went through using the design
                                         loop to solve a problem.                                               Use the attached checklist (IED/Cube Project/Cube Rubric_doc_only10.xls) to
 12/13/2010-Day 4    1,2,5,6                                                        Project Rubric              prepare your doc portfolio.

                                                                                                                Use the attached doc sheet (IED/Cube Project/blank documentation sheet.ppt) to
      14-Dec            3                                                    Blank Documentation Sheets         prepare your doc portfolio.

                                                                             Problem Statement, Design          Add this sheet to your completed documentation prior to binding. Mr. Gibson will
                                                                                Brief, Specifications           give you a copy. (IED/Cube Project/problemstatement.ppt)

                                                                                                                Cut and paste/tape individual part sketches. Each page should include the multi-
                                                                                 Engineers Notebook             view, iso, oblique, and perspective of each part (5 EN pages).
                                     Students will be able to compile
                                  documentation of the processes that
                                   they went through using the design
                                                                            Bind documentation when             Create a title page and print on idw. Attach Problem statement, design brief,
                                         loop to solve a problem.
 12/14/2010- Day 3    1,8,5                                                 finished. Hand in with EN.          NEATLY write title block info on hand sheets (1/4 " high).

      15-Dec           2,3
                                     Students will be able to compile
                                                                             PUZZLE CUBE DOC
                                  documentation of the processes that                                           Use the attached checklist (IED/Cube Project/Cube Rubric_doc_only10.xls) to
 12/16/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6     they went through using the design         DUE TODAY!!!!!!                   prepare your doc portfolio.
                                         loop to solve a problem.           Bind documentation when             Create a title page and print on idw. Attach Problem statement, design brief,
                                                                            finished. Hand in with EN.          NEATLY write title block info on hand sheets (1/4 " high).
                                  Test and evaluate the prototype and            Puzzle Cube Challenge
                                                                                                                                  Puzzle Cube Challenge with documentation
 12/17/2010-Day 4    1,2,5,6                record results.
     20-Dec             3

                                                                                                                Define without use of dictionary.com or notes. We will go over in class and see how
                                  Test and evaluate the prototype and          DO NOW- Open 1.4 Key
                                                                                                                   many you can answer. (IED/Cube2010/Lesson1_4KeyTerms[1].doc web Cube
                                            record results.                         Terms.
 12/20/2010- Day 3    1,8,5                                                                                                                   Resources/1.4 Key Terms

                                                                              Cube Relflection Questions                   Begin to answer cube reflection questions. Due Today
                                                                                                                 (IED/Cube2010/Cubereflection.doc web-Cube resources/Cube Reflection Sheet

                                                                                                                         Brainstorm 3 packaging ideas in EN. Due at the end of the period.
                                  Identify the purpose of packaging in         Act 1.4.3 Cube Packaging                 (IED/Cube2010/Activity1.4.3Puzzle_Cube_Pkg[2010].doc Web Cube
                                   the design of consumer products.
                                                                                                                                     Resources/Puzzle Package Challenge)
      21-Dec          2,3,6
                                  Identify the purpose of packaging in
                                                                                        Marketing                 Add ppt to your digital notebook (IED/Cube2010/Marketing[2010].ppt Web Cube
                                   the design of consumer products.
                                                                                                                                                Resources/Marketing
 12/22/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6
                                                                               Act 1.4.3 Cube Packaging                           Create a mock-up of package using graph paper.
                                                                               Act 1.4.3 Cube Packaging              Create layout on 11x17 template. Begin to add graphics and information.

                                  Identify the purpose of packaging in                                                               Print out package, cut, score and fold.
                                   the design of consumer products.            Act 1.4.3 Cube Packaging                 (IED/Cube2010/Activity1.4.3Puzzle_Cube_Pkg[2010].doc Web Cube
                                                                                                                                    Resources/Puzzle Package Challenge)
12/22/2010-Half Day 1,2,3,5,6


                                                                                                                Annotate the Package Design Process. Provide meaningful feedback by evaluating
                                                                                                                 yourself and the project. Provide positive critique as well as constructive criticism.
                                                                            Cube Project Relfection in EN
                                  These assignments are past due. If                                            Each are should include a "if I could go back, I would…" factor. Also, please provide
                                 you have not finished them, please do                                                                    me with ways of improving the unit.
  1/3/2011-Day 4     1,2,5,6
                                              so at home.
                                                                                                                Define without use of dictionary.com or notes. We will go over in class and see how
                                                                                       Key Terms                                  many you can answer. (IED/Measurements and
                                                                                                                 Statistics/Lesson1_3KeyTerms[1].doc web Measurements and Statistics/1.3 Key
      4-Jan             3                                                                                                                              Terms
                                 Research and design a book jacket on
                                                                                                                 Open Project 1.3.1. Read the directions. Begin the web quest and complete the
                                    the origins of the measurement              Project 1.3.1 History of
                                                                                                                packet. Make sure you find plenty of pictures and facts for you EN cover. Note: You
                                                systems.                            Measurement
                                                                                                                   may work together BUT you are not creating a CD cover. Only the EN cover.
  1/4/2011- Day 3      1,5

                                                                                                                Once you're ready to design your cover. Open the template (IED/Measurements and
                                                                                 Book cover template            Statistics/bookcovertemp.ppt) Don't forget to measure up the book. Also, your name
                                                                                                                         and period must be typed on the spine of the cover (in legible font).
      5-Jan           2,3,6
                                                                                Project 1.3.1 History of
                                                                                Measurement Rubric.

                                 Research and design a book jacket on
                                                                                                                 Open Project 1.3.1. Read the directions. Begin the web quest and complete the
                                    the origins of the measurement              Project 1.3.1 History of
                                                                                                                packet. Make sure you find plenty of pictures and facts for you EN cover. Note: You
                                                systems.                            Measurement
                                                                                                                   may work together BUT you are not creating a CD cover. Only the EN cover.
  1/6/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6
                                                                                                                Once you're ready to design your cover. Open the template (IED/Measurements and
                                                                                 Book cover template            Statistics/bookcovertemp.ppt) Don't forget to measure up the book. Also, your name
                                                                                                                         and period must be typed on the spine of the cover (in legible font).
                                 Research and design a book jacket on
                                                                                Project 1.3.1 History of
                                    the origins of the measurement                                                        DUE- Open Project 1.3.1 Project Rubric. (IED/Measurements and
                                                                                Measurement Rubric.
                                                systems.                                                                    Statistics/Project_1_3_1History_Measurement_Rubric.doc)
  1/7/2011-Day 4     1,2,5,6

                                                                                                                                     Print out package, cut, score and fold.
                                                                                                                        (IED/Cube2010/Activity1.4.3Puzzle_Cube_Pkg[2010].doc Web Cube
                                                                                                                                    Resources/Puzzle Package Challenge)
      10-Jan            3


                                 Research and design a book jacket on
                                                                                                                       Print out the History of Measurement Cover. (IED/Measurements and
                                    the origins of the measurement
                                                                                 Book cover template              Statistics/bookcovertemp.ppt) Also, your name and period must be typed on the
                                                systems.
                                                                                                                                          spine of the cover (in legible font).
 1/10/2011- Day 3      1,5
      11-Jan          2,3,6                                                      End of Cube Rubric

  1/12/2011-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                SNOW DAY
                                 Measure and record linear distances
                                                                                                                               Add ppt to your digital notebook (IED/Measurements and
                                  using a scale to a precision of 1/16        Scale Reading Basics.ppt.
                                                                                                                       Statistics/Scale_Reading_Basics[s2010].ppt Web Measurements and
                                            inch and 1 mm.
                                                                                                                                           Statistics/Scale Reading Basics
  1/13/2011-Day 4    1,2,5,6
                                       Convert linear distance
                                     measurements from inches to             Activity 1.3.2 English and           Begin activity. Show all work on the activity. Use your EN as a guide. Finish for
                                      millimeters and vice versa.           Metric Linear Measurements.                                              homework.
      14-Jan            3
                                                                                Activity 1.3.2a Decimal
                                                                                  Conversion Chart.                                             Cut and Paste into EN

                                                                                                                Define without use of dictionary.com or notes. We will go over in class and see how
                                                                               DO NOW- Open 1.3 Key
                                                                                                                                  many you can answer. (IED/Measurements and
                                                                                    Terms.
 1/14/2011- Day 3      1,5                                                                                                          Statistics/Lesson1_3KeyTerms[1].doc web
                                                                            Activity 1.3.3 fischertechniks®     Begin activity. Show all work on the activity. Use your Digital Notebook as a guide.
                                                                                  Block Measurement                                            Finish for homework.
      18-Jan          2,3,6
                                                                            Dial Calipers.ppt.

                                                                                                                Define without use of dictionary.com or notes. We will go over in class and see how
                                                                             DUE TODAY- Open 1.3 Key
                                                                                                                                  many you can answer. (IED/Measurements and
                                                                                    Terms.
  1/19/2011-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                                                                         Statistics/Lesson1_3KeyTerms[1].doc web. Email to me in the body.

                                                                             Activity 1.3.2 English and
                                                                            Metric Linear Measurements.                                           Go over homework.


                                  Calculate the mean, mode, median,
                                                                            Activity 1.3.3 fischertechniks®
                                       and range of a data set.                                                                                         Go over.
                                                                                  Block Measurement

                                    Create a histogram of recorded
                                                                                                                              Add ppt to your digital notebook (IED/Measurements and
                                 measurements showing data elements         Intro_Basic_Statistics[student2
                                                                                                                     Statistics/Intro_Basic_Statistics[student2010].ppt Web Measurements and
                                   or class intervals, and frequency.                  010].ppt
                                                                                                                                       Statistics/Introduction to Basic Statistics


                                    Create a histogram of recorded
                                 measurements showing data elements         Activity 1.3.5 Applied Statistics
                                                                                                                       Handout. Measure 3/4" cubes and record data. DUE TOMORROW
                                   or class intervals, and frequency.


                                    Students will be tested on their
                                                                             Measurement and Statistics
                                      knowledge of properties of                                                                                   Go over activity.
                                                                                      Test
                                  measurements and basic statistics.
 1/20/2011-Day 4     1,2,5,6
      21-Jan            3
 1/21/2011- Day 3      1,5                    SNOW DAY
      24-Jan          2,3,6


                                    Students will be tested on their
                                                                             Measurement and Statistics
                                      knowledge of properties of                                                                                   Go over activity.
                                                                                      Test
                                  measurements and basic statistics.
      24-Jan            3
                                                                              Go over Measurement and
                       2,6                                                         Statistics Test
                                                                              Go over Measurement and
                                                                                                                                               Hand-out grade reports.
  1/25/2011-Day 1       3                                                          Statistics Test
                                  Calculate the mean, mode, median,
                                                                            Activity 1.3.3 fischertechniks®
                                       and range of a data set.                                                                             DUE at the end of the period.
                                                                                  Block Measurement
                      2,5,6
                                 Identify and explain the various
                                geometric relationships that exist
                                  between the elements of two-                                                  Q&A; Troubleshooting: Tangent, Mirror, Chamfer, Fillet, Mirror Line, Circular
 1/26/2011-Day 1                 dimensional shapes and three-              Activity 2.1.3 Making Sketches      Pattern with Inscribed Triangle, and Rectangular Pattern. Continue to complete the
    Make-up          1,2,3,5,6          dimensional forms.                  in CAD                              19 exercises.
  1/27/2011-Day 4     1,2,5,6 SNOW DAY
      28-Jan             3
                                 Identify and explain the various
                                geometric relationships that exist
                                  between the elements of two-                                                  Q&A; Troubleshooting: Tangent, Mirror, Chamfer, Fillet, Mirror Line, Circular
                                 dimensional shapes and three-              Activity 2.1.3 Making Sketches      Pattern with Inscribed Triangle, and Rectangular Pattern. Continue to complete the
 1/28/2011- Day 3      1,3,5            dimensional forms.                  in CAD                              19 exercises.
      31-Jan            2,6

                                     Identify and explain the various
                                    geometric relationships that exist
                                      between the elements of two-
                                     dimensional shapes and three-          Activity 2.1.3 Making Sketches
  2/1/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6              dimensional forms.              in CAD                              DUE AT THE END OF THE PERIOD
  2/2/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6                  SNOW DAY
                                 Identify common geometric shapes
                                                                                                                Add ppt to your digital notebook (IED/Unit 2/Geometric_Shapes_Area[students].ppt
                                 and forms by name.
                                                                                                                                Web 2D/3D Properties/Geometric Shape and Area
      3-Feb           3,1,5                                                 Geometric_Shapes_Area.ppt
                                     Identify and explain the various
                                    geometric relationships that exist
                                      between the elements of two-
                                     dimensional shapes and three-          Activity 2.1.3 Making Sketches
                       2,6                  dimensional forms.              in CAD                              DUE AT THE END OF THE PERIOD- Email questions (body).
                                       Calculate the area of simple         Act 2.1.1 Shape and
  2/3/2011- Day 3            3              geometric shapes.               Measurement Madness                 Begin after completing 2.1.3
                                 Identify common geometric shapes
                                                                                                                Add ppt to your digital notebook (IED/Unit 2/Geometric_Shapes_Area[students].ppt
                                 and forms by name.
                                                                                                                                Web 2D/3D Properties/Geometric Shape and Area
      4-Feb                                                                 Geometric_Shapes_Area.ppt


  2/7/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6                DO NOW                                     Email                  In inventor, how do you know when you're in 2D mode vs. 3D mode?
                                      Calculate the area of simple          Act 2.1.1 Shape and
                                          geometric shapes.                 Measurement Madness                 DUE TOMORROW
                                 Explain how a given object’s geometry
                                 is the result of sequential additive and
                                          subtractive processes.                                                Begin creating the attached sketches in Inventor. Create a folder called "3D". Save
  2/8/2011-Day 4     1,2,5,6                                                Act 2.1.5 CAD Model Features        each file as the activity name. (IED/Unit 2/Act_2_1_5CAD Model Features.doc)
                                      Calculate the area of simple          Act 2.1.1 Shape and
      9-Feb             3                 geometric shapes.                 Measurement Madness                 DUE TOMORROW
                               Explain how a given object’s geometry
                               is the result of sequential additive and
                                        subtractive processes.
  2/9/2011- Day 3      1,8,5                                                Act 2.1.5 CAD Model Features        DUE TODAY (IED/Unit 2/Act_2_1_5CAD Model Features.doc)
                                    Calculate the area of simple            Act 2.1.1 Shape and
     10-Feb-11         2,3,6              geometric shapes.                 Measurement Madness                 GO OVER
  2/11/2011-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6 COURSE RECOMMENDATIONS                                                           laxattack19@gmail.com
                                                                            Act 2.1.4 Calculating the
                                             DUE TODAY
                                                                            Properties of Solids                DUE AT THE END OF THE PERIOD- Email questions (body).
                                 Utilize sketch-based, work reference,
                                 and placed features to develop solid          Advanced Inventor Skills
                                 CAD models from dimensioned
                                 drawings.                                                                      IED/Unit 2/Advanced Inventor Problems3D.ppt

                                                                            Inventor troubleshooting-
  2/14/2011-Day 4    1,2,5,6                                                Advanced #1 and #2.
                                 Utilize sketch-based, work reference,
                                 and placed features to develop solid          Advanced Inventor Skills
                                 CAD models from dimensioned
      15-Feb            3        drawings.                                                                      IED/Unit 2/Advanced Inventor Problems3D.ppt
                                                                                                                Create this shape on inventor in 1 minute. DISREGARD ANY DIMENSIONS.
 2/15/2011- Day 3      1,5                                                  DO NOW                              IED/Unit 2/spinningtop.jpg
                                    Identify and explain the various
                                   geometric relationships that exist
                                     between the elements of two-                                               Follow teacher guided lesson. Fill-in blanks to the attached PowerPoint in your
                                    dimensional shapes and three-           Properties of Geometric             digital notebook. (IED/Unit 2/Activity2_1_4Calculating_Properties_Solids[1].doc
    16-Feb-11         2,3,6                dimensional forms.               Solids.ppt- Add to notebook         Web 2D/3D Properties/Calculating Properties of Solids
                                 Calculate the surface area and volume
                                      of simple geometric forms.
                                                                            Act 2.1.4 Calculating               Add calculations from your notes to each corresponding problem. List the given
                                                                            Properties of Solids                measurements and the formula needed to solve for each problem. DO NOT SOLVE.
                                 Utilize sketch-based, work reference,
                                  and placed features to develop solid
                                    CAD models from dimensioned                Advanced Inventor Skills
                                               drawings.
                                                                                                                IED/Unit 2/Advanced Inventor Problems3D.ppt
                                                                             PVC Pipe- Profile Diameter
                                               DO NOW
  2/17/2011-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                                     .125", Shell .01             Added to advanced inventor problems
                                                                              Inventor troubleshooting-
                                                                                 Advanced #3 and #4.
                                 Utilize sketch-based, work reference,
                                  and placed features to develop solid
                                    CAD models from dimensioned
                                               drawings.
  2/18/2011-Day 4    1,2,5,6
                                 Calculate the surface area and volume
                                      of simple geometric forms.
                                                                            Act 2.1.4 Calculating
      15-Feb            3                                                   Properties of Solids                Go Over

                                    Brainstorm and sketch possible
                                    solutions to an existing design                                                            Add ppt to your digital notebook (IED/Locker Organizer
                                                                                   Design Process
                                               problem.                                                                                  11/Design_Process_Overview.ppt)
  2/22/2011-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6
                                 Explain what constraints are and why
                                  they are included in a design brief.        Locker Organizer Acitivity
                                                                                                                Project introduction. Brainstorm and document steps 1-3 in Engineers Notebook.
                                                                                                                (IED/Locker Organizer11/LockerOrganizerDesignBrief.doc)
                                    Brainstorm and sketch possible
                                                                                                                 Brainstorm- Come up with 5 possible ideas (PP and pics). Create a PP slide for
                                    solutions to an existing design              Project Introduction
                                                                                                                                     joints- dado, rabbet, finger, and lap.
                                               problem.
                                                                                                              Add the key terms to your digital notebook (IED\Locker
                                               DO NOW                                                         Organizer11/Lesson2_4Key_Terms.doc) . Add definitions. Email results (cut and
  2/23/2011-Day 4     1,2,5,6                                               Unit 2.4 Key Terms                paste in body). Due
                                    Students will be able to identify
                                   constraints and discover possible        Teamwork.ppt (IED/Locker                                 Meet in groups to formulate constraints.
      24-Feb            3                      solutions.                   Organizer11/Teamwork.ppt)
                                      Brainstorm and sketch
                                                                                                              DOC- 1,2,3: Sketch 3 ideas (from the 5). Annotate the sketches. Create a PP slide
                                     possible solutions to an               Research & Brainstorm             for joints- dado, rabbet, finger
                                     existing design problem.
                                    Students will be able to identify
                                   constraints and discover possible                                          Record Q & A in EN. Apply to project constraints.
 2/24/2011- Day 3       1,5                    solutions.                   Project Q & A
                                                                                                              Add the key terms to your digital notebook (IED\Locker
                                             DUE TODAY                                                        Organizer11/Lesson2_4Key_Terms.doc) . Add definitions. Email results (cut and
    25-Feb-11          2,3,6                                                Unit 2.4 Key Terms                paste in body). Due Today

                                 Identify the types of structural                                             Add to your IED folder (IED\Locker
                                 connections that exist in a given                                            Organizer11/Wood_Fasteners_Joinery_Adhesives.ppt) . Complete the attached
                                 object.                                    Wood_Fasteners_Joinery_Adh        assignment (IED\Locker Organizer11/Wood_Joinery_Identification[2011].doc).
                                                                            esives.ppt                        Email results (cut and paste in body). Due Today


                                                                            Step 4:identifying criteria and
                                 Apply engineering notebook standards       specifying constraints
                                 and protocols when documenting their       Step 5:exploring possibilities    Sketch 3 DIFFERENT ideas in 3D form. Label joinery and features. Give pro's and
                                 work during the school year.                                                 con's and any other information needed for someone to take over the project. Identify
  2/28/2011-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                                                                10 constraints.

                                 Explain what constraints are and why       Define constraints (in terms of
  3/1/2011-Day 4        5,6      they are included in a design brief.       our project).                     Email result to me and finish creating 10 constraints in your EN.

                                 Students will be able to create working                                      Fill-out decision matrix by inputting 3 ideas and 8 constraints (from
                                  drawings with proper dimensions of                                          yesterday).(IED\Locker Organizer11/Project2_4_1Decision_Matrix_Template.doc)
                                     individual parts using Inventor        Do now: Complete decision         SAVE IN LOCKER ORGANIZER FOLDER. SUMMARIZE IN EN (with date).
  3/2/2011- Day 3       1,3                                                 matrix                            Email to me.
                                                                                                              Dates of submission (4 class periods). Quality of brainstorming. 3 Rough Sketches
                                                                            Notebook Grade Criteria (100      (includes; joinery info, product info, pros/cons, annotations, quality, 3D), Rationale
  3/3/2011- Day 2       6                                                   points)-                          on selecting the final idea.
                                                                             Step 6: developing a design
                                          GOOGLE PATENT                                proposal               Once a final solution is selected, modify (if needed) and create a FINAL 3D sketch
  3/4/2011-Day 1      1,2,3,5                                                                                 with annotations and dimensions. This is neat.
                                                                             Step 6: developing a design
                                                                                       proposal               Once a final solution is selected, modify (if needed) and create a FINAL 3D sketch
                                                                                                              with annotations and dimensions. This is neat.


                                                                                                              Be able to differentiate between wood thicknesses. Exploded views of joints used
                                                                                Include in final sketch-
                                                                                                              along with labeling all joints (by numbers). Include all dimensions necessary
                                                                                                              whether it is on the drawing or on the side. List the purpose of each feature.
                                                                                                              FINISH FOR HOMEWORK


                                 Explain how a given object’s geometry
                                 is the result of sequential additive and
                                          subtractive processes.
                                                                            Additive/Subtractive Solid        Add the powerpoint to your digital notebook (IED\Locker
  3/7/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6                                               Modeling                          Organizer11/Additive_Subtractive_Solid_Modeling[s2010].ppt) .
                                 Perform part manipulation during the
                                   creation of an assembly model.              Inventor Model Creation
      8-Mar             3                                                                                     Create an .IPT file for EACH organizer part. Save in your Locker Organizer folder.
                                 Perform part manipulation during the
                                   creation of an assembly model.              Inventor Model Creation
  3/8/2011- Day 3      1,8,5                                                                                  Create an .IPT file for EACH organizer part. Save in your Locker Organizer folder.
                                  Create solid computer-aided design
                                   (CAD) models of each part from                                             Be able to differentiate between wood thicknesses. Exploded views of joints used
                                 dimensioned sketches using a variety           FINAL SKETCH DUE              along with labeling all joints (by numbers). Include all dimensions necessary
                                              of methods.                                                     whether it is on the drawing or on the side. List the purpose of each feature. Should
     9-Mar-11          2,3,6                                                                                  be in notebook, labled FINAL SKETCH.
                                     Apply geometric numeric and
                                  parametric constraints to form CAD           Inventor Model Creation
  3/10/2011-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6              modeled parts.                                                    Create an .IPT file for EACH organizer part. Save in your Locker Organizer folder.
                                 Assemble the product using the CAD
                                        modeling software.
                                     Apply geometric numeric and
                                  parametric constraints to form CAD           Inventor Model Creation
  3/11/2011-Day 4     1,2,5,6               modeled parts.                                                    Create an .IPT file for EACH organizer part. Save in your Locker Organizer folder.

                                 Explain how assembly constraints are
                                   used to systematically remove the
                                    degrees of freedom for a set of
                                   components in a given assembly.
      14-Mar            3

                                 Assemble the product using the CAD
                                                                               Inventor Model Creation
 3/14/2011- Day 3      1,8,5            modeling software.                                                    Create an .IPT file for EACH organizer part. Save in your Locker Organizer folder.
    15-Mar-11          2,3,6
                                 Assemble the product using the CAD
                                                                               Inventor Model Creation
  3/16/2011-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6          modeling software.                                                    Create an .IPT file for EACH organizer part. Save in your Locker Organizer folder.
                                 Perform part manipulation during the
                                   creation of an assembly model.
  3/17/2011-Day 4     1,2,5,6                                               Accessorize organizer
      18-Mar             3
                                                                                                              Render final assembly (with and w/o accessories) in Inventor Studio. You must have
                                 Render 3D solids to look more                                                at least 10 different pictures (front view, side, top, iso from both front sides, and
 3/18/2011- Day 3      1,8,5     realistic.                                 Inventor Studio                   perspective from both sides).
                                                                                                              Render final assembly (with and w/o accessories) in Inventor Studio. You must have
                                 Render 3D solids to look more                                                at least 10 different pictures (front view, side, top, iso from both front sides, and
    21-Mar-11          2,3,6     realistic.                                 Inventor Studio                   perspective from both sides).




                                                                            DROP BOX                          http://db.tt/71VMmvX




                                                                                                              Upload images to Drop Box- DUE TODAY (different views/lighting of all
  3/22/2011-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                              DROP BOX                          combinations of the following: locker, organizer, and accessories.


                                 Explain the differences between size                                         DOC- 7:Computer Model- working drawings on title block C.
                                 and location dimensions.                   Dimensioning Standards            (IED/Dimensioning/Dimensioning_Standards[2011].ppt)
                                 Differentiate between datum
                                 dimensioning and chain                     Dimensioning Practice- size
                                 dimensioning.                              vs. location dimensioning.        (IED/Dimensioning/Dimension_Practices[2011].ppt)

                                 Explain the rules that are associated
                                 with the application of dimensions to
                                 multiview drawings.                                                          DOC- 7:Computer Model- working drawings on title block C.
  3/23/2011-Day 4     1,2,5,6                                               Dimensioning Guidelines           (IED/Dimensioning/Dimension_Guidelines[2011].ppt)
      24-Mar             3

                                                                                                              Upload images to Drop Box- PAST DUE (different views/lighting of all
 3/24/2011- Day 3      1,8,5                                                DROP BOX                          combinations of the following: locker, organizer, and accessories.

                                 Identify and dimension fillets, rounds,
                                 diameters, chamfers, holes, slots, and
                                 screw threads in orthographic
                                 projection drawings.                       Activity 2.2.1 Whats wrong
    25-Mar-11          2,3,6                                                picture.doc                 HW- Begin once individual IDW's are complete. Finish for HW.
                                                                            General_Rules_for_Dimension DOC- 7:Computer Model- working drawings on title block C.
                                                                            ing[2011].doc               (IED/Dimensioning/Dimension_Guidelines[2011].ppt) DUE TODAY



                                 Identify and dimension fillets, rounds,
                                 diameters, chamfers, holes, slots, and
                                 screw threads in orthographic
                                 projection drawings.                       Activity 2.2.1 Whats wrong
  3/28/2011-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                              picture.doc                       Go over. Correct and resubmit for full credit. (Answer key in Dimensioning folder).

                                 Apply linear dimensions to a multiview
                                                drawing.                                                      Create Inventor .IDW file showing 3-views (front, top, side) and a colored isometric).
                                                                            Inventor IDW and parts list       CHECK DIMENSIONS WITH NEIHBOR. Print when ready to submit for a grade.

                                                                            Exploded View and Parts List      DOC- 7:Computer Model- exploded view with parts list (TB C).
 3/29/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6                                               Mid-Term Exam- Part I
     30-Mar              3
 3/24/2011- Day 3      1,8,5                                                Mid-Term Exam- Part II
    25-Mar-11          2,3,6
                                   When finished with the exam, open
                                      Locker Organizer Rubric               RUBRIC
                                   When finished with the exam, open
  3/23/2011-Day 4     1,2,5,6         Locker Organizer Rubric               RUBRIC                            Submit Rubric, EN, and portfolio to be graded.

                                                                                                              Print iso rendering of part (in color). Try to orient the same as your hand, final
      24-Mar            3                                                   EN Update/ Submission             sketch. Attach to your notebook. Add a self/project reflection (with date).

                                   When finished with the exam, open
  4/11/2011-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6        Locker Organizer Rubric               RUBRIC                            PROJECT DUE- Submit Rubric, EN, and portfolio to be graded.

                                                                                                              Print iso rendering of part (in color). Try to orient the same as your hand, final
                                                                            EN Update/ Submission             sketch. Attach to your notebook. Add a self/project reflection (with date).
                                                                                                              Choose 8 of the 11 objects to create. Choose one of the objects to create step-by-
                                 Explain how a given object’s geometry
                                                                                                              step directions for (in Word). The last object you should create the step-by-step
                                 is the result of sequential additive and
                                                                            Begin Project 2.1.6 Modeling      instructions. Please label the number as well. IDW each part (4 in datum, 4 in
                                          subtractive processes.
  4/12/2011-Day 4     1,2,5,6                                               Creation                          chain)
      13-Apr             3
                                 Explain how a given object’s geometry
                                                                                                              Choose 8 of the 11 objects to create. Choose one of the objects to create step-by-
                                 is the result of sequential additive and
                                                                            Begin Project 2.1.6 Modeling      step directions for (in Word). The last object you should create the step-by-step
                                          subtractive processes.
 4/13/2011- Day 3      1,8,5                                                Creation                          instructions. Please label the number as well.
    14-Apr-11          2,3,6
                                 Explain how a given object’s geometry
                                 is the result of sequential additive and   Begin Project 2.1.6 Modeling
                                          subtractive processes.            Creation- PRINT OUT
  4/15/2011-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                              DIRECTIONS.                       Create the directions from another member in the class/

                                                                   Grading- IDW's DUE TODAY
                                                  Take 10 pictures of items at your house. Have your name/figure to identify that it's your own. Upload to drop box
                                 BRING IN REVERSE ENGINEERING PART FOR HOMEWORK- No more than 12 components. At least three moveable parts. Take pictures and upload to
                                                                                                     drop box

  4/18/2011-Day 4     1,2,5,6                      DUE- REVERSE ENGINEERING PART FOR HOMEWORK- No more than 12 components. At least three moveable parts.
                                    Identify design elements and       DO NOW: Key Terms- add to     Define the key terms. Fill in the definitions in red today.
      19-Apr            3                  principles by name.         digital notebook              (reverse11\3.1KeyTerms.ppt)
                                                                       Create printed out part
                                    Identify design elements and       DO NOW: Key Terms- add to
 4/19/2011- Day 3      1,8,5               principles by name.         digital notebook              Define the key terms. Due Today (25 points)
                                                                       Elements and Principles of
    20-Apr-11          2,3,6                                           Design Video
                                                                       DO NOW: Key Terms- add to     Define the key terms. Fill in the definitions in red today.
  4/21/2011-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6 DUE TODAY (email in body)-              digital notebook              (reverse11\3.1KeyTerms.ppt)
                               DUE TODAY (add to EN. Use               Add
                               keyterms and movie notes to             visual_design_principles_elem Add to your notebook and add definitions to key terms.
                               complete.)-                             ents.ppt                      (reverse11\Visual_Design_Principles_Elements[2011].ppt)
                                                                                                     Find 5 household/classroom items. Identify principles and design elements of each
                                Identify visual design elements within                               item. Use template as a guide.
                                              a given object.          Act3.1.1 Visual Design        (reverse11\Activity3_1_1Visual_Design_Principles_Elements_Identification[2011].d
                                                                       elements                      oc)
                                 Explain how visual design principles
                                                                                                              Begin to complete Act 3.1.1 using the template. Add pictures and identify the visual
                                   were used to manipulate design
                                    elements within a given object.                                           principles and elements of the design. (reverse11\Principles and Elements of
                                                                            Act 3.1.1 Template                Design- template.ppt)


                                 Explain how visual design principles
                                                                                                              Begin to complete Act 3.1.1 using the template. Add pictures and identify the visual
                                   were used to manipulate design
                                                                                                              principles and elements of the design. (reverse11\Principles and Elements of
                                    elements within a given object.
  4/26/2011-Day 4     1,2,5,6                                               Act 3.1.1 Template                Design- template.ppt)
                                                                            Elements and Principles of
                                                                            Design Cheat sheet
      27-Apr            3                                                   (reverse11\vde_pod.ppt)           http://www.designconsolidated.com.au/graphic-design-principles/presentation.htm
                                 Identify visual design elements within
                                                                                                              Take pictures of all exterior views of your RE part. Upload photos and add to
                                              a given object.
                                                                            Reverse Engineering Visual        powerpoint to print. Cut and paste in EN to create a Visual Analysis. Use this as an
 4/27/2011- Day 3      1,8,5                                                Analysis(RE)- Photo               example-reverse11/Visual_Designs_Study_Ex[2011].doc
                                 Identify visual design elements within
                                              a given object.
     28-Apr-11         2,3,6                                                Act 3.1.1 Template                Complete and add 1 slide to dropbox. You will present your slide to the class.
  4/29/2011-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                              Presentation                      Present elements and principles of design to the class.
                                                                                                              Using dial calipers, begin to sketch (2D) and dimension each part (nearest .001").
                                    Read a dial caliper to measure
                                                                            RE- Part Pictures and hand        Use attached documentation template for sketching with a digital picture(s) of each
                                        shapes and objects.
                                                                            sketches                          part and corresponding name.


                                    Describe the function of a given
                                 manufactured object as a sequence of
                                 operations through visual analysis and
                                    inspection (prior to dissection).
                                                                            DO NOW: Key Terms- add to
  5/2/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6                                               digital notebook                  Define the key terms. Due Today (25 points) (reverse11\3.2KeyTerms.ppt)
                                  Verbally critique the principles and
                                    elements of design in common
      3-May             3                        objects.                   Presentation                      Present elements and principles of design to the class.
                                 Identify visual design elements within
                                                                                                              Take pictures of all exterior views of your RE part. Upload photos and add to
                                              a given object.
                                                                            Reverse Engineering Visual        powerpoint to print. Cut and paste in EN to create a Visual Analysis. Use this as an
                                                                            Analysis(RE)- Photo               example-reverse11/Visual_Designs_Study_Ex[2011].doc
                                                                            Reverse Engineering
                                    Use dial calipers to precisely          Functional Analysis(RE)-
                                 measure outside and inside diameter,       Photo- Example-               Take pictures of all exterior views of your RE part. Upload photos and add to
                                   hole depth, and object thickness.        reverse11/Activity3_2_1aExamp powerpoint to print. Cut and paste in EN to create a Functional Analysis. Transfer
                                                                            le_Functional                 all information from the following: reverse11/Activity3_2_1Functional
  5/3/2011- Day 3      1,8,5                                                Analysis[2011].doc            Analysis[2011].doc

                                   Identify material processing methods     RE- Part Pictures and hand
                                 that are used to manufacture the           sketches- As you disassemble,
                                 components of a given commercial           fill-out the attached chart       Using dial calipers, begin to sketch (2D) and dimension each part (nearest .001").
                                 product.                                   (reverse11/Product_Disassem       Use attached documentation template for sketching with a digital picture(s) of each
     4-May-11          2,3,6                                                bly_Chart[2011].doc)              part and corresponding name.
                                                                                                              Use this to assist with the Disassembly Chart:
                                                                            Material Usage Chart              reverse11/Materials_Usages_Chart[2011].doc

                                    Describe the function of a given
                                 manufactured object as a sequence of
                                 operations through visual analysis and
                                    inspection (prior to dissection).
                                                                            DO NOW: Key Terms- add to
                                                                            digital notebook                  Define the key terms. Due Today (25 points) (reverse11\3.3KeyTerms.ppt)
                                  Verbally critique the principles and
                                    elements of design in common
                                                 objects.                   Presentation                      Present elements and principles of design to the class.
                                    Use dial calipers to precisely
                                                                                                              Using dial calipers, begin to sketch (2D) and dimension each part (nearest .001").
                                 measure outside and inside diameter,
                                   hole depth, and object thickness.        RE- Part Pictures and hand        Use attached documentation template for sketching with a digital picture(s) of each
                                                                            sketches                          part and corresponding name.
                                   Verbally critique the principles and
                                     elements of design in common
  5/5/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6                    objects.                  Presentation                      Present elements and principles of design to the class.
                                  Identify visual design principles and
                                    elements that are present within
                                              marketing ads.                                                  Lesson 3.1 Visual Design Principles and Elements Quiz


                                                                                                              Using dial calipers, begin to sketch (2D) and dimension each part (nearest .001").
                                    Read a dial caliper to measure
                                                                            RE- Part Pictures and hand        Use attached documentation template for sketching with a digital picture(s) of each
                                        shapes and objects.
  5/6/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6                                               sketches                          part and corresponding name.
                                  Verbally critique the principles and
                                    elements of design in common
      8-May             3                        objects.                   Presentation                      Present elements and principles of design to the class.
                                  Students will communicate
                                                                                                              Use a v ariety of measuring instruments and record measured
                                 their idea through written and             Using calipers, record and        quantities using the appropriate units.
  5/9/2011- Day 3      1,8,5             v erbal f ormats.                  measure all parts.
                                  Students will communicate
                                                                                                              Use a v ariety of measuring instruments and record measured
                                 their idea through written and             Using calipers, record and        quantities using the appropriate units.
     10-May-11         2,3,6             v erbal f ormats.                  measure all parts.
  5/11/2011-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6

                                  Students will communicate                 DUE- HAND SKETCHES
                                                                                                              Use a v ariety of measuring instruments and record measured
                                 their idea through written and             AND MEASUREMENTS.
                                                                                                              quantities using the appropriate units.
                                         v erbal f ormats.                  VISUAL DESIGN
  5/12/2011-Day 4     1,2,5,6                                               PRINCIPLES DATA SHEET.
                                 Students will communicate
                                                                                                              Select appropriate measuring instruments based on the degree of
                                their idea through written and              Using calipers, record and        precision required.
      13-May            3               v erbal f ormats.                   measure all parts.
                               Ev aluated on their knowledge
                                     of the principles and                  Principles and Elements of
 5/13/2011- Day 3      1,8,5         elements of design.                    Design Quiz
                               Students will draw a two-
                               dimensional sketch using a                       Inv entor Part Files                                     Create parts on inv entor.
    16-May-11          2,3,6   CAD package.
                               Add work planes and work                                                        Open Inv entor11 Tutorials. In the basic 3D f older, choose work
                                                                              Work Feature Tutorial
  5/17/2011-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6 axis on 3D models.                                                               f eatures. Complete exercise and show me when completed.
                               Students will draw a two-
                               dimensional sketch using a                       Inv entor Part Files                                     Create parts on inv entor.
  5/18/2011-Day 4     1,2,5,6 CAD package.
                               Identif y the reasons why
                               engineers perf orm rev erse                                                                        Add to Engineering digital notebook.
      19-May             3     engineering on products.                     RE_Funtional_Analysis.ppt
                               Students will draw a two-
                               dimensional sketch using a                       Inv entor Part Files                                     Create parts on inv entor.
 5/19/2011- Day 3      1,8,5   CAD package.
    20-May-11          2,3,6

                                  Describe the function of a given
                               manufactured object as a sequence of
                               operations through visual analysis and
                                  inspection (prior to dissection).   Reverse Engineering (RE)-               Take pictures of all exterior views of your RE part. Upload photos and add to the
  5/17/2011-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                        Photo                                   visual analysis documentation packet.
                                 Students will draw a two-
                                 dimensional sketch using a                     Inv entor Part Files                                     Create parts on inv entor.
      16-Mar            3,8      CAD package.
                                   Students will communicate
                                                                                                                Using the visual design principles data sheet, add a functional analysis of your
                                 their idea through written and              Functional Analysis                            product. Identify the simple machines on your product.
3/16/2010-Day 3         1,5              v erbal f ormats.
                                 Students will draw a two-
                                 dimensional sketch using a                     Inv entor Part Files                                     Create parts on inv entor.
      17-Mar           2,3,8     CAD package.
                                    Describe the function of a given
                                 manufactured object as a sequence of
                                 operations through visual analysis and
                                    inspection (prior to dissection).   Reverse Engineering (RE)-
  3/18/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                             Photo                                 DUE TODAY- Show me the slideshow before the end of the period.
                                 Students will draw a two-
                                 dimensional sketch using a                     Inv entor Part Files                                     Create parts on inv entor.
      19-Mar            8        CAD package.

                                  Students will communicate
                                 their idea through written and                 Inv entor Part Files                                     Create parts on inv entor.
3/22/2010-Day 3         1,5              v erbal f ormats.
      23-Mar           2,3,8
                                                                              Inv entor11 Tutorials-
                                 Constrain parts using 3D                                                       Complete the tutorial f or a classwork assignment grade. Show
                                                                             Adv anced Skills/Basic
                                 constraints.                                                                                          me when f inished.
  3/24/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                                  Assembly Constraints

                                 Students will draw a two-
                                 dimensional sketch using a                     Inv entor Part Files                                     Create parts on inv entor.
                                 CAD package.
      25-Mar            8
                                 Students will draw a two-
                                                                              Inv entor Part Files-
                                 dimensional sketch using a                                                                              Create parts on inv entor.
                                                                              Assemble/IDW parts
  3/25/2010-Day 4      1,2,5     CAD package.
      26-Mar            3,8
                                 Students will draw a two-
                                                                              Inv entor Part Files-
                                 dimensional sketch using a                                                                              Create parts on inv entor.
                                                                              Assemble/IDW parts
3/26/2010-Day 3         1,5
                                 CAD package.
       6-Apr           2,3,8

                                 Driv e parts using 3D                       Inv entor11 Tutorials-             Complete the tutorial f or a classwork assignment grade. Show
   4/7/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5      constraints.                               Adv anced Skills/Driv ing                                  me when f inished.
                                                                                  Constraints
      8-Apr             8
                                 Students will draw a two-                    Inv entor Part Files-
                                 dimensional sketch using a                   Assemble/driv e/IDW                               Assemble and driv e parts on inv entor.
  4/8/2010-Day 4       1,2,5
                                 CAD package.                                         parts
      9-Apr             3,8
                                 Students will draw a two-                    Inv entor Part Files-
                                 dimensional sketch using a                   Assemble/driv e/IDW                               Assemble and driv e parts on inv entor.
4/9/2010-Day 3          1,5      CAD package.                                         parts
      12-Apr           2,3,8


                                 Students will draw a two-                    Inv entor Part Files-
                                 dimensional sketch using a                   Assemble/driv e/IDW                               Assemble and driv e parts on inv entor.
  4/13/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5      CAD package.                                         parts


                                                                                                              Please read the rubric. Finish exploded view and parts list. Animated parts will be
      14-Apr            8                                                   Reverse Engineering Rubric        added as extra credit. Documentation is due FRIDAY.
                                 Students will draw a two-                    Inv entor Part Files-
                                 dimensional sketch using a                   Assemble/driv e/IDW                               Assemble and driv e parts on inv entor.
                                 CAD package.                                         parts
  4/14/2010-Day 4      1,2,5
                                 Students will draw a two-
                                 dimensional sketch using a
      15-Apr            3,8      CAD package.                               Exploded View/ Parts List         Create an exploded view and parts list.
                                 Students will draw a two-
                                 dimensional sketch using a
4/15/2010-Day 3         1,5      CAD package.                               Exploded View/ Parts List         Create an exploded view and parts list.
                                                                            Begin to assemble
                                                                            documentation.                    Project documentation due tomorrow.
                                 Compile term project information into
                                     a documentation portfolio.
  4/16/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                                                D-day!!!                          Submit documentation (bound) with rubric by the end of the period.



                                  Render RE parts and assemblies to         Poster Template- 11x17-
      19-Apr           2,3,8           create a project poster.             portrait or landscape.            Create a RE poster using these guidelines.
                                  Render RE parts and assemblies to         Poster Template- 11x17-
  4/20/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5            create a project poster.             portrait or landscape.            Create a RE poster using these guidelines.
      21-Apr            8                                                   Show me animation for EC
                                  Render RE parts and assemblies to         Poster Template- 11x17-
  4/21/2010-Day 4      1,2,5           create a project poster.             portrait or landscape.            Create a RE poster using these guidelines.
      22-Apr            3,8
                                   Present and discuss project to the
4/22/2010-Day 3         1,5                      class.                     Gallery Walk                      Open poster and look at other students designs for ideas and inspiration.
      23-Apr           2,3,8                                                Print Poster                      Print menu- Advanced/change size to 11x17-2nd choice


                                                                            Poster Presentations and
  4/26/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                                 project wrap-up                   Present poster to class- explain trials & tribulations, victories, and improvements.

                                 Students will be assessed on their                                           Part I will consist of 30-40 multiple choice questions f rom the
                                 knowledge of the advanced skills           Post RE Test                      adv anced tutorials section (excluding driv ing constraints)
      27-Apr            8        tutorial.
                                                                                                              Part II will consist of creating parts on Inventor and applying the 6 DOF to
                                                                            Post RE Test                      fully constrain the part (hint hint).
  4/27/2010-Day 4      1,2,5

                                 Add your name to the front base. The letters should either pop-out or in…
      28-Apr            3,8

                                 Students will be assessed on their         Finish Part II- Add name to the
                                                                                                              When finished, minimize and wait for me to check it. I will grade it on the spot. If
                                 knowledge of the advanced skills           front base. The letters should
                                                                                                              something is wrong, you will not be able to fix it.
  4/28/2009-Day 3      1,2,5     tutorial.                                  pop-in or out…
      29-Apr        2,3
                                                                            Finish Part II- Add name to the
                                 Students will be assessed on their                                           When finished, minimize and wait for me to check it. I will grade it on the spot. If
                                                                            front base. The letters should
                                 knowledge of the advanced skills                                             something is wrong, you will not be able to fix it.
                                                                            pop-in or out…
  4/26/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5      tutorial.
      27-Apr            8


                                                                            Video: Understanding Gizmos
                                  Fill-out the attached question sheet.     and widgets: How stuff is
  5/3/2010-Day 4       1,2,5                                                made.                             Fill-out the question sheet.
      4-May             3,8

                                    Log-into Google group and add                                             Log-in to email and join my group. This group will allow you to keep in touch with
                                     feedback to their design team.                                           Mr. Speeney's Graphic Arts classes. Each post will count towards your
  5/4/2009-Day 3        1,5                                                 Google Groups Log-in              classwork/homework grade.

                                 Create a brainstorming list of different
                                     products made from common                                                Read the introduction. Begin to brainstorm (either on PowerPoint or paper).
                                     materials that are used daily.                                           Include ideas and questions. Post data on thread for your group. Keep in mind that
      5-May         2,3,8                                                   Project Introduction              you need your data for your documentation.
                                   Use internet resources, such as
                                  email, to communicate with a virtual
                                  design team member throughout a
                                                                                                              Finalize brainstorming by using the internet as a tool. Choose three ideas and
                                           design challenge.
   5/6/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                                 Google Log-in                     begin to thumbnail sketch ideas.
                                   Use internet resources, such as
                                  email, to communicate with a virtual
                                  design team member throughout a
                                                                            Choose 3 Ideas- Post to thread    Begin to create 3 drawings (isometric, oblique, or perspective) on blank sheets (3
                                           design challenge.
      7-May             8                                                   for feedback                      different). Do not use drawing tools other than a pencil. DUE TOMORROW
                                 Visually draw ideas using 3D drawing       DUE- 3 Drawings (at the
                                              techniques.
  5/7/2010-Day 4       1,2,5                                                beginning of class)               Hand-in three annotated sketches by the end of the period.
                                                                            DUE- Design Matrix (at the
      10-May            3,8                                                 end of class)                     Begin Design Matrix- Have at least 6 constraints.
                                                                            DUE- FINAL SKETCH- at the
                                                                            beginning of the next class
                                                                            period.
                                                                                                              Search the google database of patents to see if your idea has been created. If so,
                                                                            Google Patent Search              can you innovate it?



  5/10/2009-Day 3       1,5                                                 Google Post #3                    Final Idea and constraints used to come up with it.

                                 Visually draw ideas using 3D drawing
                                              techniques.                                                     Final Drawing- Use drawing tools, thick/thin lines, annotations, NEAT. Include
      11-May        2,3,8                                                   Final Sketch Due                  fastening techniques, materials, and interior/exploded/section views.
                                                                                                              Wood Fasteners, Joinery, & Adhesives                               Metal Fasteners,
                                                                                                              Joining, & Adhesives
                                 Students will draw a two-                                                    Plastic Fasteners, Welding, & Bonding                               Files are in the
                                 dimensional sketch using a                 Begin Inventor Model. Use the     IED_GA Project folder.
                                 CAD package.                               following resources to aide in
                                                                            the design process.

                                 Students will draw a two-
                                 dimensional sketch using a
                                 CAD package.
  5/12/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                                 Inventor Model




      13-May            8
                                 Students will draw a two-
                                 dimensional sketch using a
  5/13/2010-Day 4      1,2,5     CAD package.                               Inventor Model
      14-May            3,8
                                 Students will draw a two-
                                 dimensional sketch using a
  5/14/2009-Day 3       1,5      CAD package.                               Inventor Model
      17-May        2,3,8

  5/18/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5               Biology EOC Exam
      19-May             8
  5/19/2010-Day 4      1,2,5         Pennies For Peace Program
      20-May            3,8
                                 Students will draw a two-
                                 dimensional sketch using a
                                                                            DUE- Email renderings to your
  5/20/2009-Day 3       1,5      CAD package.                               designer.                         Rendered Images- All isometric/perspective/Ortho views.

      21-May        2,3,8




                                                                            Update Documentation-Steps 1-
  5/24/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                                 8                             Create documentation sheets for steps 1-8. Use this document as a guide.




      25-May            8

                                                                            Update Documentation-Steps 1-
  5/25/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                                                8.                            Create documentation sheets for steps 1-8. Use this document as a guide.

      26-May            3,8                                                 Click here------>                 http://ibt.prometric.com/pltw
                                   Verbally critique and help improve
                                                                                                              Present renderings to class with an oral explanation of how it works. The students
                                       fellow students projects.
  5/26/2009-Day 3       1,5                                                 Student Presentations             will provide critical feedback to aid in your redesign.
                                  Students will communicate
                                 their idea through written and                                               After presentation, take notes regarding feedback and structural changes (step 10).
      27-May        2,3,8                v erbal f ormats.                                                    Add to documentation.

                                   Verbally critique and help improve
                                       fellow students projects.                                              Present renderings to class with an oral explanation of how it works. The students
  5/28/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                                 Student Presentations             will provide critical feedback to aid in your redesign.
                                  Students will communicate
                                 their idea through written and                                               After presentation, take notes regarding feedback and structural changes (step 10).
      1-Jun             8                v erbal f ormats.                                                    Add to documentation.

                                   Verbally critique and help improve                                         Present renderings to class with an oral explanation of how it works. The students
  6/1/2010-Day 4       1,2,5           fellow students projects.            Student Presentations             will provide critical feedback to aid in your redesign.
                                  Students will communicate
                                 their idea through written and                                               After presentation, take notes regarding feedback and structural changes (step 10).
      2-Jun             3,8              v erbal f ormats.                                                    Add to documentation.
                                   Verbally critique and help improve                                         Present renderings to class with an oral explanation of how it works. The students
  6/2/2009-Day 3        1,5            fellow students projects.            Student Presentations             will provide critical feedback to aid in your redesign.
                                  Students will communicate
                                 their idea through written and                                               After presentation, take notes regarding feedback and structural changes (step 10).
      3-Jun         2,3,8                v erbal f ormats.                                                    Add to documentation.

                                                                                                              Make changes based upon your colleques recommendations in inventor. Decide
   6/4/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                                 Project Redesign/Refine           which design you prefer and finalize documentation. Steps 9-12.
       6-Jun             8


                                 Identify the impact on the environment     Environmental Impacts/ Group
                                   from the production of their design.               Norms
  6/7/2010-Day 4       1,2,5                                                                                  Add this slide to your notes. Review notes to complete documentation.
                                                                            Communicate Processes and
      8-Jun             3,8                                                         Results                   Add this to your documentation (Step 12). Add appropriate information.
                                                                                                              Complete documentation portfolio.
                                 Review for final exam and create study
  6/8/2009-Day 3        1,5                       guide.                    Sample Test Part A                Use your notebook to complete Part A.
       9-Jun        2,3,8                                                   PROJECT RUBRIC                    Last day to document project. Bind and prepare for a gallery walk.
                                 Review for final exam and create study
  6/10/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                       guide.                    Go over Part A
      11-Jun             8                                                  Sample Test Part C                Use student generated note sheet (8.5x11) created yesterday.
                                 Review for final exam and create study
  6/11/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                      guide.                    Go over Part C                    Use student generated note sheet (8.5x11) created yesterday.
                                                                                                              Use Final Exam Review Sheet. Begin to create hand written note sheet to use on the
      14-Jun            3,8                                                 Create Study Guide                final exam (part C).

  6/15/2009-Day 3       1,5
      16-Jun        2,3                                                     FINAL EXAMS
  6/17/2009-Day 1    1 ,2 ,3,5
  6/18/2009-Day 4     1 ,2,5
      19-Jun            3
                                                                                 IED Assignment Log 2011-2012




       Date             PER
                                       Topic/Objective- SW BAT                          Activity                                   Assignment- http://www.whrhs.org/cgibson
     8-Sep-11                                                               Student Introductions                Introduce your neighbor by giving name and three things about him/her.
                                                                                What is Engineering or
                                                                                      Technology?
                                                                            Class Introduction- "Worlds
                                                                            Worst Game"- How can I fail
                                  Identify how to be successful in this     this class? How can I pass this      List reasons why one would fail this class. List reasons why or how one could pass
  9/9/2011- Day 4       1,5,6     class.                                    class?                               this class. Sign and submit to Mr. Gibson. CW

                                  Understand daily procedures and the       Daily procedures- IED Course
                                                                                                                    Log on to computers/ accessing files for class demonstration. Using Citrix at
                                                                              overview and opening the
                                     use of the assignment log.                                                          home. See my web page for help: Click on the Assignment Log link
                                                                                    assignment log
     12-Sep-11           3
                                  Demonstrate the ability to access the
                                  shared folder, create a folder in their     Creating Folders/Saving &          Create an IED Folder and create a Digital Notebook (Name/Class Period on cover).
                                   directory, and save a document as                Opening Files                  At home tonight, add an engineering related image to your notebook via Citrix).
                                                directed.

                                  Demonstrate the ability to access drop                                         Sign-up for a Drop Box account (dropbox.com). User name: first_initial, last_name.
                                                                              Create a Drob Box account
                                      box and create an account.                                                                      Password: computer_login_password.


                                   Understand the class procedures,                                                 Review grading and student expectations with your parents. Please see my
                                  grading, and student expectations for                                          Schedule-class info link. Print out last sheet and sign (you and parent/guardian)
                                              the course.                                                           and return tomorrow for a homework grade. View Mr. Gibson's web page.
                                                                            Go over PLTW class guidelines.

  9/12/2011-Day 3       1,8                                                 Homework check                       Open your IED Notebook. Hand in signature sheet.
                                                                            Email Update                         Open your email account- http://mail.whrhs-stu.org and add your name.
                                                                                                                 Find a YouTube clip (under 3 minutes) about engineering or a field of engineering
                                        EXTRA CREDIT-5 points                                                    (mechanical, civil, aerospace, etc..). The clip can be educational and/or funny.
      13-Sep            3,6                                                 YouTube Video                        Email link
                                          VOD (Video of the day)            Honda Cog and the making of.
                                                                                                                 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Kh4zWeUDW-E
                                     REMEMBER TO ADD P1 TO                  Class Introduction- What is
                                      SUBJECT OF ANY EMAIL                  PLTW and IED?                        Watch intro video and PowerPoint on my website.
                                     Describe what is an engineer and
                                                                                                                 Add Engineers PP to notebook. Fill-in missing definitions/data as the teacher
                                  different types of engineering careers.
                                                                            Engineer PPT                         presents the information. Introduction to Engineering Resources
  9/13/2011-Day 2        8                       DO NOW                     Unit 1.1 Key Terms                   Add the key terms to your digital notebook. Add definitions. Due 9/20
                                          VOD (Video of the day)            Dilbert has the knack (Thanks
      14-Sep         1,3,6                                                  Isabella)                            http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YIpqt7eMOBw
                                                                            Jerry needs no help playing with
                                                                               his ball (thanks Chris H).
                                                                                                                 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4PcL6-mjRNk

                                  Research a product’s history, develop
                                     a PowerPoint presentation, list        Brainstorm- 3 products you use
                                                                                                                           Open file and begin to complete (Evolution of Design/Evolution of
                                  chronologically the major innovations     everyday. 3 products of impact
                                                                                                                                     Design\Activity_Product_Evolution1.doc.) CW
                                     to a product, and present their                    to you.
                                           findings to a group.

                                  Research a product’s history, develop
                                     a PowerPoint presentation, list
                                                                            Data and picture collection.
                                  chronologically the major innovations
                                                                            Begin to create timeline.
                                     to a product, and present their
                                           findings to a group.

                                                                            How an engineer folds a t-shirt
                                          VOD (Video of the day)                                                           http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fZKKrUXjzDY&feature=related
                                                                             (thanks Nancy and Tristan)
  9/15/2011- Day 4      1,5,6
                                                                            Bonus Video- Corning (Thanks
                                                                                                                                    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6Cf7IL_eZ38
     16-Sep-11           3                                                               Andrew)
                                  Generate questions regarding EOD          Evolution of Design- PP and
                                                                                                                            Lab Period- Collect data and images. Add to your EOD folder.
                                               Project.                     DOC
                                                                             Pros/Cons Civil Eng (Thanks
                                                                                                                                    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IXzsELwzs7U
  9/16/2011-Day 3       1,8                                                               Nik)
                                   Learn proper technique for giving an
                                                                            Presenting in PowerPoint- Good
                                  oral presentation using PowerPoint as                                                You should have at least 5 generations of change. Use this as a guide.
                                                                                 vs. Bad Presentation
                                        to present more effectively.
      19-Sep            2,3,6
                                  Work collaboratively with a partner to
                                                                            Add to your NB- Presentation
                                   assist in the design/layout of their
                                                                            Guidelines- Evolution of Design
                                               presentation.
                                                                            folder

                                                                                Droid App (thanks Emilio)        https://market.android.com/details?id=com.bithack.apparatuslite&feature=related_ap
                                          VOD (Video of the day)
  9/19/2011-Day 2        8                                                                                                                               ps

                                   Learn proper technique for giving an
                                                                            Presenting in PowerPoint- Good
                                  oral presentation using PowerPoint as                                            In NB: 5 ways to make a good presentation. 5 ways to make a bad presentation.
                                                                                 vs. Bad Presentation
                                        to present more effectively.
      20-Sep         1,3,6
                                  Critique two ways of presenting to an         Presentation Comparison              Critique two different presentations in PowerPoint. Make changes to existing
                                                audience.                                                                                              presentation.
  9/21/2011- Day 4      1,5,6            VOD (Video of the day)             Rube (Thanks Alex)                   http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OAQ_c1C1JfQ&feature=related
                                                                              Drop Box Upload- CHECK
                                                                                                                                     Upload presentation to your period drop box.
     22-Sep-11           3                                                    YOUR STUDENT EMAIL
                                                                                                                     Last 10 minutes: Sw itch w ith a classmate and offer
                                                                                                                            constructiv e criticism on PP proj ect.
                                                                            Biomedical Engineering(Thanks
                                          VOD (Video of the day)                                                                  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=meQp6BJNuCM
  9/22/2011-Day 3       1,8                                                 Matt)
                                  Present their evolution of design              Student Presentations                               EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
      23-Sep            2,3,6     project to the class.
                                  Evaluate student presentations by                                                Fill-out the student critique sheet. Add a positive comment and one constrictive
                                                                                 Student Critique Sheet
                                  filling out attached sheet.                                                                                           comment.

                                          VOD (Video of the day)
  9/23/2011-Day 2        8                                                  Engineering Marvels                  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5HPlAfSfZOI&feature=email

                                          VOD (Video of the day)
      26-Sep         1,3,6                                                  furture of gaming (thx emma)         http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z-FRb8CZ__I&feature=channel_video_title

                                  Present their evolution of design              Student Presentations                               EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
                                  project to the class.
                                  Evaluate student presentations by                                                Fill-out the student critique sheet. Add a positive comment and one constrictive
                                                                                 Student Critique Sheet
                                  filling out attached sheet.                                                                                           comment.


                                          VOD (Video of the day)                3D Printer (Thanks Kevin)
  9/27/2011- Day 4      1,5,6                                                                                    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZboxMsSz5Aw
                                  Present their evolution of design              Student Presentations                               EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
     28-Sep-11           3        project to the class.
                                                                                                                   Fill-out the student critique sheet. Add a positive comment and one constrictive
                                  Evaluate student presentations by              Student Critique Sheet
                                                                                                                                                        comment.
                                  filling out attached sheet.

                                          VOD (Video of the day)                 Art/Eng (Thanks Joe)            http://www.bing.com/videos/search?q=Engineering+commercials&view=detail&mid
  9/28/2011-Day 3       1,8                                                                                      =DFC6A6F70D9EB15A582BDFC6A6F70D9EB15A582B&first=0&FORM=LKVR8

                                  Present their evolution of design              Student Presentations                               EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
      30-Sep            2,3,6     project to the class.
                                                                            After the last presentation, email   Answer the conclusion questions (email in body of message). Answer completely.
                                                                               critique sheet to me (as an        (Evolution of Design/Activity1_1_2EOD_ConclusionQues[2010].doc). Website:
                                  Evaluate student presentations by
                                                                                       attachment).                                           Evolution of Design Link
                                  filling out attached sheet.

                                                                                 Student Presentations                               EOD Student Presentations- Grading Rubric
                                  Present their evolution of design
  9/30/2011-Day 2        8        project to the class.
                                                                            After the last presentation, email   Answer the conclusion questions (email in body of message). Answer completely.
                                                                               critique sheet to me (as an        (Evolution of Design/Activity1_1_2EOD_ConclusionQues[2010].doc). Website:
                                  Evaluate student presentations by
                                                                                       attachment).                                           Evolution of Design Link
       3-Oct         1,3,6        filling out attached sheet.



                                          VOD (Video of the day)             Spray Clothing (Thanks Tyls)
  10/4/2011- Day 4      1,5,6                                                                                    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ScvdFeh1aOw

                                                 DO NOW
     5-Oct-11            3                                                  Unit 1.1 Key Terms                   Add the key terms to your digital notebook. Add definitions. Due TODAY
                                  Differentiate between an acceptable
                                  engineering notebook entry and an
                                  unacceptable engineering notebook                                              Add Engineers Notebook PP to notebook. Fill-in missing definitions/data as the
                                  entry.                                    Engineers Notebook PP                teacher presents the information.
                                  Apply engineering notebook standards
                                  and protocols when documenting their
                                       work during the school year.
                                                                            C/C Engineers Notebooks.             In your notes, CC why the first selection is better than the second.
                                  Identify and apply group brainstorming
                                   techniques and the rules associated
                                                                            Rules for Brainstorming PP
                                             with brainstorming.
                                                                            Notes
                                  Identify and apply group brainstorming
                                   techniques and the rules associated
                                                                            Beverage Design Challenge-
                                             with brainstorming.
                                                                            brainstorm, sketch and annotate.     Brainstorm in EN (use proper EN standards).

                                                                              OK Go Music Video- Rube
                                          VOD (Video of the day)
                                                                              Goldberg (Thanks Emilio)
  10/5/2011-Day 3       1,8                                                                                      http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qybUFnY7Y8w
                                  Identify and apply group brainstorming
                                                                                                                   Final Cup Idea using brainstorming ideas. Final design must be fully annotated
                                   techniques and the rules associated
                                                                            Beverage Design Challenge-                                 using the engineering notebook style.
                                             with brainstorming.
       6-Oct            2,3,6                                               brainstorm, sketch and annotate.
                                                                              Coffee Cup Team Meeting-
                                  Identify and apply group brainstorming
                                                                              Partner up and create a new
                                   techniques and the rules associated                                                        Finalize all sketches and organize your class presentation.
                                                                              Engineering notebook sheet.
                                             with brainstorming.
                                                                                  Begin to brainstorm.
  10/7/2011-Day 2        8                VOD (Video of the day)              I-Phone 4s (thanks Andrew)         http://www.apple.com/iphone/#video-4s
                                                                              Coffee Cup Team Meeting-
                                  Identify and apply group brainstorming
                                                                              Partner up and create a new
                                   techniques and the rules associated                                                        Finalize all sketches and organize your class presentation.
                                                                              Engineering notebook sheet.
                                             with brainstorming.
      11-Oct         1,3,6                                                         Create final sketch.
                                                                            Class Presentations- 3 minutes
                                                                                                                                                    Class Critique
                                                                                   per (Gallery Walk)
      Week 3
 10/12/2011- Day 4      1,6,8             VOD (Video of the day)                  CalTech (thanks Evin)          http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RKOil0qGh_o
                                  Identify and apply group brainstorming
                                                                             CC- 45 minute presentation of
                                   techniques and the rules associated                                                        Finalize all sketches and organize your class presentation.
                                                                                     final design
                                             with brainstorming.
     13-Oct-11           3
                                  Identify and apply group brainstorming
                                                                             CC- 45 minute presentation of
                                   techniques and the rules associated                                                        Finalize all sketches and organize your class presentation.
                                                                                     final design
                                             with brainstorming.
 10/13/2011-Day 3       1,8
                                                                                        Conclusion                 Answer the conclusion questions in your EN. Please write out the questions and
                                            DO NOW (20 min)
      14-Oct            3,6                                                                                                          answer in complete setences. DUE TODAY.
                                          VOD (Video of the day)                   Droid (thanks Kevin)          http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fqym5TCxtPE
                                  Identify the design process steps used
                                   in given scenarios and be able to list
                                                                          Engineering Design Process-
                                       the steps, if any are missing.
 10/14/2011-Day 2        8                                                12 Step Model                          Add logo and steps into notebook.
                                                                                                                 Open and save this file to your IED folder. IED\Unit
                                                                                                                 1\Activity1_1_3Gossomer_Condor_Design_Brief(2010). Web- Introduction to
      17-Oct         1,3,6                                                  Gossomer Condor Design Brief         Engineering Resources
                                                                                                                  Email Gossomer Condor Design Brief (last 2 pages only) in body of email. DUE at
                                                                            Flight of the Gossomer Condor
                                                                                                                                                  the end of the period.


                                          VOD (Video of the day)              Flyover Earth (Thanks Alvin)
 10/18/2011- Day 4      1,6,8                                                                                    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=74mhQyuyELQ

                                          VOD (Video of the day)                 IOS5 (Thanks Andrew)
     19-Oct-11           3                                                                                       http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LLJIef-e-7g

                                          VOD (Video of the day)               I-Cloud (Thanks Andrew)
                                                                                                                 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DCjeSNomXrU&feature=relmfu

                                  Identify the design process steps used                                         Using your Engineers NB, identify and describe each step of the design brief used
                                   in given scenarios and be able to list                                        by the team of designers. Use this word document as a guide.
                                       the steps, if any are missing.                                            (IED\Unit1\Example_Design_Process_2010). Web- Introduction to Engineering
                                                                            The Launch Video                     Resources.

                                  Identify the design process steps used                                         Using your Engineers NB, identify and describe each step of the design brief used
                                   in given scenarios and be able to list                                        by the team of designers. Use this word document as a guide.
                                       the steps, if any are missing.                                            (IED\Unit1\Example_Design_Process_2010). Web- Introduction to Engineering
 10/19/2011-Day 3       1,8                                                 The Launch Video                     Resources.



      20-Oct            3,6

                                          VOD (Video of the day)                   Isometric Car Sketch                              http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Adj2_hqD0_U
 10/20/2011-Day 2        8

                                                                             Isometric Sketching (Thanks                            http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KN7281MUp_U
                                          VOD (Video of the day)
                                                                                        Mr. G)
      21-Oct         1,3,6

                                                                                                                 Add the key terms to your digital notebook (IED\Unit1\1.2_Key_Terms.ppt. web
                                                 DO NOW
                                                                                                                 Drawing/Sketching Resources) . Add definitions. Email results (cut and paste in
                                                                            Unit 1.2 Key Terms                   body). Due Today

                                                                              Add Isometric_Pictorials (in
                                  Plot points on grid paper to aid in the      sketching_drawing folder)         Open this powerpoint, click F5 to view. Go through and read. When finished, start
                                  creation of sketches and drawings.                                             the isometric worksheet. Use this powerpoint as for assistance.


                                  Sketch an isometric view of simple              Isometric Worksheet            Classwork- Begin Isometric Worksheet. Complete p.1-3 in-class or homework.
                                  geometric solids.                                                              (IED\sketching-drawing\Activity1_2_1Isometric_Sketches[1].doc. Web
                                                                                                                 Drawing/Sketching Resouces\Isometric Worksheet)


                                                                                                                 Classwork- Finish Isometric Worksheet. Ex.3 on board (A). Back sketches on
                                           Isometric Sketch Lab                   Isometric Worksheet            separate iso sheet using box method. Trace on back using only object lines and
                                                                                                                 shade using traditional technique. Answer questions. (IED\sketching-
                                                                                                                 drawing\Activity1_2_1Isometric_Sketches[1].doc. Web Drawing/Sketching
 10/20/2011-Day 2         8                                                                                      Resouces\Isometric Worksheet)
      21-Oct         1,3,6


                                                                                  Isometric Worksheet            In class- Trace on back using only object lines and shade using traditional
 10/24/2011- Day 4      1,6       DUE TODAY (Homework)                                                           technique. Answer questions.
                                                                            Quantum Physics (Thanks                                 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ws6AAhTw7RA
                                          VOD (Video of the day)
     25-Oct-11          3,8                                                 Thomas)

                                  Identify, sketch, and explain the         Add Line_Conventions notes (in
                                  function of points, construction lines,      Unit1_sketching folder)           Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook.(IED\sketching-
                                  object lines, and hidden lines.                                                drawing\Line_Conventions[s2010].ppt. web Drawing/Sketching Resources)
                                  Sketch an isometric view of simple
                                  geometric solids.                                                              Using blank sheet of paper, sketch 3D blocks. You determine the size. Use both
                                                                            3D Blocks                            shading techniques.
 10/25/2011-Day 3       1,8               VOD (Video of the day)            Lowes (Thanks Nick)                  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U2iIprc_gYc
                                                                                                                 Add the key terms to your digital notebook (IED\Unit1\1.2_Key_Terms.ppt. web
                                              DUE TODAY                                                          Drawing/Sketching Resources) . Add definitions. Email results (cut and paste in
      26-Oct            3,6                                                 Unit 1.2 Key Terms                   body). Due

                                  Sketch an isometric view of simple
                                  geometric solids.                         DO NOW:3D Block Sketches             Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.

                                  Brainstorm and sketch possible            Introduction to the Cube Project
                                  solutions to an existing design           (Q & A)- Activity 1.4.1 Puzzle       Using Project 1.4.1 Puzzle Design Challenge (in the Cube Project folder) as a
 10/27/2011-Day 1       1,3,5     problem.                                  Design Challenge                     guide, begin to brainstorm possible solutions to the cube project.
      28-Oct              8               VOD (Video of the day)            THE BEST (thanks EJ)                 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zK8OjwMdn5I&feature=related
                                  Select an approach that meets or          Cube Brainstorming- Part
                                  satisfies the constraints given in a      Combinations;                        Brainstorm and sketch on isometric grid paper possible puzzle part combinations
                                  design brief.                             Activity1_4_2Puzzle_Part_Comb        for your cube using Activity 1.4.2 Brainstorming Possible Combinations. (Cube
                                                                            inations.doc                         Project Folder/ link)
                                          VOD (Video of the day)            Green Innovations (Thanks
 10/28/2011- Day 4      1,6                                                 Andrew)                              http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jvrOwUpYG90&feature=relmfu
                                                                            Cube Brainstorming- Part
                                  Brainstorm and sketch possible            Combinations;                        Brainstorm and sketch on isometric grid paper possible puzzle part combinations
                                  solutions to an existing design           Activity1_4_2Puzzle_Part_Comb        for your cube using Activity 1.4.2 Brainstorming Possible Combinations (3,4,5
     31-Oct-11          3,8       problem.                                  inations.doc                         combos).
       Week 8
     31-Oct-11          OFF
      1-Nov-11          OFF
      2-Nov-11          OFF
                                          VOD (Video of the day)            Green Innovations (Thanks
  11/3/2011- Day 4      1,6                                                 Andrew)                              http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jvrOwUpYG90&feature=relmfu
                                                                            Cube Brainstorming- Part
                                  Brainstorm and sketch possible            Combinations;                        Brainstorm and sketch on isometric grid paper possible puzzle part combinations
                                  solutions to an existing design           Activity1_4_2Puzzle_Part_Comb        for your cube using Activity 1.4.2 Brainstorming Possible Combinations (3,4,5
     4-Nov-11           3,8       problem.                                  inations.doc                         combos).
                                                                            Hovercraft Project (thanks Mr.
                                          VOD (Video of the day)
  11/4/2011-Day 3        1                                                  Gibson)                              http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tCo90a6nHsE&feature=related
                                                                            Cube Brainstorming- Part
                                  Brainstorm and sketch possible            Combinations;                        Brainstorm and sketch on isometric grid paper possible puzzle part combinations
                                  solutions to an existing design           Activity1_4_2Puzzle_Part_Comb        for your cube using Activity 1.4.2 Brainstorming Possible Combinations (3,4,5
       7-Nov            3,6,8     problem.                                  inations.doc                         combos).

                                                                            Mine Craft Earth (thanks
                                          VOD (Video of the day)
  11/8/2011-Day 1       1,3,5                                               Shawn)                               http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LWPk5zlKAEM
                                                 DO NOW
       9-Nov             8                                                  EN submission-10/26 and 10/27 Summerize the last two periods in your EN (engineers notebook).
                                                                            Cube Brainstorming- Part
                                  Brainstorm and sketch possible            Combinations;                 Brainstorm and sketch on isometric grid paper possible puzzle part combinations
                                  solutions to an existing design           Activity1_4_2Puzzle_Part_Comb for your cube using Activity 1.4.2 Brainstorming Possible Combinations (6 combos).
                                  problem.                                  inations.doc                  Email conclusion questions and hand in iso sheet by the end of the period.
                                                                            Mine Craft Earth (thanks
                                          VOD (Video of the day)
  11/9/2011- Day 4      1,6                                                 Shawn)                        http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LWPk5zlKAEM
                                                 DO NOW
     14-Nov-11          3,8                                                 EN submission-10/26 and 10/27 Summerize the last two periods in your EN (engineers notebook).
                                                                            Cube Brainstorming- Part
                                  Brainstorm and sketch possible            Combinations;                 Brainstorm and sketch on isometric grid paper possible puzzle part combinations
                                  solutions to an existing design           Activity1_4_2Puzzle_Part_Comb for your cube using Activity 1.4.2 Brainstorming Possible Combinations (6 combos).
                                  problem.                                  inations.doc                  Email conclusion questions and hand in iso sheet by the end of the period.

                                                                                                                 Sketch puzzle solution in a brainstorming format in EN. Create 2 different cubes
                                                                            Brainstorm- Cube Solution            solutions- color coordinated using isometric sheet (fold in half).
Week 9
  11/1/2010-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6           VOD (Video of the day)            Oblique Drawing                      http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1XApthNElAA&feature=related
                                  Select an approach that meets or
                                  satisfies the constraints given in a
                                  design brief.                             2 Cube Solutions                     Draw 2 possible cube solutions on iso paper. Color code- DUE TOM
                                  Explain how an oblique view of simple
                                  geometric solids differs from an            Add Oblique_Pictorials (in         Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook.(Z:\IED\sketching-drawing) web
                                  isometric view.                              Unit1_sketching folder)           (drawing/sketching resources)

                                  Describe the concept of proportion as                                          Handouts- Complete the handout for homework. (Z:\IED\sketching-drawing) web
                                  it relates to freehand sketching.         Act.1.2.2 Oblique Sketches           (drawing/sketching resources). Due TOM
  11/2/2010-Day 4      1,2,5,8             VOD (Video of the day)           Burj Dubai (Thanks Chris)            http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5LjTWSKbfiU

                                  Plot points on grid paper to aid in the   Sketch 3D Solid Sketches-
       3-Nov             3        creation of sketches and drawings.        Oblique                              Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.
                                  Brainstorm and sketch possible
                                  solutions to an existing design
                                  problem.                                  2 Cube Solutions                     Draw 2 possible cube solutions on iso paper. Color code- DUE Today
                                  Explain how an oblique view of simple
                                  geometric solids differs from an          Hand-in HW- Act 1.2.2
                                  isometric view.                           Obliques Sketches                    (Z:\IED\sketching-drawing) web (drawing/sketching resources). Due TODAY
                                          VOD (Video of the day)
  11/3/2010- Day 3      1,8,5                                               Crème that egg (Thanks Carl)         http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vrCb_fNmSTA
                                                                            Create completed cube
                                  Plot points on grid paper to aid in the   brainstorm and part sketches         Sketch cube parts on white paper (no lines); isometric and oblique. Neatly sketch
     8-Nov-10           2,3,6     creation of sketches and drawings.        (iso and oblique).                   isometric sketches of cube ideas.
     Week 10
                                          VOD (Video of the day)            Amazing Symphony Machine
  11/9/2010-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6                                             (thanks Sam A)                       http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Cb1vr_ZMh-w
                                  Sketch one-point, two-point, and three-
                                  point perspectives of simple              Add perspective_Sketches (in
                                  geometric solids.                         Unit1_sketching folder)              Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook.



                                  Describe the concept of proportion as
                                  it relates to freehand sketching.         Act.1.2.3 Perspective Sketches       Handouts- Complete the handout in class.
                                          VOD (Video of the day)            Reinventing the wheel (thanks
 11/10/2010-Day 4      1,2,5,8                                              Adara)                               http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xq4fNhtKjus


                                  Describe the concept of proportion as
      11-Nov             3        it relates to freehand sketching.         Act.1.2.3 Perspective Sketches       Handouts- Complete the handout.

                                  Plot points on grid paper to aid in the
                                  creation of sketches and drawings.        Sketch 3D Solid Sketches             Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.

                                  Describe the concept of proportion as
 11/11/2010- Day 3      1,8,5     it relates to freehand sketching.         Act.1.2.3 Perspective Sketches       Handouts- Complete the handout and submit. DUE TODAY


                                                                                                                 When finished- Create a 1, 2, and 3-point perspective of the THIRD block in the 3D
                                                                                                                 Block pwerpoint located in the IED sketching/drawing folder or from my web site
     12-Nov-10          2,3                                                                                      (same name). THIS IS THE LAST GRADE OF THE 3rd MP (closes tomorrow).


                                  If you are having difficulty with a sketch, create the box, vanishing points, and AT LEAST sketch the object lines on the outside faces of the box.
                                                                                                                                !!
                                   I will help you tomorrow. The perspective assignments are our last two grades, get 100% !! If your page is blank and you say "I don't get it", I will
                                                                        not accept it. You can at least create the box. Also, please help eachother.
     Week 11
                                                                            Arena Changeover (Thanks
                                          VOD (Video of the day)
 11/15/2010-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6                                             Chris)                               http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4d1DSj1Hrcw&feature=related
                                                                            Create completed cube part
                                                                            sketches- isometric, oblique        Use light lines for construction lines and dark (colored pencil) for object. Draw Iso
                                 Plot points on grid paper to aid in the    (cabinet) and 3-point               in top right, oblique (cab) in lower left, and 3 pt in lower right. Don't forget to use
                                 creation of sketches and drawings.         perspective. Color code.            the colors designated in your final cube sketch.
                                                                            Arena Changeover (Thanks
                                        VOD (Video of the day)
 11/16/2010-Day 4     1,2,5,6                                               Chris)                              http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qBFFqnvmWKg
                                                                              Add Multiview_Sketching (in
                                 Sketch multiview drawings of simple                                            Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook. (IED\sketching-
                                                                                Unit1_sketching folder)
      17-Nov            3        geometric solids.                                                              drawing\Multiview_Sketching[teacher].doc. Web Drawing/Sketching Resources)
                                                                            Create completed cube part
                                                                            sketches- isometric, oblique
                                                                            (cabinet) and 3-point               Use light lines for construction lines and dark (colored pencil) for object. Draw Iso
                                 Plot points on grid paper to aid in the    perspective. Color code. DUE        in top right, oblique (cab) in lower left, and 3 pt in lower right. Don't forget to use
                                 creation of sketches and drawings.         TOMORROW .                          the colors designated in your final cube sketch.
                                                                                                                Add the key terms to your digital notebook (IED\Unit1\1.2_Key_Terms.ppt. web
                                             DUE TODAY                                                          Drawing/Sketching Resources) . Add definitions. Email results (cut and paste in
 11/17/2010- Day 3     1,5                                                  Unit 1.2 Key Terms                  body). Due Today
                                                                                                                Use light lines for construction lines and dark (colored pencil) for object. Draw Iso
                                             DUE TODAY                      5 Part sketches (oblique, iso, 3    in top right, oblique (cab) in lower left, and 3 pt in lower right. Don't forget to use
    18-Nov-10         2,3,6                                                 pt. for each part).                 the colors designated in your final cube sketch.
                                                                              Add Multiview_Sketching (in
                               Sketch multiview drawings of simple              Unit1_sketching folder)         Teacher Lecture- Add notes to IED Notebook. (IED\sketching-
 11/15/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6 geometric solids.                                                                drawing\Multiview_Sketching[teacher].doc. Web Drawing/Sketching Resources)

                                 Plot points on grid paper to aid in the
                                 creation of sketches and drawings.         Sketch 3D Solid Sketches            Using 3D blocks, students will have 5 minutes to sketch each block.

                                 Plot points on grid paper to aid in the    Create completed cube parts         Sketch cube parts on white paper (no lines); multiview. Neatly sketch perspective
                                 creation of sketches and drawings.         sketches - multiview                sketches of cube ideas
     W eek 12

                                                                            TEST-PART A- Matching- Use
                                                                            Scantron. DO NOT W RITE ON
                                                                            THE TEST. PUT YOUR NAME
                                                                            AND TEST NUMBER ON
                                                                            THE SCANTRON OR IT         CLOSED NOTE TEST. MONITORS OFF WHILE TAKING THE EXAM. Hand in
 11/22/2010-Day 4     1,2,5,6                                               W ILL NOT BE GRADED!       when finished and begin the next activity (see below).
      23-Nov             3

                                                                            TEST- PART B- Unit 1.2
                                                                            Technical Sketching Test (THIS THIS SECTION MUST BE COMPLETED IN PENCIL. IF YOU NEED MORE
 11/23/2010- Day 3     1,5                                                  IS NOT OPEN NOTE)              TIME, YOU MAY WORK ON THE TEST TOMORROW.

                               Plot points on grid paper to aid in the      Create completed cube parts         Sketch cube parts on white paper (no lines); multiview. Full size (3/4" edges, use
    24-Nov-10        1,2,3,5,6 creation of sketches and drawings.           sketches - multiview                your isometric front view as a guide, light CL, dark OL, dashed HL)
     Week 13
                                                                            TEST- PART B- Unit 1.2
                                                                            Technical Sketching Test (THIS THIS SECTION MUST BE COMPLETED IN PENCIL. IF YOU NEED MORE
    29-Nov-10         2,3,6                                                 IS NOT OPEN NOTE)              TIME, YOU MAY WORK ON THE TEST TOMORROW.
                                   Students will be able to create 3-D
                                  models in Inventor using the extrude
                                                                            Inventor Introduction- 3D
                                      and sketch plane functions.
 11/30/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                              modeling- 2D, extrude               Introduction to Inventor- 2D, Extrude
                                   Students will be able to create 3-D
                                  models in Inventor using the extrude
                                                                            Inventor Introduction- 3D           Students will create 2D sketches and convert into a 3D model.
                                      and sketch plane functions.
 12/1/2010-Day 4      1,2,5,6                                               modeling- 2D, extrude               (IED/Inventor/CreatingCubeParts.doc)
      2-Dec              3                                                                                      DUE AT THE END OF THE PERIOD
                                   Students will be able to create 3-D
                                  models in Inventor using the extrude      Inventor Introduction- 3D
                                      and sketch plane functions.           modeling- Assembly                  Add to notes. (IED/Inventor/BasicAssemblyConstraints.ppt Web-Cube
 12/2/2010- Day 3     1,8,5                                                 Constraints                         resources/Creating an Assembly in Inventor)
    3-Dec-10           2,3                                                                                      Students will assemble cube parts into a fully constrained assembly.
     Week 14



 12/6/2010-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6                                              Go over Unit 1 Test
                                                                            Creating an Inventor Working
                                 Students will create working drawings      Drawing (3-view) using TITLE        Save TITLE BLOCK C.idw file into your IED folder (in IED folder). Open and add 3-
                                 in inventor.                               BLOCK C.idw file.                   views and isometric of each part. Save each idw into your cube folder.

                                 Apply linear dimensions to a multiview                                         Create Inventor .IDW file showing 3-views (front, top, side) and a colored isometric).
                                                drawing.                                                        CHECK DIMENSIONS. Print to the HP5550 when complete (please ask
 12/7/2010-Day 4      1,2,5,6                                               Inventor IDW Creation               Mr.Gibson first).
      8-Dec             3

                                   Students will be able to create an
                                  exploded view and parts list for their    Inventor Introduction- 3D
                                    puzzle cube assembly drawing.           modeling- Assembly w/parts          Use the attached step-by-step powerpoint to help create an exploded view with parts
 12/8/2010- Day 3     1,8,5                                                 list                                list. (IED/Cube2010/Exploded Cube.ipt)

                                 Apply linear dimensions to a multiview                                         Create Inventor .IDW file showing 3-views (front, top, side) and a colored isometric).
                                                drawing.                                                        CHECK DIMENSIONS. Print to the HP5550 when complete (please ask Mr.
    9-Dec-10           2,3                                                  Inventor IDW and parts list         Chin/Gibson first).
                                                                              When finished with
                                                                                everything on
 12/10/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6                                              Inventor, begin to glue             Use scrap under the cubes. Light glue. Do not make a mess!
                                     Students will be able to compile
                                  documentation of the processes that
                                   they went through using the design
                                                                                                                Use the attached checklist (IED/Cube Project/Cube Rubric_doc_only.xls) to prepare
                                         loop to solve a problem.
                                                                                    Project Rubric              your doc portfolio.
     Week 14

                                     Students will be able to compile
                                  documentation of the processes that
                                   they went through using the design
                                         loop to solve a problem.                                               Use the attached checklist (IED/Cube Project/Cube Rubric_doc_only10.xls) to
 12/13/2010-Day 4     1,2,5,6                                                       Project Rubric              prepare your doc portfolio.

                                                                                                                Use the attached doc sheet (IED/Cube Project/blank documentation sheet.ppt) to
      14-Dec            3                                                    Blank Documentation Sheets         prepare your doc portfolio.

                                                                              Problem Statement, Design         Add this sheet to your completed documentation prior to binding. Mr. Gibson will
                                                                                 Brief, Specifications          give you a copy. (IED/Cube Project/problemstatement.ppt)

                                                                                                                Cut and paste/tape individual part sketches. Each page should include the multi-
                                                                                  Engineers Notebook            view, iso, oblique, and perspective of each part (5 EN pages).
                                     Students will be able to compile
                                  documentation of the processes that
                                   they went through using the design
                                                                            Bind documentation when             Create a title page and print on idw. Attach Problem statement, design brief,
                                         loop to solve a problem.
 12/14/2010- Day 3    1,8,5                                                 finished. Hand in with EN.          NEATLY write title block info on hand sheets (1/4 " high).

      15-Dec           2,3
                                     Students will be able to compile
                                  documentation of the processes that
                                                                             PUZZLE CUBE DOC
                                                                                                                Use the attached checklist (IED/Cube Project/Cube Rubric_doc_only10.xls) to
 12/16/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6     they went through using the design         DUE TODAY!!!!!!                   prepare your doc portfolio.
                                         loop to solve a problem.           Bind documentation when             Create a title page and print on idw. Attach Problem statement, design brief,
                                                                            finished. Hand in with EN.          NEATLY write title block info on hand sheets (1/4 " high).
                                  Test and evaluate the prototype and             Puzzle Cube Challenge
                                                                                                                                  Puzzle Cube Challenge with documentation
 12/17/2010-Day 4     1,2,5,6               record results.
      20-Dec             3

                                                                                                                Define without use of dictionary.com or notes. We will go over in class and see how
                                  Test and evaluate the prototype and
                                                                            DO NOW- Open 1.4 Key Terms.           many you can answer. (IED/Cube2010/Lesson1_4KeyTerms[1].doc web Cube
                                            record results.
 12/20/2010- Day 3    1,8,5                                                                                                                   Resources/1.4 Key Terms

                                                                               Cube Relflection Questions                  Begin to answer cube reflection questions. Due Today
                                                                                                                 (IED/Cube2010/Cubereflection.doc web-Cube resources/Cube Reflection Sheet

                                                                                                                         Brainstorm 3 packaging ideas in EN. Due at the end of the period.
                                  Identify the purpose of packaging in          Act 1.4.3 Cube Packaging                (IED/Cube2010/Activity1.4.3Puzzle_Cube_Pkg[2010].doc Web Cube
                                   the design of consumer products.
      21-Dec          2,3,6                                                                                                          Resources/Puzzle Package Challenge)

                                  Identify the purpose of packaging in
                                                                                        Marketing                 Add ppt to your digital notebook (IED/Cube2010/Marketing[2010].ppt Web Cube
                                   the design of consumer products.
                                                                                                                                                Resources/Marketing
 12/22/2010-Day 1    1,2,3,5,6
                                                                                Act 1.4.3 Cube Packaging                          Create a mock-up of package using graph paper.
                                                                                Act 1.4.3 Cube Packaging             Create layout on 11x17 template. Begin to add graphics and information.

                                  Identify the purpose of packaging in                                                               Print out package, cut, score and fold.
                                   the design of consumer products.             Act 1.4.3 Cube Packaging                (IED/Cube2010/Activity1.4.3Puzzle_Cube_Pkg[2010].doc Web Cube
                                                                                                                                    Resources/Puzzle Package Challenge)
12/22/2010-Half Day 1,2,3,5,6


                                                                                                                Annotate the Package Design Process. Provide meaningful feedback by evaluating
                                                                                                                 yourself and the project. Provide positive critique as well as constructive criticism.
                                                                            Cube Project Relfection in EN
                                  These assignments are past due. If                                            Each are should include a "if I could go back, I would…" factor. Also, please provide
                                 you have not finished them, please do                                                                    me with ways of improving the unit.
  1/3/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6
                                              so at home.
                                                                                                                Define without use of dictionary.com or notes. We will go over in class and see how
                                                                                        Key Terms                                 many you can answer. (IED/Measurements and
                                                                                                                 Statistics/Lesson1_3KeyTerms[1].doc web Measurements and Statistics/1.3 Key
      4-Jan             3                                                                                                                              Terms
                                 Research and design a book jacket on
                                                                                                                 Open Project 1.3.1. Read the directions. Begin the web quest and complete the
                                    the origins of the measurement              Project 1.3.1 History of
                                                                                                                packet. Make sure you find plenty of pictures and facts for you EN cover. Note: You
                                                systems.                            Measurement
                                                                                                                   may work together BUT you are not creating a CD cover. Only the EN cover.
  1/4/2011- Day 3      1,5

                                                                                                                Once you're ready to design your cover. Open the template (IED/Measurements and
                                                                                  Book cover template           Statistics/bookcovertemp.ppt) Don't forget to measure up the book. Also, your name
                                                                                                                         and period must be typed on the spine of the cover (in legible font).
      5-Jan           2,3,6
                                                                                Project 1.3.1 History of
                                                                                Measurement Rubric.

                                 Research and design a book jacket on
                                                                                                                 Open Project 1.3.1. Read the directions. Begin the web quest and complete the
                                    the origins of the measurement              Project 1.3.1 History of
                                                                                                                packet. Make sure you find plenty of pictures and facts for you EN cover. Note: You
                                                systems.                            Measurement
                                                                                                                   may work together BUT you are not creating a CD cover. Only the EN cover.
  1/6/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6
                                                                                                                Once you're ready to design your cover. Open the template (IED/Measurements and
                                                                                  Book cover template           Statistics/bookcovertemp.ppt) Don't forget to measure up the book. Also, your name
                                                                                                                         and period must be typed on the spine of the cover (in legible font).

                                 Research and design a book jacket on
                                                                                Project 1.3.1 History of
                                    the origins of the measurement                                                        DUE- Open Project 1.3.1 Project Rubric. (IED/Measurements and
                                                                                Measurement Rubric.
                                                systems.                                                                    Statistics/Project_1_3_1History_Measurement_Rubric.doc)
  1/7/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6

                                                                                                                                     Print out package, cut, score and fold.
                                                                                                                        (IED/Cube2010/Activity1.4.3Puzzle_Cube_Pkg[2010].doc Web Cube
                                                                                                                                    Resources/Puzzle Package Challenge)
      10-Jan            3


                                 Research and design a book jacket on
                                                                                                                       Print out the History of Measurement Cover. (IED/Measurements and
                                    the origins of the measurement
                                                                                  Book cover template             Statistics/bookcovertemp.ppt) Also, your name and period must be typed on the
                                                systems.
                                                                                                                                          spine of the cover (in legible font).
 1/10/2011- Day 3      1,5
      11-Jan          2,3,6                                                       End of Cube Rubric

 1/12/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6               SNOW DAY
                                 Measure and record linear distances
                                                                                                                               Add ppt to your digital notebook (IED/Measurements and
                                  using a scale to a precision of 1/16        Scale Reading Basics.ppt.
                                                                                                                       Statistics/Scale_Reading_Basics[s2010].ppt Web Measurements and
                                            inch and 1 mm.
                                                                                                                                            Statistics/Scale Reading Basics
 1/13/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6
                                       Convert linear distance
                                     measurements from inches to            Activity 1.3.2 English and Metric     Begin activity. Show all work on the activity. Use your EN as a guide. Finish for
                                      millimeters and vice versa.                Linear Measurements.                                                homework.
      14-Jan            3
                                                                                Activity 1.3.2a Decimal
                                                                                 Conversion Chart.                                              Cut and Paste into EN

                                                                                                                Define without use of dictionary.com or notes. We will go over in class and see how
                                                                            DO NOW- Open 1.3 Key Terms.                           many you can answer. (IED/Measurements and
 1/14/2011- Day 3      1,5                                                                                                          Statistics/Lesson1_3KeyTerms[1].doc web
                                                                             Activity 1.3.3 fischertechniks®    Begin activity. Show all work on the activity. Use your Digital Notebook as a guide.
                                                                                   Block Measurement                                           Finish for homework.
      18-Jan          2,3,6
                                                                            Dial Calipers.ppt.

                                                                                                                Define without use of dictionary.com or notes. We will go over in class and see how
                                                                             DUE TODAY- Open 1.3 Key
                                                                                                                                  many you can answer. (IED/Measurements and
                                                                                    Terms.
 1/19/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6                                                                                         Statistics/Lesson1_3KeyTerms[1].doc web. Email to me in the body.

                                                                            Activity 1.3.2 English and Metric
                                                                                 Linear Measurements.                                             Go over homework.


                                  Calculate the mean, mode, median,
                                                                             Activity 1.3.3 fischertechniks®
                                       and range of a data set.                                                                                         Go over.
                                                                                   Block Measurement

                                    Create a histogram of recorded
                                                                                                                               Add ppt to your digital notebook (IED/Measurements and
                                 measurements showing data elements         Intro_Basic_Statistics[student20
                                                                                                                     Statistics/Intro_Basic_Statistics[student2010].ppt Web Measurements and
                                   or class intervals, and frequency.                   10].ppt
                                                                                                                                       Statistics/Introduction to Basic Statistics


                                    Create a histogram of recorded
                                 measurements showing data elements         Activity 1.3.5 Applied Statistics
                                                                                                                       Handout. Measure 3/4" cubes and record data. DUE TOMORROW
                                   or class intervals, and frequency.


                                   Students will be tested on their
                                                                              Measurement and Statistics
                                     knowledge of properties of                                                                                    Go over activity.
                                                                                       Test
                                  measurements and basic statistics.
 1/20/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6
      21-Jan             3
 1/21/2011- Day 3       1,5                   SNOW DAY
      24-Jan           2,3,6


                                   Students will be tested on their
                                                                              Measurement and Statistics
                                     knowledge of properties of                                                                                    Go over activity.
                                                                                       Test
                                  measurements and basic statistics.
      24-Jan            3
                                                                               Go over Measurement and
                       2,6                                                          Statistics Test
                                                                               Go over Measurement and
                                                                                                                                               Hand-out grade reports.
 1/25/2011-Day 1        3                                                           Statistics Test
                                  Calculate the mean, mode, median,
                                                                             Activity 1.3.3 fischertechniks®
                                       and range of a data set.                                                                             DUE at the end of the period.
                                                                                   Block Measurement
                      2,5,6
                                 Identify and explain the various
                                geometric relationships that exist
                                  between the elements of two-                                                Q&A; Troubleshooting: Tangent, Mirror, Chamfer, Fillet, Mirror Line, Circular
 1/26/2011-Day 1                 dimensional shapes and three-              Activity 2.1.3 Making Sketches in Pattern with Inscribed Triangle, and Rectangular Pattern. Continue to complete the
    Make-up          1,2,3,5,6          dimensional forms.                  CAD                               19 exercises.
  1/27/2011-Day 4     1,2,5,6 SNOW DAY
       28-Jan            3
                                 Identify and explain the various
                                geometric relationships that exist
                                  between the elements of two-                                                Q&A; Troubleshooting: Tangent, Mirror, Chamfer, Fillet, Mirror Line, Circular
                                 dimensional shapes and three-              Activity 2.1.3 Making Sketches in Pattern with Inscribed Triangle, and Rectangular Pattern. Continue to complete the
 1/28/2011- Day 3      1,3,5            dimensional forms.                  CAD                               19 exercises.
      31-Jan            2,6

                                     Identify and explain the various
                                    geometric relationships that exist
                                      between the elements of two-
                                     dimensional shapes and three-          Activity 2.1.3 Making Sketches in
  2/1/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6              dimensional forms.              CAD                               DUE AT THE END OF THE PERIOD
  2/2/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6                  SNOW DAY
                                 Identify common geometric shapes                                               Add ppt to your digital notebook (IED/Unit 2/Geometric_Shapes_Area[students].ppt
                                 and forms by name.
                                                                                                                                Web 2D/3D Properties/Geometric Shape and Area
      3-Feb           3,1,5                                                 Geometric_Shapes_Area.ppt
                                     Identify and explain the various
                                    geometric relationships that exist
                                      between the elements of two-
                                     dimensional shapes and three-          Activity 2.1.3 Making Sketches in
                       2,6                  dimensional forms.              CAD                               DUE AT THE END OF THE PERIOD- Email questions (body).
                                       Calculate the area of simple         Act 2.1.1 Shape and
  2/3/2011- Day 3            3              geometric shapes.               Measurement Madness               Begin after completing 2.1.3
                                 Identify common geometric shapes
                                                                                                                Add ppt to your digital notebook (IED/Unit 2/Geometric_Shapes_Area[students].ppt
                                 and forms by name.
                                                                                                                                Web 2D/3D Properties/Geometric Shape and Area
      4-Feb                                                                 Geometric_Shapes_Area.ppt


  2/7/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6                DO NOW                                     Email                  In inventor, how do you know when you're in 2D mode vs. 3D mode?
                                      Calculate the area of simple          Act 2.1.1 Shape and
                                          geometric shapes.                 Measurement Madness                 DUE TOMORROW
                                 Explain how a given object’s geometry
                                 is the result of sequential additive and
                                                                                                                Begin creating the attached sketches in Inventor. Create a folder called "3D". Save
                                          subtractive processes.
  2/8/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6                                               Act 2.1.5 CAD Model Features        each file as the activity name. (IED/Unit 2/Act_2_1_5CAD Model Features.doc)
                                      Calculate the area of simple          Act 2.1.1 Shape and
      9-Feb             3                 geometric shapes.                 Measurement Madness                 DUE TOMORROW
                               Explain how a given object’s geometry
                               is the result of sequential additive and
                                        subtractive processes.
  2/9/2011- Day 3      1,8,5                                                Act 2.1.5 CAD Model Features        DUE TODAY (IED/Unit 2/Act_2_1_5CAD Model Features.doc)
                                    Calculate the area of simple            Act 2.1.1 Shape and
    10-Feb-11          2,3,6              geometric shapes.                 Measurement Madness                 GO OVER
 2/11/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6 COURSE RECOMMENDATIONS                                                           laxattack19@gmail.com
                                             DUE TODAY                      Act 2.1.4 Calculating the
                                                                            Properties of Solids                DUE AT THE END OF THE PERIOD- Email questions (body).
                                 Utilize sketch-based, work reference,
                                 and placed features to develop solid
                                                                                Advanced Inventor Skills
                                 CAD models from dimensioned
                                 drawings.                                                                      IED/Unit 2/Advanced Inventor Problems3D.ppt

                                                                            Inventor troubleshooting-
 2/14/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6                                               Advanced #1 and #2.
                                 Utilize sketch-based, work reference,
                                 and placed features to develop solid           Advanced Inventor Skills
                                 CAD models from dimensioned
      15-Feb            3        drawings.                                                                      IED/Unit 2/Advanced Inventor Problems3D.ppt
                                                                                                                Create this shape on inventor in 1 minute. DISREGARD ANY DIMENSIONS.
 2/15/2011- Day 3      1,5                                                  DO NOW                              IED/Unit 2/spinningtop.jpg
                                    Identify and explain the various
                                   geometric relationships that exist
                                     between the elements of two-                                               Follow teacher guided lesson. Fill-in blanks to the attached PowerPoint in your
                                    dimensional shapes and three-           Properties of Geometric             digital notebook. (IED/Unit 2/Activity2_1_4Calculating_Properties_Solids[1].doc
    16-Feb-11         2,3,6                dimensional forms.               Solids.ppt- Add to notebook         Web 2D/3D Properties/Calculating Properties of Solids
                                 Calculate the surface area and volume
                                      of simple geometric forms.
                                                                            Act 2.1.4 Calculating Properties    Add calculations from your notes to each corresponding problem. List the given
                                                                            of Solids                           measurements and the formula needed to solve for each problem. DO NOT SOLVE.
                                 Utilize sketch-based, work reference,
                                  and placed features to develop solid
                                    CAD models from dimensioned                 Advanced Inventor Skills
                                               drawings.
                                                                                                                IED/Unit 2/Advanced Inventor Problems3D.ppt
                                                                              PVC Pipe- Profile Diameter
                                               DO NOW
 2/17/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6                                                      .125", Shell .01            Added to advanced inventor problems
                                                                               Inventor troubleshooting-
                                                                                  Advanced #3 and #4.
                                 Utilize sketch-based, work reference,
                                  and placed features to develop solid
                                    CAD models from dimensioned
                                               drawings.
 2/18/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6
                                 Calculate the surface area and volume
                                      of simple geometric forms.
                                                                            Act 2.1.4 Calculating Properties
      15-Feb            3                                                   of Solids                           Go Over

                                    Brainstorm and sketch possible
                                    solutions to an existing design                                                            Add ppt to your digital notebook (IED/Locker Organizer
                                                                                    Design Process
                                               problem.                                                                                  11/Design_Process_Overview.ppt)
 2/22/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6
                                 Explain what constraints are and why
                                  they are included in a design brief.         Locker Organizer Acitivity
                                                                                                                Project introduction. Brainstorm and document steps 1-3 in Engineers Notebook.
                                                                                                                (IED/Locker Organizer11/LockerOrganizerDesignBrief.doc)
                                    Brainstorm and sketch possible
                                                                                                                 Brainstorm- Come up with 5 possible ideas (PP and pics). Create a PP slide for
                                    solutions to an existing design               Project Introduction
                                                                                                                                     joints- dado, rabbet, finger, and lap.
                                               problem.
                                                                                                                Add the key terms to your digital notebook (IED\Locker
                                               DO NOW                                                           Organizer11/Lesson2_4Key_Terms.doc) . Add definitions. Email results (cut and
 2/23/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6                                               Unit 2.4 Key Terms                  paste in body). Due
                                    Students will be able to identify
                                   constraints and discover possible        Teamwork.ppt (IED/Locker                                   Meet in groups to formulate constraints.
      24-Feb            3                      solutions.                   Organizer11/Teamwork.ppt)
                                      Brainstorm and sketch
                                                                                                                DOC- 1,2,3: Sketch 3 ideas (from the 5). Annotate the sketches. Create a PP slide
                                     possible solutions to an                Research & Brainstorm              for joints- dado, rabbet, finger
                                     existing design problem.
                                    Students will be able to identify
                                   constraints and discover possible                                            Record Q & A in EN. Apply to project constraints.
 2/24/2011- Day 3      1,5                     solutions.                   Project Q & A
                                                                                                                Add the key terms to your digital notebook (IED\Locker
                                             DUE TODAY                                                          Organizer11/Lesson2_4Key_Terms.doc) . Add definitions. Email results (cut and
    25-Feb-11         2,3,6                                                 Unit 2.4 Key Terms                  paste in body). Due Today

                                 Identify the types of structural                                               Add to your IED folder (IED\Locker
                                 connections that exist in a given                                              Organizer11/Wood_Fasteners_Joinery_Adhesives.ppt) . Complete the attached
                                 object.                                    Wood_Fasteners_Joinery_Adhe         assignment (IED\Locker Organizer11/Wood_Joinery_Identification[2011].doc).
                                                                            sives.ppt                           Email results (cut and paste in body). Due Today
                                                                             Step 4:identifying criteria and
                                  Apply engineering notebook standards       specifying constraints
                                  and protocols when documenting their       Step 5:exploring possibilities    Sketch 3 DIFFERENT ideas in 3D form. Label joinery and features. Give pro's and
                                  work during the school year.                                                 con's and any other information needed for someone to take over the project. Identify
  2/28/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6                                                                                10 constraints.

                                  Explain what constraints are and why       Define constraints (in terms of
   3/1/2011-Day 4        5,6      they are included in a design brief.       our project).                     Email result to me and finish creating 10 constraints in your EN.

                                  Students will be able to create working                                      Fill-out decision matrix by inputting 3 ideas and 8 constraints (from
                                   drawings with proper dimensions of                                          yesterday).(IED\Locker Organizer11/Project2_4_1Decision_Matrix_Template.doc)
                                      individual parts using Inventor        Do now: Complete decision         SAVE IN LOCKER ORGANIZER FOLDER. SUMMARIZE IN EN (with date).
  3/2/2011- Day 3        1,3                                                 matrix                            Email to me.
                                                                                                               Dates of submission (4 class periods). Quality of brainstorming. 3 Rough Sketches
                                                                             Notebook Grade Criteria (100      (includes; joinery info, product info, pros/cons, annotations, quality, 3D), Rationale
  3/3/2011- Day 2        6                                                   points)-                          on selecting the final idea.
                                                                               Step 6: developing a design
                                           GOOGLE PATENT                                 proposal              Once a final solution is selected, modify (if needed) and create a FINAL 3D sketch
   3/4/2011-Day 1      1,2,3,5                                                                                 with annotations and dimensions. This is neat.
                                                                               Step 6: developing a design
                                                                                         proposal              Once a final solution is selected, modify (if needed) and create a FINAL 3D sketch
                                                                                                               with annotations and dimensions. This is neat.


                                                                                                               Be able to differentiate between wood thicknesses. Exploded views of joints used
                                                                                  Include in final sketch-
                                                                                                               along with labeling all joints (by numbers). Include all dimensions necessary
                                                                                                               whether it is on the drawing or on the side. List the purpose of each feature.
                                                                                                               FINISH FOR HOMEWORK


                                  Explain how a given object’s geometry
                                  is the result of sequential additive and
                                           subtractive processes.
                                                                             Additive/Subtractive Solid        Add the powerpoint to your digital notebook (IED\Locker
   3/7/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6                                               Modeling                          Organizer11/Additive_Subtractive_Solid_Modeling[s2010].ppt) .
                                  Perform part manipulation during the
                                    creation of an assembly model.               Inventor Model Creation
       8-Mar             3                                                                                     Create an .IPT file for EACH organizer part. Save in your Locker Organizer folder.
                                  Perform part manipulation during the
                                    creation of an assembly model.               Inventor Model Creation
  3/8/2011- Day 3       1,8,5                                                                                  Create an .IPT file for EACH organizer part. Save in your Locker Organizer folder.
                                  Create solid computer-aided design
                                    (CAD) models of each part from                                             Be able to differentiate between wood thicknesses. Exploded views of joints used
                                  dimensioned sketches using a variety            FINAL SKETCH DUE             along with labeling all joints (by numbers). Include all dimensions necessary
                                              of methods.                                                      whether it is on the drawing or on the side. List the purpose of each feature. Should
     9-Mar-11           2,3,6                                                                                  be in notebook, labled FINAL SKETCH.
                                      Apply geometric numeric and
                                   parametric constraints to form CAD            Inventor Model Creation
  3/10/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6              modeled parts.                                                    Create an .IPT file for EACH organizer part. Save in your Locker Organizer folder.
                                  Assemble the product using the CAD
                                         modeling software.
                                      Apply geometric numeric and
                                   parametric constraints to form CAD            Inventor Model Creation
  3/11/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6               modeled parts.                                                    Create an .IPT file for EACH organizer part. Save in your Locker Organizer folder.

                                  Explain how assembly constraints are
                                    used to systematically remove the
                                     degrees of freedom for a set of
                                    components in a given assembly.
      14-Mar             3

                                  Assemble the product using the CAD
                                                                                 Inventor Model Creation
  3/14/2011- Day 3      1,8,5            modeling software.                                                    Create an .IPT file for EACH organizer part. Save in your Locker Organizer folder.
     15-Mar-11          2,3,6
                                  Assemble the product using the CAD
                                                                                 Inventor Model Creation
  3/16/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6          modeling software.                                                    Create an .IPT file for EACH organizer part. Save in your Locker Organizer folder.
                                  Perform part manipulation during the
                                    creation of an assembly model.
  3/17/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6                                               Accessorize organizer
      18-Mar              3
                                                                                                               Render final assembly (with and w/o accessories) in Inventor Studio. You must have
                                  Render 3D solids to look more                                                at least 10 different pictures (front view, side, top, iso from both front sides, and
  3/18/2011- Day 3      1,8,5     realistic.                                 Inventor Studio                   perspective from both sides).
                                                                                                               Render final assembly (with and w/o accessories) in Inventor Studio. You must have
                                  Render 3D solids to look more                                                at least 10 different pictures (front view, side, top, iso from both front sides, and
    21-Mar-11           2,3,6     realistic.                                 Inventor Studio                   perspective from both sides).




                                                                             DROP BOX                          http://db.tt/71VMmvX




                                                                                                               Upload images to Drop Box- DUE TODAY (different views/lighting of all
  3/22/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6                                              DROP BOX                          combinations of the following: locker, organizer, and accessories.


                                  Explain the differences between size                                         DOC- 7:Computer Model- working drawings on title block C.
                                  and location dimensions.                   Dimensioning Standards            (IED/Dimensioning/Dimensioning_Standards[2011].ppt)
                                  Differentiate between datum
                                  dimensioning and chain                     Dimensioning Practice- size vs.
                                  dimensioning.                              location dimensioning.            (IED/Dimensioning/Dimension_Practices[2011].ppt)

                                  Explain the rules that are associated
                                  with the application of dimensions to
                                  multiview drawings.                                                          DOC- 7:Computer Model- working drawings on title block C.
  3/23/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6                                               Dimensioning Guidelines           (IED/Dimensioning/Dimension_Guidelines[2011].ppt)
      24-Mar              3

                                                                                                               Upload images to Drop Box- PAST DUE (different views/lighting of all
  3/24/2011- Day 3      1,8,5                                                DROP BOX                          combinations of the following: locker, organizer, and accessories.

                                  Identify and dimension fillets, rounds,
                                  diameters, chamfers, holes, slots, and
                                  screw threads in orthographic
                                  projection drawings.                       Activity 2.2.1 Whats wrong
    25-Mar-11           2,3,6                                                picture.doc                       HW- Begin once individual IDW's are complete. Finish for HW.
                                                                             General_Rules_for_Dimensioni      DOC- 7:Computer Model- working drawings on title block C.
                                                                             ng[2011].doc                      (IED/Dimensioning/Dimension_Guidelines[2011].ppt) DUE TODAY



                                  Identify and dimension fillets, rounds,
                                  diameters, chamfers, holes, slots, and
                                  screw threads in orthographic
                                  projection drawings.                       Activity 2.2.1 Whats wrong
  3/28/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6                                              picture.doc                       Go over. Correct and resubmit for full credit. (Answer key in Dimensioning folder).

                                  Apply linear dimensions to a multiview
                                                 drawing.                                                      Create Inventor .IDW file showing 3-views (front, top, side) and a colored isometric).
                                                                             Inventor IDW and parts list       CHECK DIMENSIONS WITH NEIHBOR. Print when ready to submit for a grade.

                                                                             Exploded View and Parts List      DOC- 7:Computer Model- exploded view with parts list (TB C).
  3/29/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6                                               Mid-Term Exam- Part I
       30-Mar             3
  3/24/2011- Day 3      1,8,5                                                Mid-Term Exam- Part II
     25-Mar-11          2,3,6
                                    When finished with the exam, open
                                       Locker Organizer Rubric               RUBRIC
                                    When finished with the exam, open
  3/23/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6         Locker Organizer Rubric               RUBRIC                            Submit Rubric, EN, and portfolio to be graded.

                                                                                                               Print iso rendering of part (in color). Try to orient the same as your hand, final
      24-Mar             3                                                   EN Update/ Submission             sketch. Attach to your notebook. Add a self/project reflection (with date).

                                    When finished with the exam, open
  4/11/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6        Locker Organizer Rubric               RUBRIC                            PROJECT DUE- Submit Rubric, EN, and portfolio to be graded.

                                                                                                               Print iso rendering of part (in color). Try to orient the same as your hand, final
                                                                             EN Update/ Submission             sketch. Attach to your notebook. Add a self/project reflection (with date).
                                                                                                               Choose 8 of the 11 objects to create. Choose one of the objects to create step-by-
                                  Explain how a given object’s geometry
                                  is the result of sequential additive and                                     step directions for (in Word). The last object you should create the step-by-step
                                           subtractive processes.            Begin Project 2.1.6 Modeling      instructions. Please label the number as well. IDW each part (4 in datum, 4 in
  4/12/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6                                               Creation                          chain)
       13-Apr             3
                                  Explain how a given object’s geometry
                                                                                                               Choose 8 of the 11 objects to create. Choose one of the objects to create step-by-
                                  is the result of sequential additive and
                                                                             Begin Project 2.1.6 Modeling      step directions for (in Word). The last object you should create the step-by-step
                                           subtractive processes.
  4/13/2011- Day 3      1,8,5                                                Creation                          instructions. Please label the number as well.
     14-Apr-11          2,3,6
                                  Explain how a given object’s geometry
                                                                    Begin Project 2.1.6 Modeling
                                  is the result of sequential additive and
                                                                    Creation- PRINT OUT
                                           subtractive processes.
  4/15/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6                                     DIRECTIONS.                        Create the directions from another member in the class/
                                                                    Grading- IDW's DUE TODAY
                                                    Take 10 pictures of items at your house. Have your name/figure to identify that it's your own. Upload to drop box
                                   BRING IN REVERSE ENGINEERING PART FOR HOMEWORK- No more than 12 components. At least three moveable parts. Take pictures and upload to
                                                                                                       drop box

  4/18/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6                        DUE- REVERSE ENGINEERING PART FOR HOMEWORK- No more than 12 components. At least three moveable parts.
                                      Identify design elements and       DO NOW: Key Terms- add to      Define the key terms. Fill in the definitions in red today.
      19-Apr             3                   principles by name.         digital notebook               (reverse11\3.1KeyTerms.ppt)
                                                                         Create printed out part
                                      Identify design elements and       DO NOW: Key Terms- add to
  4/19/2011- Day 3      1,8,5                principles by name.         digital notebook               Define the key terms. Due Today (25 points)
                                                                         Elements and Principles of
     20-Apr-11          2,3,6                                            Design Video
                                                                         DO NOW: Key Terms- add to      Define the key terms. Fill in the definitions in red today.
  4/21/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6 DUE TODAY (email in body)-               digital notebook               (reverse11\3.1KeyTerms.ppt)
                                DUE TODAY (add to EN. Use                Add
                                keyterms and movie notes to              visual_design_principles_eleme Add to your notebook and add definitions to key terms.
                                complete.)-                              nts.ppt                        (reverse11\Visual_Design_Principles_Elements[2011].ppt)
                                                                                                        Find 5 household/classroom items. Identify principles and design elements of each
                                  Identify visual design elements within                                item. Use template as a guide.
                                                a given object.          Act3.1.1 Visual Design         (reverse11\Activity3_1_1Visual_Design_Principles_Elements_Identification[2011].d
                                                                         elements                       oc)
                                  Explain how visual design principles
                                    were used to manipulate design                                             Begin to complete Act 3.1.1 using the template. Add pictures and identify the visual
                                    elements within a given object.                                            principles and elements of the design. (reverse11\Principles and Elements of
                                                                             Act 3.1.1 Template                Design- template.ppt)


                                  Explain how visual design principles
                                                                                                               Begin to complete Act 3.1.1 using the template. Add pictures and identify the visual
                                    were used to manipulate design
                                                                                                               principles and elements of the design. (reverse11\Principles and Elements of
                                    elements within a given object.
  4/26/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6                                               Act 3.1.1 Template                Design- template.ppt)
                                                                             Elements and Principles of
                                                                             Design Cheat sheet
      27-Apr             3                                                   (reverse11\vde_pod.ppt)           http://www.designconsolidated.com.au/graphic-design-principles/presentation.htm
                                  Identify visual design elements within
                                                                                                               Take pictures of all exterior views of your RE part. Upload photos and add to
                                               a given object.
                                                                             Reverse Engineering Visual        powerpoint to print. Cut and paste in EN to create a Visual Analysis. Use this as an
  4/27/2011- Day 3      1,8,5                                                Analysis(RE)- Photo               example-reverse11/Visual_Designs_Study_Ex[2011].doc
                                  Identify visual design elements within
                                               a given object.
     28-Apr-11          2,3,6                                                Act 3.1.1 Template                Complete and add 1 slide to dropbox. You will present your slide to the class.
  4/29/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6                                              Presentation                      Present elements and principles of design to the class.
                                     Read a dial caliper to measure                                            Using dial calipers, begin to sketch (2D) and dimension each part (nearest .001").
                                         shapes and objects.                 RE- Part Pictures and hand        Use attached documentation template for sketching with a digital picture(s) of each
                                                                             sketches                          part and corresponding name.


                                     Describe the function of a given
                                  manufactured object as a sequence of
                                  operations through visual analysis and
                                     inspection (prior to dissection).
                                                                             DO NOW: Key Terms- add to
   5/2/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6                                               digital notebook                  Define the key terms. Due Today (25 points) (reverse11\3.2KeyTerms.ppt)
                                   Verbally critique the principles and
                                     elements of design in common
       3-May             3                        objects.                   Presentation                      Present elements and principles of design to the class.
                                  Identify visual design elements within
                                               a given object.                                                 Take pictures of all exterior views of your RE part. Upload photos and add to
                                                                             Reverse Engineering Visual        powerpoint to print. Cut and paste in EN to create a Visual Analysis. Use this as an
                                                                             Analysis(RE)- Photo               example-reverse11/Visual_Designs_Study_Ex[2011].doc

                                     Use dial calipers to precisely          Reverse Engineering
                                  measure outside and inside diameter,       Functional Analysis(RE)- Photo- Take pictures of all exterior views of your RE part. Upload photos and add to
                                    hole depth, and object thickness.        Example-                        powerpoint to print. Cut and paste in EN to create a Functional Analysis. Transfer
                                                                             reverse11/Activity3_2_1aExampl all information from the following: reverse11/Activity3_2_1Functional
  5/3/2011- Day 3       1,8,5                                                e_Functional Analysis[2011].doc Analysis[2011].doc

                                   Identify material processing methods      RE- Part Pictures and hand
                                  that are used to manufacture the           sketches- As you disassemble,
                                  components of a given commercial           fill-out the attached chart       Using dial calipers, begin to sketch (2D) and dimension each part (nearest .001").
                                  product.                                   (reverse11/Product_Disassembl     Use attached documentation template for sketching with a digital picture(s) of each
     4-May-11           2,3,6                                                y_Chart[2011].doc)                part and corresponding name.
                                                                                                               Use this to assist with the Disassembly Chart:
                                                                             Material Usage Chart              reverse11/Materials_Usages_Chart[2011].doc
                                     Describe the function of a given
                                  manufactured object as a sequence of
                                  operations through visual analysis and
                                     inspection (prior to dissection).
                                                                             DO NOW: Key Terms- add to
                                                                             digital notebook                  Define the key terms. Due Today (25 points) (reverse11\3.3KeyTerms.ppt)
                                   Verbally critique the principles and
                                     elements of design in common
                                                  objects.                   Presentation                      Present elements and principles of design to the class.
                                     Use dial calipers to precisely
                                                                                                               Using dial calipers, begin to sketch (2D) and dimension each part (nearest .001").
                                  measure outside and inside diameter,
                                                                             RE- Part Pictures and hand        Use attached documentation template for sketching with a digital picture(s) of each
                                    hole depth, and object thickness.
                                                                             sketches                          part and corresponding name.
                                    Verbally critique the principles and
                                      elements of design in common
   5/5/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6                    objects.                  Presentation                      Present elements and principles of design to the class.
                                   Identify visual design principles and
                                     elements that are present within
                                               marketing ads.                                                  Lesson 3.1 Visual Design Principles and Elements Quiz


                                                                                                               Using dial calipers, begin to sketch (2D) and dimension each part (nearest .001").
                                     Read a dial caliper to measure
                                         shapes and objects.                 RE- Part Pictures and hand        Use attached documentation template for sketching with a digital picture(s) of each
   5/6/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6                                               sketches                          part and corresponding name.
                                   Verbally critique the principles and
                                     elements of design in common
       8-May             3                        objects.                   Presentation                      Present elements and principles of design to the class.
                                   Students will communicate
                                                                                                               Use a v ariety of measuring instruments and record measured
                                  their idea through written and             Using calipers, record and        quantities using the appropriate units.
  5/9/2011- Day 3       1,8,5             v erbal f ormats.                  measure all parts.
                                   Students will communicate
                                                                                                               Use a v ariety of measuring instruments and record measured
                                  their idea through written and             Using calipers, record and        quantities using the appropriate units.
    10-May-11           2,3,6             v erbal f ormats.                  measure all parts.
  5/11/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6
                                                                             DUE- HAND SKETCHES AND
                                   Students will communicate
                                                                             MEASUREMENTS. VISUAL              Use a v ariety of measuring instruments and record measured
                                  their idea through written and
                                                                             DESIGN PRINCIPLES DATA            quantities using the appropriate units.
  5/12/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6
                                          v erbal f ormats.                  SHEET.
                                  Students will communicate
                                                                                                               Select appropriate measuring instruments based on the degree of
                                 their idea through written and              Using calipers, record and        precision required.
      13-May              3              v erbal f ormats.                   measure all parts.
                                Ev aluated on their knowledge
                                      of the principles and                  Principles and Elements of
  5/13/2011- Day 3      1,8,5         elements of design.                    Design Quiz
                                Students will draw a two-
                                dimensional sketch using a                       Inv entor Part Files                                     Create parts on inv entor.
    16-May-11           2,3,6   CAD package.
                                Add work planes and work                                                        Open Inv entor11 Tutorials. In the basic 3D f older, choose work
                                                                               Work Feature Tutorial
  5/17/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6 axis on 3D models.                                                               f eatures. Complete exercise and show me when completed.
                                Students will draw a two-
                                dimensional sketch using a                       Inv entor Part Files                                     Create parts on inv entor.
  5/18/2011-Day 4      1,2,5,6  CAD package.
                                Identif y the reasons why
                                engineers perf orm rev erse                                                                        Add to Engineering digital notebook.
      19-May              3     engineering on products.                     RE_Funtional_Analysis.ppt
                                Students will draw a two-
                                dimensional sketch using a                       Inv entor Part Files                                     Create parts on inv entor.
  5/19/2011- Day 3      1,8,5   CAD package.
     20-May-11          2,3,6

                                   Describe the function of a given
                                manufactured object as a sequence of
                                operations through visual analysis and
                                                                       Reverse Engineering (RE)-               Take pictures of all exterior views of your RE part. Upload photos and add to the
                                   inspection (prior to dissection).
  5/17/2011-Day 1     1,2,3,5,6                                        Photo                                   visual analysis documentation packet.
                                  Students will draw a two-
                                  dimensional sketch using a                     Inv entor Part Files                                     Create parts on inv entor.
      16-Mar             3,8      CAD package.
                                    Students will communicate
                                                                                                                 Using the visual design principles data sheet, add a functional analysis of your
                                  their idea through written and               Functional Analysis                           product. Identify the simple machines on your product.
3/16/2010-Day 3          1,5              v erbal f ormats.
                                  Students will draw a two-
                                  dimensional sketch using a                     Inv entor Part Files                                     Create parts on inv entor.
      17-Mar            2,3,8     CAD package.
                                     Describe the function of a given
                                  manufactured object as a sequence of
                                  operations through visual analysis and
                                                                         Reverse Engineering (RE)-
                                     inspection (prior to dissection).
  3/18/2010-Day1     1,2,3,5                                             Photo                                 DUE TODAY- Show me the slideshow before the end of the period.
                                  Students will draw a two-
                                  dimensional sketch using a                     Inv entor Part Files                                     Create parts on inv entor.
      19-Mar             8        CAD package.

                                   Students will communicate
                                  their idea through written and                 Inv entor Part Files                                     Create parts on inv entor.
3/22/2010-Day 3          1,5              v erbal f ormats.
      23-Mar            2,3,8
                                                                                Inv entor11 Tutorials-
                                  Constrain parts using 3D                                                       Complete the tutorial f or a classwork assignment grade. Show
                                                                               Adv anced Skills/Basic
                                  constraints.                                                                                          me when f inished.
  3/24/2010-Day1     1,2,3,5                                                   Assembly Constraints

                                  Students will draw a two-
                                  dimensional sketch using a                     Inv entor Part Files                                     Create parts on inv entor.
                                  CAD package.
      25-Mar             8
                                  Students will draw a two-
                                                                                Inv entor Part Files-
                                  dimensional sketch using a                                                                              Create parts on inv entor.
                                                                                Assemble/IDW parts
  3/25/2010-Day 4       1,2,5     CAD package.

      26-Mar             3,8
                                  Students will draw a two-
                                                                                Inv entor Part Files-
                                  dimensional sketch using a                                                                              Create parts on inv entor.
                                                                                Assemble/IDW parts
3/26/2010-Day 3          1,5
                                  CAD package.
        6-Apr           2,3,8


                                  Driv e parts using 3D                        Inv entor11 Tutorials-            Complete the tutorial f or a classwork assignment grade. Show
   4/7/2010-Day1     1,2,3,5      constraints.                                Adv anced Skills/Driv ing                                 me when f inished.
                                                                                    Constraints
       8-Apr             8
                                  Students will draw a two-                     Inv entor Part Files-
                                  dimensional sketch using a                    Assemble/driv e/IDW                              Assemble and driv e parts on inv entor.
   4/8/2010-Day 4       1,2,5
                                  CAD package.                                          parts
       9-Apr             3,8
                                  Students will draw a two-                     Inv entor Part Files-
                                  dimensional sketch using a                    Assemble/driv e/IDW                              Assemble and driv e parts on inv entor.
4/9/2010-Day 3           1,5      CAD package.                                          parts

      12-Apr            2,3,8


                                  Students will draw a two-                     Inv entor Part Files-
                                  dimensional sketch using a                    Assemble/driv e/IDW                              Assemble and driv e parts on inv entor.
  4/13/2010-Day1     1,2,3,5      CAD package.                                          parts


                                                                                                               Please read the rubric. Finish exploded view and parts list. Animated parts will be
      14-Apr             8                                                   Reverse Engineering Rubric        added as extra credit. Documentation is due FRIDAY.
                                  Students will draw a two-                     Inv entor Part Files-
                                  dimensional sketch using a                    Assemble/driv e/IDW                              Assemble and driv e parts on inv entor.
                                  CAD package.                                          parts
  4/14/2010-Day 4       1,2,5
                                  Students will draw a two-
                                  dimensional sketch using a
      15-Apr             3,8      CAD package.                               Exploded View/ Parts List         Create an exploded view and parts list.
                                  Students will draw a two-
                                  dimensional sketch using a
4/15/2010-Day 3          1,5      CAD package.                               Exploded View/ Parts List         Create an exploded view and parts list.
                                                                             Begin to assemble
                                                                             documentation.                    Project documentation due tomorrow.
                                 Compile term project information into
                                     a documentation portfolio.
  4/16/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                                                D-day!!!                          Submit documentation (bound) with rubric by the end of the period.



                                  Render RE parts and assemblies to         Poster Template- 11x17- portrait
      19-Apr           2,3,8           create a project poster.             or landscape.                    Create a RE poster using these guidelines.
                                  Render RE parts and assemblies to         Poster Template- 11x17- portrait
  4/20/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5            create a project poster.             or landscape.                    Create a RE poster using these guidelines.
      21-Apr            8                                                   Show me animation for EC
                                  Render RE parts and assemblies to         Poster Template- 11x17- portrait
  4/21/2010-Day 4      1,2,5           create a project poster.             or landscape.                    Create a RE poster using these guidelines.
       22-Apr           3,8
                                   Present and discuss project to the
4/22/2010-Day 3         1,5                      class.                     Gallery Walk                      Open poster and look at other students designs for ideas and inspiration.
      23-Apr           2,3,8                                                Print Poster                      Print menu- Advanced/change size to 11x17-2nd choice


                                                                            Poster Presentations and
  4/26/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                                 project wrap-up                   Present poster to class- explain trials & tribulations, victories, and improvements.

                                 Students will be assessed on their                                           Part I will consist of 30-40 multiple choice questions f rom the
                                 knowledge of the advanced skills           Post RE Test                      adv anced tutorials section (excluding driv ing constraints)
      27-Apr            8        tutorial.
                                                                                                              Part II will consist of creating parts on Inventor and applying the 6 DOF to
                                                                            Post RE Test                      fully constrain the part (hint hint).
  4/27/2010-Day 4      1,2,5

                                 Add your name to the front base. The letters should either pop-out or in…
      28-Apr            3,8

                                 Students will be assessed on their         Finish Part II- Add name to the
                                                                                                              When finished, minimize and wait for me to check it. I will grade it on the spot. If
                                 knowledge of the advanced skills           front base. The letters should
                                                                                                              something is wrong, you will not be able to fix it.
  4/28/2009-Day 3      1,2,5     tutorial.                                  pop-in or out…
       29-Apr       2,3
                                                                            Finish Part II- Add name to the
                                 Students will be assessed on their                                           When finished, minimize and wait for me to check it. I will grade it on the spot. If
                                                                            front base. The letters should
                                 knowledge of the advanced skills                                             something is wrong, you will not be able to fix it.
                                                                            pop-in or out…
  4/26/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5      tutorial.
      27-Apr             8



                                  Fill-out the attached question sheet.     Video: Understanding Gizmos
   5/3/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                                                and widgets: How stuff is made.   Fill-out the question sheet.
        4-May           3,8

                                    Log-into Google group and add                                             Log-in to email and join my group. This group will allow you to keep in touch with
                                     feedback to their design team.                                           Mr. Speeney's Graphic Arts classes. Each post will count towards your
   5/4/2009-Day 3       1,5                                                 Google Groups Log-in              classwork/homework grade.

                                 Create a brainstorming list of different
                                     products made from common                                                Read the introduction. Begin to brainstorm (either on PowerPoint or paper).
                                     materials that are used daily.                                           Include ideas and questions. Post data on thread for your group. Keep in mind that
       5-May        2,3,8                                                   Project Introduction              you need your data for your documentation.
                                   Use internet resources, such as
                                  email, to communicate with a virtual
                                  design team member throughout a
                                                                                                              Finalize brainstorming by using the internet as a tool. Choose three ideas and
                                           design challenge.
   5/6/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                                 Google Log-in                     begin to thumbnail sketch ideas.
                                   Use internet resources, such as
                                  email, to communicate with a virtual
                                  design team member throughout a
                                                                            Choose 3 Ideas- Post to thread    Begin to create 3 drawings (isometric, oblique, or perspective) on blank sheets (3
                                           design challenge.
       7-May            8                                                   for feedback                      different). Do not use drawing tools other than a pencil. DUE TOMORROW
                                 Visually draw ideas using 3D drawing       DUE- 3 Drawings (at the
   5/7/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                  techniques.                   beginning of class)               Hand-in three annotated sketches by the end of the period.
                                                                            DUE- Design Matrix (at the end
      10-May            3,8                                                 of class)                         Begin Design Matrix- Have at least 6 constraints.
                                                                            DUE- FINAL SKETCH- at the
                                                                            beginning of the next class
                                                                            period.
                                                                                                              Search the google database of patents to see if your idea has been created. If so,
                                                                            Google Patent Search              can you innovate it?



  5/10/2009-Day 3       1,5                                                 Google Post #3                    Final Idea and constraints used to come up with it.

                                 Visually draw ideas using 3D drawing
                                              techniques.                                                     Final Drawing- Use drawing tools, thick/thin lines, annotations, NEAT. Include
      11-May        2,3,8                                                   Final Sketch Due                  Wood Fasteners, Joinery, & Adhesives                               Metal Fasteners,
                                                                                                              fastening techniques, materials, and interior/exploded/section views.
                                                                                                              Joining, & Adhesives
                                 Students will draw a two-                                                    Plastic Fasteners, Welding, & Bonding                               Files are in the
                                 dimensional sketch using a                 Begin Inventor Model. Use the     IED_GA Project folder.
                                 CAD package.                               following resources to aide in
                                                                            the design process.

                                 Students will draw a two-
                                 dimensional sketch using a
                                 CAD package.
  5/12/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                                 Inventor Model




      13-May            8
                                 Students will draw a two-
                                 dimensional sketch using a
  5/13/2010-Day 4      1,2,5     CAD package.                               Inventor Model
      14-May            3,8
                                 Students will draw a two-
                                 dimensional sketch using a
  5/14/2009-Day 3       1,5      CAD package.                               Inventor Model
      17-May        2,3,8

  5/18/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5               Biology EOC Exam
      19-May             8
  5/19/2010-Day 4      1,2,5         Pennies For Peace Program
      20-May            3,8
                                 Students will draw a two-
                                 dimensional sketch using a
                                                                            DUE- Email renderings to your
  5/20/2009-Day 3       1,5
                                 CAD package.                               designer.                         Rendered Images- All isometric/perspective/Ortho views.

      21-May        2,3,8




                                                                            Update Documentation-Steps 1-
  5/24/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                                 8                                 Create documentation sheets for steps 1-8. Use this document as a guide.




      25-May            8

                                                                            Update Documentation-Steps 1-
  5/25/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                                                8.                                Create documentation sheets for steps 1-8. Use this document as a guide.

      26-May            3,8                                                 Click here------>                 http://ibt.prometric.com/pltw
                                   Verbally critique and help improve
                                       fellow students projects.                                              Present renderings to class with an oral explanation of how it works. The students
  5/26/2009-Day 3       1,5                                                 Student Presentations             will provide critical feedback to aid in your redesign.
                                  Students will communicate
                                 their idea through written and                                               After presentation, take notes regarding feedback and structural changes (step 10).
      27-May        2,3,8                v erbal f ormats.                                                    Add to documentation.

                                   Verbally critique and help improve
                                       fellow students projects.                                              Present renderings to class with an oral explanation of how it works. The students
  5/28/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                                 Student Presentations             will provide critical feedback to aid in your redesign.
                                  Students will communicate
                                 their idea through written and                                               After presentation, take notes regarding feedback and structural changes (step 10).
       1-Jun            8                v erbal f ormats.                                                    Add to documentation.

                                   Verbally critique and help improve                                         Present renderings to class with an oral explanation of how it works. The students
   6/1/2010-Day 4      1,2,5           fellow students projects.            Student Presentations             will provide critical feedback to aid in your redesign.
                                  Students will communicate
                                 their idea through written and                                               After presentation, take notes regarding feedback and structural changes (step 10).
       2-Jun            3,8              v erbal f ormats.                                                    Add to documentation.
                                   Verbally critique and help improve                                         Present renderings to class with an oral explanation of how it works. The students
   6/2/2009-Day 3       1,5            fellow students projects.            Student Presentations             will provide critical feedback to aid in your redesign.
                                  Students will communicate
                                 their idea through written and                                               After presentation, take notes regarding feedback and structural changes (step 10).
       3-Jun        2,3,8                v erbal f ormats.                                                    Add to documentation.

                                                                                                              Make changes based upon your colleques recommendations in inventor. Decide
   6/4/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                                                 Project Redesign/Refine           which design you prefer and finalize documentation. Steps 9-12.
        6-Jun            8


                                 Identify the impact on the environment      Environmental Impacts/ Group
                                   from the production of their design.                Norms
   6/7/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                                                                                  Add this slide to your notes. Review notes to complete documentation.
                                                                             Communicate Processes and
       8-Jun            3,8                                                          Results                  Add this to your documentation (Step 12). Add appropriate information.
                                                                                                              Complete documentation portfolio.
                                 Review for final exam and create study
   6/8/2009-Day 3       1,5                       guide.                    Sample Test Part A                Use your notebook to complete Part A.
        9-Jun       2,3,8                                                   PROJECT RUBRIC                    Last day to document project. Bind and prepare for a gallery walk.
                                 Review for final exam and create study
  6/10/2010-Day1    1,2,3,5                       guide.                    Go over Part A
      11-Jun             8                                                  Sample Test Part C                Use student generated note sheet (8.5x11) created yesterday.
                                 Review for final exam and create study
  6/11/2010-Day 4      1,2,5                      guide.                    Go over Part C                    Use student generated note sheet (8.5x11) created yesterday.
                                                                                                              Use Final Exam Review Sheet. Begin to create hand written note sheet to use on the
      14-Jun            3,8                                                 Create Study Guide                final exam (part C).

  6/15/2009-Day 3       1,5
      16-Jun        2,3                                                     FINAL EXAMS
  6/17/2009-Day 1    1 ,2 ,3,5
  6/18/2009-Day 4     1 ,2,5
       19-Jun           3

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:108
posted:7/4/2012
language:English
pages:200